-<html lang="en">
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html>
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.0, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
<head>
<title>SECRETS OF CINELERRA</title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html">
+
<meta name="description" content="SECRETS OF CINELERRA">
-<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.13">
-<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top">
-<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage">
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
-<style type="text/css"><!--
- pre.display { font-family:inherit }
- pre.format { font-family:inherit }
- pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
- pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
- pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller }
- pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller }
- span.sc { font-variant:small-caps }
- span.roman { font-family:serif; font-weight:normal; }
- span.sansserif { font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal; }
---></style>
+<meta name="keywords" content="SECRETS OF CINELERRA">
+<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
+<meta name="distribution" content="global">
+<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<link href="#Top" rel="start" title="TOP">
+<link href="#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
+<link href="dir.html#Top" rel="up" title="(dir)">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
+blockquote.indentedblock {margin-right: 0em}
+blockquote.smallindentedblock {margin-right: 0em; font-size: smaller}
+blockquote.smallquotation {font-size: smaller}
+div.display {margin-left: 3.2em}
+div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
+div.lisp {margin-left: 3.2em}
+div.smalldisplay {margin-left: 3.2em}
+div.smallexample {margin-left: 3.2em}
+div.smalllisp {margin-left: 3.2em}
+kbd {font-style: oblique}
+pre.display {font-family: inherit}
+pre.format {font-family: inherit}
+pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
+pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
+pre.smalldisplay {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
+pre.smallformat {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller}
+pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
+span.nocodebreak {white-space: nowrap}
+span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap}
+span.roman {font-family: serif; font-weight: normal}
+span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal}
+ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
+-->
+</style>
+
+
</head>
-<body>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="Top"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA">ABOUT CINELERRA</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a>
-</div>
+<body lang="en">
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</h1>
-<h2 class="unnumbered">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</h2>
-<div align="center"></div>
+<a name="Top"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA" accesskey="n" rel="next">ABOUT CINELERRA</a>, Up: <a href="dir.html#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SEC_Top"></a>
- <p>Version 4.1
- <p>by Adam Williams
+<p>Version 4.1
+</p>
+<p>by Adam Williams
+</p>
+<p>Copyright © 2011
+</p>
- <p>Copyright © 2011
+<a name="SHORT-CONTENTS"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">1 SHORT CONTENTS</h2>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA">ABOUT CINELERRA</a>: Cinelerra in brief.
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#INSTALLATION">INSTALLATION</a>: Making Cinelerra work on your system.
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>: Adjusting the behavior of Cinelerra.
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>: Creating a new project
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>: The most often used user interfaces.
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>: Moving media between disk and Cinelerra.
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>: Moving around the media.
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>: Moving the media in time.
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>: Altering the media.
-<li><a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>: Changing the way the media is displayed.
-<li><a href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>: Overlaying different sources of video.
-<li><a href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>: Making effects change over time.
-<li><a href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>: Moving media from the real world to disk.
-<li><a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>: Making Cinelerra run better on Linux.
-<li><a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>: Problems with Cinelerra.
-<li><a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>: Unusual applications of Cinelerra to common problems.
-<li><a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>: Secrets of the more complicated effects.
-<li><a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>: How to write new effects.
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS</a>: How to accelerate most commands with the keyboard.
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA" accesskey="1">ABOUT CINELERRA</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Cinelerra in brief.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INSTALLATION" accesskey="2">INSTALLATION</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making Cinelerra work on your system.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="3">CONFIGURATION</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Adjusting the behavior of Cinelerra.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT" accesskey="4">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Creating a new project
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="5">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The most often used user interfaces.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="6">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Moving media between disk and Cinelerra.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="7">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Moving around the media.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="8">EDITING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Moving the media in time.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="9">USING EFFECTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Altering the media.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Changing the way the media is displayed.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Overlaying different sources of video.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making effects change over time.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Moving media from the real world to disk.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making Cinelerra run better on Linux.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Problems with Cinelerra.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Unusual applications of Cinelerra to common problems.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Secrets of the more complicated effects.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to write new effects.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to accelerate most commands with the keyboard.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<a name="SEC_Contents"></a>
+<h2 class="contents-heading">Table of Contents</h2>
+
+<div class="contents">
+
+<ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-SHORT-CONTENTS" href="#SHORT-CONTENTS">1 SHORT CONTENTS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ABOUT-CINELERRA-1" href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA">2 ABOUT CINELERRA</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL-1" href="#ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL">2.1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-INSTALLATION-1" href="#INSTALLATION">3 INSTALLATION</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-INSTALLING-AN-RPM-1" href="#INSTALLING-AN-RPM">3.1 INSTALLING AN RPM</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH-1" href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH">3.2 COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RUNNING-CINELERRA-1" href="#RUNNING-CINELERRA">3.3 RUNNING CINELERRA</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CONFIGURATION-1" href="#CONFIGURATION">4 CONFIGURATION</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES-1" href="#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES">4.1 ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-AUDIO-DRIVERS-1" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">4.2 AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES-1" href="#COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">4.2.1 COMMON SOUND DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-OSS-1" href="#OSS">4.2.2 OSS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-OSS-Envy24-1" href="#OSS-Envy24">4.2.3 OSS Envy24</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ALSA-1" href="#ALSA">4.2.4 ALSA</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ESOUND-1" href="#ESOUND">4.2.5 ESOUND</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RAW-1394-1" href="#RAW-1394">4.2.6 RAW 1394</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DV-1394-1" href="#DV-1394">4.2.7 DV 1394</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-IEC-61883-1" href="#IEC-61883">4.2.8 IEC 61883</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-VIDEO-DRIVERS-1" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">4.3 VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES-1" href="#COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">4.3.1 COMMON VIDEO DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-X11-1" href="#X11">4.3.2 X11</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-X11_002dXV-1" href="#X11_002dXV">4.3.3 X11-XV</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-X11_002dOPENGL-1" href="#X11_002dOPENGL">4.3.4 X11-OPENGL</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-BUZ-1" href="#BUZ">4.3.5 BUZ</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK-1" href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">4.3.6 RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK-1" href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">4.3.7 DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK-1" href="#IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">4.3.8 IEC 61883 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PLAYBACK-1" href="#PLAYBACK">4.4 PLAYBACK</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-AUDIO-OUT-1" href="#AUDIO-OUT">4.4.1 AUDIO OUT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-VIDEO-OUT-1" href="#VIDEO-OUT">4.4.2 VIDEO OUT</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RECORDING-1" href="#RECORDING">4.5 RECORDING</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-FILE-FORMAT-1" href="#FILE-FORMAT">4.5.1 FILE FORMAT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-AUDIO-IN-1" href="#AUDIO-IN">4.5.2 AUDIO IN</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-VIDEO-IN-1" href="#VIDEO-IN">4.5.3 VIDEO IN</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PERFORMANCE-1" href="#PERFORMANCE">4.6 PERFORMANCE</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-BACKGROUND-RENDERING-1" href="#BACKGROUND-RENDERING">4.6.1 BACKGROUND RENDERING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RENDERFARM-1" href="#RENDERFARM">4.6.2 RENDERFARM</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-INTERFACE-1" href="#INTERFACE">4.7 INTERFACE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ABOUT-1" href="#ABOUT">4.8 ABOUT</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT-1" href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT">5 CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG-1" href="#USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG">5.1 USING THE NEW PROJECT DIALOG</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING-1" href="#CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING">5.2 CHANGING PARAMETERS AFTER LOADING</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-MAIN-WINDOWS-1" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">6 THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-VIEWER-1" href="#VIEWER">6.1 VIEWER</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COMPOSITOR-1" href="#COMPOSITOR">6.2 COMPOSITOR</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-PROTECT-VIDEO-1" href="#PROTECT-VIDEO">6.2.1 PROTECT VIDEO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MAGNIFYING-GLASS-1" href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS">6.2.2 MAGNIFYING GLASS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MASKS-TOOL-1" href="#MASKS-TOOL">6.2.3 MASKS TOOL</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CAMERA-1" href="#CAMERA">6.2.4 CAMERA</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PROJECTOR-1" href="#PROJECTOR">6.2.5 PROJECTOR</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CROP-TOOL-1" href="#CROP-TOOL">6.2.6 CROP TOOL</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-EYEDROPPER-1" href="#EYEDROPPER">6.2.7 EYEDROPPER</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TOOL-INFO-1" href="#TOOL-INFO">6.2.8 TOOL INFO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL-1" href="#SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL">6.2.9 SAFE REGIONS TOOL</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PROGRAM-1" href="#PROGRAM">6.3 PROGRAM</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RESOURCES-1" href="#RESOURCES">6.4 RESOURCES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SOUND-LEVEL-METERS-1" href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS">6.5 SOUND LEVEL METERS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-OTHER-WINDOWS-1" href="#OTHER-WINDOWS">6.6 OTHER WINDOWS</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES-1" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">7 LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS-1" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">7.1 SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-QUICKTIME-1" href="#QUICKTIME">7.1.1 QUICKTIME</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MPEG_002d4-AUDIO-1" href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO">7.1.2 MPEG-4 AUDIO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-IMAGE-SEQUENCES-1" href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES">7.1.3 IMAGE SEQUENCES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-STILL-IMAGES-1" href="#STILL-IMAGES">7.1.4 STILL IMAGES</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-OPEN-EXR-IMAGES-1" href="#OPEN-EXR-IMAGES">7.1.4.1 OPEN EXR IMAGES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES-1" href="#RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES">7.1.4.2 RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-AVI-1" href="#AVI">7.1.5 AVI</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO-1" href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO">7.1.6 MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DVD-MOVIES-1" href="#DVD-MOVIES">7.1.7 DVD MOVIES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MPEG-1-AUDIO-1" href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO">7.1.8 MPEG 1 AUDIO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS-1" href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS">7.1.9 OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-EDIT-DECISION-LIST-1" href="#EDIT-DECISION-LIST">7.1.10 EDIT DECISION LIST</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LOADING-FILES-1" href="#LOADING-FILES">7.2 LOADING FILES</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-INSERTION-STRATEGY-1" href="#INSERTION-STRATEGY">7.2.1 INSERTION STRATEGY</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES-1" href="#LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES">7.2.2 LOADING MULTIPLE FILES</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LOADING-THE-BACKUP-1" href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP">7.3 LOADING THE BACKUP</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SAVING-FILES-1" href="#SAVING-FILES">7.4 SAVING FILES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RENDERING-FILES-1" href="#RENDERING-FILES">7.5 RENDERING FILES</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING-1" href="#SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING">7.5.1 SINGLE FILE RENDERING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-BATCH-RENDERING-1" href="#BATCH-RENDERING">7.5.2 BATCH RENDERING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-RENDER-FARM-1" href="#THE-RENDER-FARM">7.5.3 THE RENDER FARM</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING-1" href="#COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING">7.5.4 COMMAND LINE RENDERING</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT-1" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">8 NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW-1" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">8.1 NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-INSERTION-POINT-1" href="#THE-INSERTION-POINT">8.1.1 THE INSERTION POINT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS-1" href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS">8.1.2 THE IN/OUT POINTS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW-1" href="#USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">8.1.3 USING LABELS IN THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR-1" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR">8.2 NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES-1" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES">8.3 NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS-1" href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS">8.4 USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING-1" href="#USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING">8.5 USING BACKGROUND RENDERING</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-EDITING-1" href="#EDITING">9 EDITING</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-PATCHBAY-1" href="#THE-PATCHBAY">9.1 THE PATCHBAY</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-NUDGING-TRACKS-1" href="#NUDGING-TRACKS">9.2 NUDGING TRACKS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PANNING-TRACKS-1" href="#PANNING-TRACKS">9.3 PANNING TRACKS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING-1" href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING">9.4 AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS-1" href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS">9.5 STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MANIPULATING-TRACKS-1" href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS">9.6 MANIPULATING TRACKS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TWO-SCREEN-EDITING-1" href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING">9.7 TWO SCREEN EDITING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING-1" href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING">9.8 DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING-1" href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING">9.9 CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TRIMMING-1" href="#TRIMMING">9.10 TRIMMING</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-EFFECTS-1" href="#USING-EFFECTS">10 USING EFFECTS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-REALTIME-EFFECTS-1" href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS">10.1 REALTIME EFFECTS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES-1" href="#REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES">10.1.1 REALTIME EFFECT TYPES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS-1" href="#EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS">10.1.2 EDITING REALTIME EFFECTS</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RENDERED-EFFECTS-1" href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS">10.2 RENDERED EFFECTS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TRANSITIONS-1" href="#TRANSITIONS">10.3 TRANSITIONS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LADSPA-EFFECTS-1" href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS">10.4 LADSPA EFFECTS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-EFFECT-PRESETS-1" href="#EFFECT-PRESETS">10.5 EFFECT PRESETS</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES-1" href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">11 SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS-1" href="#AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS">11.1 AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COLOR-MODEL-1" href="#COLOR-MODEL">11.2 COLOR MODEL</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ASPECT-RATIO-1" href="#ASPECT-RATIO">11.3 ASPECT RATIO</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COMPOSITING-1" href="#COMPOSITING">12 COMPOSITING</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR-1" href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">12.1 THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MASKS-1" href="#MASKS">12.2 MASKS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CROPPING-1" href="#CROPPING">12.3 CROPPING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SAFE-REGIONS-1" href="#SAFE-REGIONS">12.4 SAFE REGIONS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-OVERLAY-MODES-1" href="#OVERLAY-MODES">12.5 OVERLAY MODES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES-1" href="#TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES">12.6 TRACK AND OUTPUT SIZES</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#KEYFRAMES">13 KEYFRAMES</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-CURVE-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#CURVE-KEYFRAMES">13.1 CURVE KEYFRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE-1" href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE">13.2 CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES">13.3 SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES">13.4 NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES">13.5 TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES">13.6 AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES">13.7 COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-EDITING-KEYFRAMES-1" href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES">13.8 EDITING KEYFRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-KEYFRAME-SPANNING-1" href="#KEYFRAME-SPANNING">13.9 KEYFRAME SPANNING</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CAPTURING-MEDIA-1" href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">14 CAPTURING MEDIA</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-BATCHES-1" href="#BATCHES">14.1 BATCHES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION-1" href="#EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION">14.2 EDITING TUNER INFORMATION</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE-1" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">15 IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE-1" href="#DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE">15.1 DISABLING SWAP SPACE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS-1" href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS">15.2 ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY-1" href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY">15.3 FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE-1" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE">15.4 SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DISABLING-CRON-1" href="#DISABLING-CRON">15.5 DISABLING CRON</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY-1" href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY">15.6 REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS-1" href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS">15.7 ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM-1" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM">15.8 SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO-1" href="#IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO">15.9 IMPROVING ZORAN VIDEO</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-NEW-IN-2_002e6_002e5" href="#NEW-IN-2_002e6_002e5">15.9.1 NEW IN 2.6.5</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TROUBLESHOOTING-1" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">16 TROUBLESHOOTING</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES-1" href="#BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES">16.1 BUZ DRIVER CRASHES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK-1" href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK">16.2 DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN’T WORK</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES-1" href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES">16.3 LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING-1" href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING">16.4 SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK-1" href="#APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK">16.5 APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN’T WORK</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-1" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">17 SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING-1" href="#DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING">17.1 DOLBY PRO LOGIC ENCODING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-ANALOG-TV-CLEANING-1" href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING">17.2 ANALOG TV CLEANING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DEFEATING-INTERLACING-1" href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING">17.3 DEFEATING INTERLACING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM-1" href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM">17.4 MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CLEARING-OUT-HAZE-1" href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE">17.5 CLEARING OUT HAZE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MAKING-A-DVD-1" href="#MAKING-A-DVD">17.6 MAKING A DVD</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MAKING-A-RINGTONE-1" href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE">17.7 MAKING A RINGTONE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO-1" href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO">17.8 TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO-1" href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO">17.9 PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TEXT-TO-MOVIE-1" href="#TEXT-TO-MOVIE">17.10 TEXT TO MOVIE</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS-1" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">18 SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-1080-TO-480-1" href="#g_t1080-TO-480">18.1 1080 TO 480</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-CHROMA-KEY-1" href="#CHROMA-KEY">18.2 CHROMA KEY</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COMPRESSOR-1" href="#COMPRESSOR">18.3 COMPRESSOR</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DECIMATE-1" href="#DECIMATE">18.4 DECIMATE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DEINTERLACE-1" href="#DEINTERLACE">18.5 DEINTERLACE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DIFFERENCE-KEY-1" href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY">18.6 DIFFERENCE KEY</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-FIELDS-TO-FRAMES-1" href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES">18.7 FIELDS TO FRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-FREEZE-FRAME-1" href="#FREEZE-FRAME">18.8 FREEZE FRAME</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-HISTOGRAM-1" href="#HISTOGRAM">18.9 HISTOGRAM</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-INVERSE-TELECINE-1" href="#INVERSE-TELECINE">18.10 INVERSE TELECINE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-INTERPOLATE-VIDEO-1" href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO">18.11 INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LENS-1" href="#LENS">18.12 LENS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LINEARIZE-1" href="#LINEARIZE">18.13 LINEARIZE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LIVE-AUDIO-1" href="#LIVE-AUDIO">18.14 LIVE AUDIO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LIVE-VIDEO-1" href="#LIVE-VIDEO">18.15 LIVE VIDEO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-LOOP-1" href="#LOOP">18.16 LOOP</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MOTION-1" href="#MOTION">18.17 MOTION</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING-1" href="#SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.1 SECRETS OF MOTION TRACKING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING-1" href="#g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.2 2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING-1" href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.3 USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING-1" href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.4 USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES-1" href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES">18.17.5 INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS-1" href="#FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS">18.17.6 FILLING IN THE BLACK AREAS</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MOTION-2-POINT-1" href="#MOTION-2-POINT">18.18 MOTION 2 POINT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-REFRAMERT-1" href="#REFRAMERT">18.19 REFRAMERT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-REFRAME-1" href="#REFRAME">18.20 REFRAME</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RESAMPLE-1" href="#RESAMPLE">18.21 RESAMPLE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO-1" href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO">18.22 REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-SWAP-FRAMES-1" href="#SWAP-FRAMES">18.23 SWAP FRAMES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-THRESHOLD-1" href="#THRESHOLD">18.24 THRESHOLD</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TIME-AVERAGE-1" href="#TIME-AVERAGE">18.25 TIME AVERAGE</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TITLER-1" href="#TITLER">18.26 TITLER</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER-1" href="#ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER">18.26.1 ADDING FONTS TO THE TITLER</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION-1" href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION">18.26.2 THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD-1" href="#MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD">18.26.3 MAKING TITLES LOOK GOOD</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-VIDEO-SCOPE-1" href="#VIDEO-SCOPE">18.27 VIDEO SCOPE</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PLUGIN-AUTHORING-1" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">19 PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD-1" href="#INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD">19.1 INTRODUCING THE PULL METHOD</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS-1" href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">19.2 COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT-1" href="#THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT">19.2.1 THE PROCESSING OBJECT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT-1" href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT">19.2.2 THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT-1" href="#THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT">19.2.3 THE USER INTERFACE OBJECT</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-REALTIME-PLUGINS-1" href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS">19.3 REALTIME PLUGINS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-NONREALTIME-PLUGINS-1" href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS">19.4 NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-AUDIO-PLUGINS-1" href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS">19.5 AUDIO PLUGINS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-VIDEO-PLUGINS-1" href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS">19.6 VIDEO PLUGINS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TRANSITION-PLUGINS-1" href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS">19.7 TRANSITION PLUGINS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK-1" href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK">19.8 PLUGIN GUI’S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PLUGIN-QUERIES-1" href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES">19.9 PLUGIN QUERIES</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-SYSTEM-QUERIES-1" href="#SYSTEM-QUERIES">19.9.1 SYSTEM QUERIES</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-TIMING-QUERIES-1" href="#TIMING-QUERIES">19.9.2 TIMING QUERIES</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-OPENGL-1" href="#USING-OPENGL">19.10 USING OPENGL</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-GETTING-OPENGL-DATA-1" href="#GETTING-OPENGL-DATA">19.10.1 GETTING OPENGL DATA</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-DRAWING-USING-OPENGL-1" href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL">19.10.2 DRAWING USING OPENGL</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-USING-SHADERS-1" href="#USING-SHADERS">19.10.3 USING SHADERS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-AGGREGATING-PLUGINS-1" href="#AGGREGATING-PLUGINS">19.10.4 AGGREGATING PLUGINS</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS-1" href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-PROGRAM-WINDOW" href="#PROGRAM-WINDOW">20.1 PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
+ <ul class="no-bullet">
+ <li><a name="toc-Editing-Media" href="#Editing-Media">20.1.1 Editing Media</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-Editing-Labels-_0026-In_002fOut-Points" href="#Editing-Labels-_0026-In_002fOut-Points">20.1.2 Editing Labels & In/Out Points</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-Navigation" href="#Navigation">20.1.3 Navigation</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-File-operations" href="#File-operations">20.1.4 File operations</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-Key-Frame-Editing" href="#Key-Frame-Editing">20.1.5 Key Frame Editing</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-Track-Manipulation" href="#Track-Manipulation">20.1.6 Track Manipulation</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-What_0027s-drawn-on-the-timeline" href="#What_0027s-drawn-on-the-timeline">20.1.7 What’s drawn on the timeline</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-VIEWER-_0026-COMPOSITOR-WINDOWS" href="#VIEWER-_0026-COMPOSITOR-WINDOWS">20.2 VIEWER & COMPOSITOR WINDOWS</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-PLAYBACK-TRANSPORT" href="#PLAYBACK-TRANSPORT">20.3 PLAYBACK TRANSPORT</a></li>
+ <li><a name="toc-RECORD-WINDOW" href="#RECORD-WINDOW">20.4 RECORD WINDOW</a></li>
+ </ul></li>
</ul>
-
- <div class="contents">
-<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
-<ul>
-<li><a name="toc_Top" href="#Top">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-<li><a name="toc_Top" href="#Top">1 SHORT CONTENTS</a>
-<li><a name="toc_ABOUT-CINELERRA" href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA">2 ABOUT CINELERRA</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL">2.1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_INSTALLATION" href="#INSTALLATION">3 INSTALLATION</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#INSTALLING-AN-RPM">3.1 INSTALLING AN RPM</a>
-<li><a href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH">3.2 COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a>
-<li><a href="#RUNNING-CINELERRA">3.3 RUNNING CINELERRA</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_CONFIGURATION" href="#CONFIGURATION">4 CONFIGURATION</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES">4.1 ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</a>
-<li><a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">4.2 AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">4.2.1 COMMON SOUND DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>
-<li><a href="#OSS">4.2.2 OSS</a>
-<li><a href="#OSS-Envy24">4.2.3 OSS Envy24</a>
-<li><a href="#ALSA">4.2.4 ALSA</a>
-<li><a href="#ESOUND">4.2.5 ESOUND</a>
-<li><a href="#RAW-1394">4.2.6 RAW 1394</a>
-<li><a href="#DV-1394">4.2.7 DV 1394</a>
-<li><a href="#IEC-61883">4.2.8 IEC 61883</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">4.3 VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">4.3.1 COMMON VIDEO DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>
-<li><a href="#X11">4.3.2 X11</a>
-<li><a href="#X11_002dXV">4.3.3 X11-XV</a>
-<li><a href="#X11_002dOPENGL">4.3.4 X11-OPENGL</a>
-<li><a href="#BUZ">4.3.5 BUZ</a>
-<li><a href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">4.3.6 RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>
-<li><a href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">4.3.7 DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>
-<li><a href="#IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">4.3.8 IEC 61883 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#PLAYBACK">4.4 PLAYBACK</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#AUDIO-OUT">4.4.1 AUDIO OUT</a>
-<li><a href="#VIDEO-OUT">4.4.2 VIDEO OUT</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#RECORDING">4.5 RECORDING</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#FILE-FORMAT">4.5.1 FILE FORMAT</a>
-<li><a href="#AUDIO-IN">4.5.2 AUDIO IN</a>
-<li><a href="#VIDEO-IN">4.5.3 VIDEO IN</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#PERFORMANCE">4.6 PERFORMANCE</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#BACKGROUND-RENDERING">4.6.1 BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>
-<li><a href="#RENDERFARM">4.6.2 RENDERFARM</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#INTERFACE">4.7 INTERFACE</a>
-<li><a href="#ABOUT">4.8 ABOUT</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT" href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT">5 CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG">5.1 USING THE NEW PROJECT DIALOG</a>
-<li><a href="#CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING">5.2 CHANGING PARAMETERS AFTER LOADING</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">6 THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#VIEWER">6.1 VIEWER</a>
-<li><a href="#COMPOSITOR">6.2 COMPOSITOR</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#PROTECT-VIDEO">6.2.1 PROTECT VIDEO</a>
-<li><a href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS">6.2.2 MAGNIFYING GLASS</a>
-<li><a href="#MASKS-TOOL">6.2.3 MASKS TOOL</a>
-<li><a href="#CAMERA">6.2.4 CAMERA</a>
-<li><a href="#PROJECTOR">6.2.5 PROJECTOR</a>
-<li><a href="#CROP-TOOL">6.2.6 CROP TOOL</a>
-<li><a href="#EYEDROPPER">6.2.7 EYEDROPPER</a>
-<li><a href="#TOOL-INFO">6.2.8 TOOL INFO</a>
-<li><a href="#SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL">6.2.9 SAFE REGIONS TOOL</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#PROGRAM">6.3 PROGRAM</a>
-<li><a href="#RESOURCES">6.4 RESOURCES</a>
-<li><a href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS">6.5 SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>
-<li><a href="#OTHER-WINDOWS">6.6 OTHER WINDOWS</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">7 LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">7.1 SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#QUICKTIME">7.1.1 QUICKTIME</a>
-<li><a href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO">7.1.2 MPEG-4 AUDIO</a>
-<li><a href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES">7.1.3 IMAGE SEQUENCES</a>
-<li><a href="#STILL-IMAGES">7.1.4 STILL IMAGES</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#OPEN-EXR-IMAGES">7.1.4.1 OPEN EXR IMAGES</a>
-<li><a href="#RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES">7.1.4.2 RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#AVI">7.1.5 AVI</a>
-<li><a href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO">7.1.6 MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a>
-<li><a href="#DVD-MOVIES">7.1.7 DVD MOVIES</a>
-<li><a href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO">7.1.8 MPEG 1 AUDIO</a>
-<li><a href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS">7.1.9 OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a>
-<li><a href="#EDIT-DECISION-LIST">7.1.10 EDIT DECISION LIST</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#LOADING-FILES">7.2 LOADING FILES</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#INSERTION-STRATEGY">7.2.1 INSERTION STRATEGY</a>
-<li><a href="#LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES">7.2.2 LOADING MULTIPLE FILES</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP">7.3 LOADING THE BACKUP</a>
-<li><a href="#SAVING-FILES">7.4 SAVING FILES</a>
-<li><a href="#RENDERING-FILES">7.5 RENDERING FILES</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING">7.5.1 SINGLE FILE RENDERING</a>
-<li><a href="#BATCH-RENDERING">7.5.2 BATCH RENDERING</a>
-<li><a href="#THE-RENDER-FARM">7.5.3 THE RENDER FARM</a>
-<li><a href="#COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING">7.5.4 COMMAND LINE RENDERING</a>
-</li></ul>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">8 NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">8.1 NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#THE-INSERTION-POINT">8.1.1 THE INSERTION POINT</a>
-<li><a href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS">8.1.2 THE IN/OUT POINTS</a>
-<li><a href="#USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">8.1.3 USING LABELS IN THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR">8.2 NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a>
-<li><a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES">8.3 NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a>
-<li><a href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS">8.4 USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a>
-<li><a href="#USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING">8.5 USING BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_EDITING" href="#EDITING">9 EDITING</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#THE-PATCHBAY">9.1 THE PATCHBAY</a>
-<li><a href="#NUDGING-TRACKS">9.2 NUDGING TRACKS</a>
-<li><a href="#PANNING-TRACKS">9.3 PANNING TRACKS</a>
-<li><a href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING">9.4 AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a>
-<li><a href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS">9.5 STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a>
-<li><a href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS">9.6 MANIPULATING TRACKS</a>
-<li><a href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING">9.7 TWO SCREEN EDITING</a>
-<li><a href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING">9.8 DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a>
-<li><a href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING">9.9 CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a>
-<li><a href="#TRIMMING">9.10 TRIMMING</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_USING-EFFECTS" href="#USING-EFFECTS">10 USING EFFECTS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS">10.1 REALTIME EFFECTS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES">10.1.1 REALTIME EFFECT TYPES</a>
-<li><a href="#EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS">10.1.2 EDITING REALTIME EFFECTS</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS">10.2 RENDERED EFFECTS</a>
-<li><a href="#TRANSITIONS">10.3 TRANSITIONS</a>
-<li><a href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS">10.4 LADSPA EFFECTS</a>
-<li><a href="#EFFECT-PRESETS">10.5 EFFECT PRESETS</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES" href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">11 SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS">11.1 AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</a>
-<li><a href="#COLOR-MODEL">11.2 COLOR MODEL</a>
-<li><a href="#ASPECT-RATIO">11.3 ASPECT RATIO</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_COMPOSITING" href="#COMPOSITING">12 COMPOSITING</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">12.1 THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>
-<li><a href="#MASKS">12.2 MASKS</a>
-<li><a href="#CROPPING">12.3 CROPPING</a>
-<li><a href="#SAFE-REGIONS">12.4 SAFE REGIONS</a>
-<li><a href="#OVERLAY-MODES">12.5 OVERLAY MODES</a>
-<li><a href="#TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES">12.6 TRACK AND OUTPUT SIZES</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_KEYFRAMES" href="#KEYFRAMES">13 KEYFRAMES</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#CURVE-KEYFRAMES">13.1 CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE">13.2 CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a>
-<li><a href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES">13.3 SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES">13.4 NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES">13.5 TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES">13.6 AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES">13.7 COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES">13.8 EDITING KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYFRAME-SPANNING">13.9 KEYFRAME SPANNING</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_CAPTURING-MEDIA" href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">14 CAPTURING MEDIA</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#BATCHES">14.1 BATCHES</a>
-<li><a href="#EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION">14.2 EDITING TUNER INFORMATION</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">15 IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE">15.1 DISABLING SWAP SPACE</a>
-<li><a href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS">15.2 ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a>
-<li><a href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY">15.3 FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a>
-<li><a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE">15.4 SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a>
-<li><a href="#DISABLING-CRON">15.5 DISABLING CRON</a>
-<li><a href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY">15.6 REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a>
-<li><a href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS">15.7 ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a>
-<li><a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM">15.8 SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a>
-<li><a href="#IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO">15.9 IMPROVING ZORAN VIDEO</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO">15.9.1 NEW IN 2.6.5</a>
-</li></ul>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_TROUBLESHOOTING" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">16 TROUBLESHOOTING</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES">16.1 BUZ DRIVER CRASHES</a>
-<li><a href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK">16.2 DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</a>
-<li><a href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES">16.3 LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a>
-<li><a href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING">16.4 SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a>
-<li><a href="#APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK">16.5 APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN'T WORK</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">17 SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING">17.1 DOLBY PRO LOGIC ENCODING</a>
-<li><a href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING">17.2 ANALOG TV CLEANING</a>
-<li><a href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING">17.3 DEFEATING INTERLACING</a>
-<li><a href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM">17.4 MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a>
-<li><a href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE">17.5 CLEARING OUT HAZE</a>
-<li><a href="#MAKING-A-DVD">17.6 MAKING A DVD</a>
-<li><a href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE">17.7 MAKING A RINGTONE</a>
-<li><a href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO">17.8 TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a>
-<li><a href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO">17.9 PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a>
-<li><a href="#TEXT-TO-MOVIE">17.10 TEXT TO MOVIE</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">18 SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#1080-TO-480">18.1 1080 TO 480</a>
-<li><a href="#CHROMA-KEY">18.2 CHROMA KEY</a>
-<li><a href="#COMPRESSOR">18.3 COMPRESSOR</a>
-<li><a href="#DECIMATE">18.4 DECIMATE</a>
-<li><a href="#DEINTERLACE">18.5 DEINTERLACE</a>
-<li><a href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY">18.6 DIFFERENCE KEY</a>
-<li><a href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES">18.7 FIELDS TO FRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#FREEZE-FRAME">18.8 FREEZE FRAME</a>
-<li><a href="#HISTOGRAM">18.9 HISTOGRAM</a>
-<li><a href="#INVERSE-TELECINE">18.10 INVERSE TELECINE</a>
-<li><a href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO">18.11 INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a>
-<li><a href="#LENS">18.12 LENS</a>
-<li><a href="#LINEARIZE">18.13 LINEARIZE</a>
-<li><a href="#LIVE-AUDIO">18.14 LIVE AUDIO</a>
-<li><a href="#LIVE-VIDEO">18.15 LIVE VIDEO</a>
-<li><a href="#LOOP">18.16 LOOP</a>
-<li><a href="#MOTION">18.17 MOTION</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.1 SECRETS OF MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a href="#2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.2 2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.3 USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">18.17.4 USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES">18.17.5 INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS">18.17.6 FILLING IN THE BLACK AREAS</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#MOTION-2-POINT">18.18 MOTION 2 POINT</a>
-<li><a href="#REFRAMERT">18.19 REFRAMERT</a>
-<li><a href="#REFRAME">18.20 REFRAME</a>
-<li><a href="#RESAMPLE">18.21 RESAMPLE</a>
-<li><a href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO">18.22 REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a>
-<li><a href="#SWAP-FRAMES">18.23 SWAP FRAMES</a>
-<li><a href="#THRESHOLD">18.24 THRESHOLD</a>
-<li><a href="#TIME-AVERAGE">18.25 TIME AVERAGE</a>
-<li><a href="#TITLER">18.26 TITLER</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER">18.26.1 ADDING FONTS TO THE TITLER</a>
-<li><a href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION">18.26.2 THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a>
-<li><a href="#MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD">18.26.3 MAKING TITLES LOOK GOOD</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#VIDEO-SCOPE">18.27 VIDEO SCOPE</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_PLUGIN-AUTHORING" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">19 PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD">19.1 INTRODUCING THE PULL METHOD</a>
-<li><a href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">19.2 COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT">19.2.1 THE PROCESSING OBJECT</a>
-<li><a href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT">19.2.2 THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a>
-<li><a href="#THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT">19.2.3 THE USER INTERFACE OBJECT</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS">19.3 REALTIME PLUGINS</a>
-<li><a href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS">19.4 NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a>
-<li><a href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS">19.5 AUDIO PLUGINS</a>
-<li><a href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS">19.6 VIDEO PLUGINS</a>
-<li><a href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS">19.7 TRANSITION PLUGINS</a>
-<li><a href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK">19.8 PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a>
-<li><a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES">19.9 PLUGIN QUERIES</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#SYSTEM-QUERIES">19.9.1 SYSTEM QUERIES</a>
-<li><a href="#TIMING-QUERIES">19.9.2 TIMING QUERIES</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#USING-OPENGL">19.10 USING OPENGL</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#GETTING-OPENGL-DATA">19.10.1 GETTING OPENGL DATA</a>
-<li><a href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL">19.10.2 DRAWING USING OPENGL</a>
-<li><a href="#USING-SHADERS">19.10.3 USING SHADERS</a>
-<li><a href="#AGGREGATING-PLUGINS">19.10.4 AGGREGATING PLUGINS</a>
-</li></ul>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a name="toc_KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS" href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1 PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1.1 Editing Media</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1.2 Editing Labels & In/Out Points</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1.3 Navigation</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1.4 File operations</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1.5 Key Frame Editing</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1.6 Track Manipulation</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.1.7 What's drawn on the timeline</a>
-</li></ul>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.2 VIEWER & COMPOSITOR WINDOWS</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.3 PLAYBACK TRANSPORT</a>
-<li><a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">20.4 RECORD WINDOW</a>
-</li></ul>
-</li></ul>
</div>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="ABOUT-CINELERRA"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#INSTALLATION">INSTALLATION</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="ABOUT-CINELERRA"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#INSTALLATION" accesskey="n" rel="next">INSTALLATION</a>, Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TOP</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="ABOUT-CINELERRA-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">2 ABOUT CINELERRA</h2>
<p><b>BROADCAST 1.0</b>
-
- <p>In 1996 our first editor came out: Broadcast 1.0. It was just a window
+</p>
+<p>In 1996 our first editor came out: Broadcast 1.0. It was just a window
with a waveform in it, it could cut and paste stereo audio waveforms on
a UNIX box, except unlike other audio editors it could handle files up
to 2 gigabytes with only 64 megs of RAM. That was a feature normally
only accessible to the highest end professional audio houses.
+</p>
- <p><b>BROADCAST 2.0</b>
-
- <p>In 1997 Broadcast 1.0 was replaced by Broadcast 2.0. This time the
+<p><b>BROADCAST 2.0</b>
+</p>
+<p>In 1997 Broadcast 1.0 was replaced by Broadcast 2.0. This time the
window had a menubar, patchbay, console, and transport control.
Broadcast 2.0 still only handled audio but this time it handled
unlimited tracks, and it could perform effects on audio and save the
unlimited numbers of tracks, adjust fade, pan, and EQ, and hear the
result instantly. Amazingly this real time tweeking is still
unavailable on most audio programs.
-
- <p><b>BROADCAST 2000</b>
-
- <p>But Broadcast 2.0 still didn't handle video and it wasn't very graceful
+</p>
+<p><b>BROADCAST 2000</b>
+</p>
+<p>But Broadcast 2.0 still didn’t handle video and it wasn’t very graceful
at audio either. In 1999 video broke into the story with Broadcast
2000. This iteration of the Broadcast series could do wonders with
audio and offered a pretty good video feature set. It could edit video
involve many hours setting up command line sequences and writing to
disk. For a time it seemed as if the original dream of immersive movie
making for everyone regardless of income level had arrived.
+</p>
+<p><b>CINELERRA</b>
+</p>
- <p><b>CINELERRA</b>
-
- <p>Later on Broadcast 2000 began to come short. Its audio and video was
+<p>Later on Broadcast 2000 began to come short. Its audio and video was
graceful if you knew how to use it efficiently, but quality issues and
new user interface techniques were emerging. Broadcast 2000 kept the
-audio interface from its ancestors, which didn't apply well to video.
+audio interface from its ancestors, which didn’t apply well to video.
Users likewise were maturing. No longer would it be sufficient to just
edit video on a UNIX box. Most users expected on UNIX the same thing
they got in Win or Mac. In mid 2000 designs for a Broadcast 2000
Cinelerra would allow users to configure certain effects in much less
time than required with Broadcast 2000. It would begin to emulate some
of the features found in Win and Mac software while not attempting to
-become a clone. It's interface would be designed for video from the
+become a clone. It’s interface would be designed for video from the
ground up, while supplementing that with the Broadcast audio
interface. As always, quality improvements would happen.
-
- <p><b>LINUX DERIVATIVES</b>
-
- <p>Linux became more and more fragmented after corporations adopted it.
+</p>
+<p><b>LINUX DERIVATIVES</b>
+</p>
+<p>Linux became more and more fragmented after corporations adopted it.
Threading once worked the same on all derivatives. Today there are more
threading models than days of the week. We try to focus on 1 of the
most popular Linux derivatives at any moment. The threading model is
ported to that Linux derivative shortly before a release, but Linux
derivatives quickly evolve to new threading models and everything
breaks.
-
- <p>Also, there is no consistent behaviour for sound and video drivers. The
+</p>
+<p>Also, there is no consistent behaviour for sound and video drivers. The
situation with video capture has improved in that modern video sources
can all be mounted like disk drives. The audio capture drivers have
been a bit more reliable.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL">ABOUT THIS MANUAL</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA">ABOUT CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL" accesskey="1">ABOUT THIS MANUAL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Up: <a href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">ABOUT CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="ABOUT-THIS-MANUAL-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">2.1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL</h3>
<p>This is the original manual for Cinelerra. This manual has been copied
and translated into many languages on many websites in varying degrees
of completeness.
-
- <p>Organizing information in the easiest manner for users to find out what
-they need to know is sort of like cataloging the internet. They've
+</p>
+<p>Organizing information in the easiest manner for users to find out what
+they need to know is sort of like cataloging the internet. They’ve
been trying to get it right for 30 years and will probably keep trying
until the end of time.
-
- <p>There a lot of fragments of documentation scattered throughout the
+</p>
+<p>There a lot of fragments of documentation scattered throughout the
internet about Cinelerra. This document attempts to combine all the
pieces of information in one piece.
-
- <p>Like the operating system and compiler for a piece of software, the
+</p>
+<p>Like the operating system and compiler for a piece of software, the
document writing format is the most important thing in choosing our
document format. We wanted a format which would be readable regardless
of corporate whims and fads. A piece of software which compiles on GCC
and Linux will be usable as long as there are C compilers. Documents
-written in Texinfo will be readable as long as there's a C compiler.
-
- <p>After many years of searching for the perfect documentation format
-we've arrived at TexInfo. This format can be converted to HTML,
+written in Texinfo will be readable as long as there’s a C compiler.
+</p>
+<p>After many years of searching for the perfect documentation format
+we’ve arrived at TexInfo. This format can be converted to HTML,
printed, automatically indexed, but most importantly is not bound to
any commercial word processor.
-
- <p>There are no screenshots in this manual. Screenshots become obsolete
+</p>
+<p>There are no screenshots in this manual. Screenshots become obsolete
quickly and as a result confuse the users. What looks one way in a
screenshot will always look different in the real program because the
real program and the manual are always evolving, never perfectly
synchronized. It is true that manuals should have screenshots, but our
objective in omitting screenshots is to keep the software costs minimal
-so you don't have to pay for it. That includes additional labor to
+so you don’t have to pay for it. That includes additional labor to
synchronize the manual with the software.
-
- <p>In addition to telling you the basic editing features of Cinelerra this
-manual covers tricks that won't be described anywhere else. We're
+</p>
+<p>In addition to telling you the basic editing features of Cinelerra this
+manual covers tricks that won’t be described anywhere else. We’re
going to try to come up with certain things you can do with Cinelerra
-that you wouldn't think of on your own.
+that you wouldn’t think of on your own.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="INSTALLATION"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA">ABOUT CINELERRA</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="INSTALLATION"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="n" rel="next">CONFIGURATION</a>, Previous: <a href="#ABOUT-CINELERRA" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ABOUT CINELERRA</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="INSTALLATION-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">3 INSTALLATION</h2>
+
<p>The Cinelerra package contains Cinelerra and most of the libraries
needed to run it. We try to include all the dependancies because of
the difficulty in tracking down the right versions. Also included are
some utilities for handling files. The following are the general
contents of all Cinelerra packages.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>Foreign language translations</b> - These go into /usr/share/locale.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Cinelerra executable</b> - This goes into /usr/bin
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Cinelerra plugins</b> - These go into /usr/lib/cinelerra in 32 bit
systems and /usr/lib64/cinelerra in 64 bit systems.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>soundtest</b> - Utility for determining sound card buffer size.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>mplexlo</b> - Multiplexing of MPEG elementary streams without standards
conformance but more efficiently.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>mpeg3cat</b> - Utility for reading an MPEG file from a certain standard
and outputting it to stdout.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>mpeg3toc, mpeg3cat, mpeg3dump</b> - Utilities/ for indexing and reading MPEG files.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>mpeg3peek</b> - Utility for displaying the byte offset of a frame in an
MPEG file.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#INSTALLING-AN-RPM">INSTALLING AN RPM</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH">COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#RUNNING-CINELERRA">RUNNING CINELERRA</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="INSTALLING-AN-RPM"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH">COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#INSTALLATION">INSTALLATION</a>
-</div>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INSTALLING-AN-RPM" accesskey="1">INSTALLING AN RPM</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH" accesskey="2">COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RUNNING-CINELERRA" accesskey="3">RUNNING CINELERRA</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
-<h3 class="section">3.1 INSTALLING AN RPM</h3>
-<p>Cinelerra is easiest installed by downloading an RPM and running
-<pre class="example"> rpm -U --force --nodeps hvirtual*.rpm
-</pre>
- <p>on a Fedora 4 system.
- <p>On systems which don't support RPM look for a utility called
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="INSTALLING-AN-RPM"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH" accesskey="n" rel="next">COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a>, Up: <a href="#INSTALLATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">INSTALLATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="INSTALLING-AN-RPM-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">3.1 INSTALLING AN RPM</h3>
+
+<p>Cinelerra is easiest installed by downloading an RPM and running
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">rpm -U --force --nodeps hvirtual*.rpm
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>on a Fedora 4 system.
+</p>
+<p>On systems which don’t support RPM look for a utility called
<b>rpm2cpio</b>. Download a Cinelerra RPM and from the /
directory run
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">rpm2cpio hvirtual*.rpm | cpio -i --make-directories
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> rpm2cpio hvirtual*.rpm | cpio -i --make-directories
-</pre>
- <p>This doesn't always work because there are many forks of the C library,
+<p>This doesn’t always work because there are many forks of the C library,
each incompatible with the others. This is the biggest reason to
compile from scratch.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RUNNING-CINELERRA">RUNNING CINELERRA</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INSTALLING-AN-RPM">INSTALLING AN RPM</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#INSTALLATION">INSTALLATION</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RUNNING-CINELERRA" accesskey="n" rel="next">RUNNING CINELERRA</a>, Previous: <a href="#INSTALLING-AN-RPM" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INSTALLING AN RPM</a>, Up: <a href="#INSTALLATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">INSTALLATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">3.2 COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</h3>
<p>It should be noted that the compiler used in building Cinelerra
binaries is the free GNU compiler and very conservative optimization
flags. Alternative optimization flags and compilers produce varying
-results. Compiling the source is hard and there's no warranty if the
+results. Compiling the source is hard and there’s no warranty if the
source code fails to compile, but the method for compiling starts by
downloading the source code and decompressing.
-
- <p>The compilation is verified on a vanilla Fedora 4 installation,
-workstation mode. Fedora doesn't install a lot of dependancies like
+</p>
+<p>The compilation is verified on a vanilla Fedora 4 installation,
+workstation mode. Fedora doesn’t install a lot of dependancies like
<b>nasm</b> and <b>yasm</b>. Yes, 3 assemblers are now required to assemble
-x86 code. Compiling the source is hard and there's no warranty if the
+x86 code. Compiling the source is hard and there’s no warranty if the
source code fails to compile, but the method for compiling starts by
downloading the source code and decompressing.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">tar jxf cinelerra*.tar.bz2
+</pre></div>
+
-<pre class="example"> tar jxf cinelerra*.tar.bz2
-</pre>
- <p>The compilation is verified on a Fedora 4 installation. Fedora 4
-doesn't install a lot of the reqiured compilers. Mainly <b>nasm</b> and
+<p>The compilation is verified on a Fedora 4 installation. Fedora 4
+doesn’t install a lot of the reqiured compilers. Mainly <b>nasm</b> and
<b>yasm</b>, 2 of the 3 assemblers. These have to be installed manually
for compilation to succeed.
-
- <p>Enter the hvirtual directory
-
-<pre class="example"> cd cinelerra
-</pre>
- <p>Then run
-
-<pre class="example"> ./configure
-</pre>
- <p>This checks the build environment for the right tools and should give
+</p>
+<p>Enter the hvirtual directory
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">cd cinelerra
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Then run
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">./configure
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>This checks the build environment for the right tools and should give
you an error if a tool is missing. Once that succeeds run
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">make
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> make
-</pre>
- <p>The make procedure should run through all the directories and put
+<p>The make procedure should run through all the directories and put
binaries in the <b>i686</b> or <b>x86_64</b> directories. When NFS was
a lot faster, we compiled Alpha and i686 binaries in the same
filesystem with the objects in different subdirectories, so all the
binaries are still put in subdirectories.
-
- <p>A lot of libraries are included to get the version numbers right. Some
-of the libraries don't compile on SMP systems. One solution is to
+</p>
+<p>A lot of libraries are included to get the version numbers right. Some
+of the libraries don’t compile on SMP systems. One solution is to
disable SMP when rebooting and reenable it when compilation is
finished. Another solution is to rerun make over and over until it
gets through the offending libraries.
+</p>
- <p>Once finished, make sure you are root and run
+<p>Once finished, make sure you are root and run
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">make install
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> make install
-</pre>
- <p>to install the binaries. If installation fails it means something
-failed to compile or you weren't root. Run <b>make</b> again and watch
+<p>to install the binaries. If installation fails it means something
+failed to compile or you weren’t root. Run <b>make</b> again and watch
for errors.
-
- <p>Sometimes you'll want to run <b>make clean</b> if you're programming
-something or the system libraries change. In this case, you'll
+</p>
+<p>Sometimes you’ll want to run <b>make clean</b> if you’re programming
+something or the system libraries change. In this case, you’ll
probably need to run <b>configure</b> again because some libraries delete
their configuration files in <b>make clean</b>.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="RUNNING-CINELERRA"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH">COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#INSTALLATION">INSTALLATION</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#COMPILING-FROM-SCRATCH" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMPILING FROM SCRATCH</a>, Up: <a href="#INSTALLATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">INSTALLATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="RUNNING-CINELERRA-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">3.3 RUNNING CINELERRA</h3>
+
<p>The simplest way to run Cinelerra is by running
+</p>
-<pre class="example"> /usr/bin/cinelerra
-</pre>
- <p>This command hides a much more capable command line interface. Run
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">/usr/bin/cinelerra
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>This command hides a much more capable command line interface. Run
<b>cinelerra -h</b> to get a listing of command line options. The use of
these options is described in several sections.
+</p>
+<p>For rendering from the command line See <a href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
- <p>For rendering from the command line See <a href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CONFIGURATION"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INSTALLATION">INSTALLATION</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="CONFIGURATION"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT" accesskey="n" rel="next">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>, Previous: <a href="#INSTALLATION" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INSTALLATION</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CONFIGURATION-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">4 CONFIGURATION</h2>
+
<p>Because of the variety of uses, Cinelerra cannot be run optimally
without some intimate configuration for your specific needs. Very few
parameters are adjustible at compile time. Runtime configuration is
the only option for most configuration because of the multitude of
parameters.
-
- <p>Here we discuss not only the configuration options but which of the
-different API's in Linux are supported.
-
- <p>Go to <b>settings->preferences</b> and to see the options.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</a>: These environment variables are recognized by Cinelerra
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>: Information about the audio drivers
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>: Information about the video drivers
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#PLAYBACK">PLAYBACK</a>: Configuring parameters related to playback.
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#RECORDING">RECORDING</a>: Configuring parameters related to recording.
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#PERFORMANCE">PERFORMANCE</a>: Configuring parameters related to how fast things go.
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#INTERFACE">INTERFACE</a>: Configuring the user interface.
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#ABOUT">ABOUT</a>: Viewing information about the program.
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<p>Here we discuss not only the configuration options but which of the
+different API’s in Linux are supported.
+</p>
+<p>Go to <b>settings->preferences</b> and to see the options.
+</p>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES" accesskey="1">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">These environment variables are recognized by Cinelerra
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="2">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Information about the audio drivers
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="3">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Information about the video drivers
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PLAYBACK" accesskey="4">PLAYBACK</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Configuring parameters related to playback.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RECORDING" accesskey="5">RECORDING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Configuring parameters related to recording.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PERFORMANCE" accesskey="6">PERFORMANCE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Configuring parameters related to how fast things go.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INTERFACE" accesskey="7">INTERFACE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Configuring the user interface.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ABOUT" accesskey="8">ABOUT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Viewing information about the program.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="n" rel="next">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">4.1 ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h3>
<p>In UNIX derivatives, environment variables are global variables in the
like <b>set VARIABLE=value</b>. All the environment variables can be
viewed with a command like <b>env</b>. Cinelerra recognizes the following
environment variables:
-
- <ul>
-<li><b>LADSPA_PATH</b> - If you want to use LADSPA plugins, this must be
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>LADSPA_PATH</b> - If you want to use LADSPA plugins, this must be
defined: a colon separated list of directories to search for LADSPA
plugins. These are not native Cinelerra plugins. See <a href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS">LADSPA EFFECTS</a>.
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AUDIO-DRIVERS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
+</li></ul>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="AUDIO-DRIVERS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="n" rel="next">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>, Previous: <a href="#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="AUDIO-DRIVERS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">4.2 AUDIO DRIVERS</h3>
<p>The audio drivers are used for both recording and playback to get data
to and from the hardware. Since the same drivers are used for both
recording and playback, their functionality is described here in a
separate section.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">COMMON SOUND DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>: Attributes used for more than one sound driver.
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#OSS">OSS</a>: Notes about the OSS driver
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#OSS-Envy24">OSS Envy24</a>: Notes about the OSS driver for the Envy24 chip
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#ALSA">ALSA</a>: Notes about the ALSA driver
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#ESOUND">ESOUND</a>: Notes about the ESound driver
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#RAW-1394">RAW 1394</a>: Notes about the Raw1394 driver
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#DV-1394">DV 1394</a>: Notes about the DV1394 driver
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#IEC-61883">IEC 61883</a>: Notes about the IEC 61883 driver
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="1">COMMON SOUND DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Attributes used for more than one sound driver.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#OSS" accesskey="2">OSS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes about the OSS driver
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#OSS-Envy24" accesskey="3">OSS Envy24</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes about the OSS driver for the Envy24 chip
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ALSA" accesskey="4">ALSA</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes about the ALSA driver
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ESOUND" accesskey="5">ESOUND</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes about the ESound driver
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RAW-1394" accesskey="6">RAW 1394</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes about the Raw1394 driver
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DV-1394" accesskey="7">DV 1394</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes about the DV1394 driver
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#IEC-61883" accesskey="8">IEC 61883</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes about the IEC 61883 driver
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
<a name="COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#OSS">OSS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#OSS" accesskey="n" rel="next">OSS</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.1 COMMON SOUND DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</h4>
- <ul>
-<li>DEVICE PATH
+<ul>
+<li> DEVICE PATH
- <p>Usually a file in the <b>/dev/</b> directory which controls the
+<p>Usually a file in the <b>/dev/</b> directory which controls the
device.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
BITS
- <p>The number of bits of precision Cinelerra should set the device for.
+<p>The number of bits of precision Cinelerra should set the device for.
This sometimes has a figuritive meaning. Some sound drivers need to be
-set to 32 bits to perform 24 bit playback and won't play anything when
+set to 32 bits to perform 24 bit playback and won’t play anything when
set to 24 bits. Some sound drivers need to be set to 24 bits for 24
bit playback.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="OSS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#OSS-Envy24">OSS Envy24</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">COMMON SOUND DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="OSS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#OSS-Envy24" accesskey="n" rel="next">OSS Envy24</a>, Previous: <a href="#COMMON-SOUND-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMMON SOUND DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="OSS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.2 OSS</h4>
<p>This was the first Linux sound driver. It had an open source
supported. It was the standard sound driver up to linux 2.4. It still
is the only sound driver which an i386 binary can use when running on
an x86_64 system.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="OSS-Envy24"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ALSA">ALSA</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#OSS">OSS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ALSA" accesskey="n" rel="next">ALSA</a>, Previous: <a href="#OSS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">OSS</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="OSS-Envy24-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.3 OSS Envy24</h4>
<p>The commercial version of OSS had a variant for 24 bit 96 Khz
soundcards. This variant required significant changes to the way the
sound drivers were used, which is what the OSS Envy24 variant is for.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="ALSA"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ESOUND">ESOUND</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#OSS-Envy24">OSS Envy24</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ESOUND" accesskey="n" rel="next">ESOUND</a>, Previous: <a href="#OSS-Envy24" accesskey="p" rel="prev">OSS Envy24</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="ALSA-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.4 ALSA</h4>
<p>ALSA is the most common sound driver in Linux 2.6. It supports the
New wrappers are being developed on top of ALSA at such a pace, we plan
to support them at regular intervals, not at every new release of a new
wrapper.
-
- <p>ALSA is no longer portable between i386 and x86_64. If an i386 binary
-tries to play back on an x86_64 kernel it'll crash. For this scenario,
+</p>
+<p>ALSA is no longer portable between i386 and x86_64. If an i386 binary
+tries to play back on an x86_64 kernel it’ll crash. For this scenario,
use OSS.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="ESOUND"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RAW-1394">RAW 1394</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ALSA">ALSA</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RAW-1394" accesskey="n" rel="next">RAW 1394</a>, Previous: <a href="#ALSA" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ALSA</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="ESOUND-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.5 ESOUND</h4>
<p>ESOUND was a sound server that sat on top of OSS. It was written for a
window manager called Enlightenment. It supported a limited number of
bits and had high latency compared to modern times but multiplexed
-multiple audio sources. It's unknown whether it still works.
-
-<div class="node">
+multiple audio sources. It’s unknown whether it still works.
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="RAW-1394"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DV-1394">DV 1394</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ESOUND">ESOUND</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DV-1394" accesskey="n" rel="next">DV 1394</a>, Previous: <a href="#ESOUND" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ESOUND</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="RAW-1394-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.6 RAW 1394</h4>
<p>The first interface between linux software and firewire camcorders.
This was the least reliable way to play audio to a camcorder. It
consisted of a library on top of the kernel commands.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="DV-1394"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#IEC-61883">IEC 61883</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#RAW-1394">RAW 1394</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#IEC-61883" accesskey="n" rel="next">IEC 61883</a>, Previous: <a href="#RAW-1394" accesskey="p" rel="prev">RAW 1394</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="DV-1394-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.7 DV 1394</h4>
<p>The second rewrite of DV camcorder support in Linux. This was the most
reliable way to play audio to a camcorder. This consisted of direct
kernel commands.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="IEC-61883"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DV-1394">DV 1394</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#DV-1394" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DV 1394</a>, Up: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">AUDIO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="IEC-61883-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.2.8 IEC 61883</h4>
<p>The third rewrite of DV camcorder support in Linux. This is a library
on top of RAW 1394 which is a library on top of the kernel commands.
-It's less reliable than DV 1394 but more reliable than RAW 1394. The
+It’s less reliable than DV 1394 but more reliable than RAW 1394. The
next rewrite ought to fix that.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="VIDEO-DRIVERS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PLAYBACK">PLAYBACK</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="VIDEO-DRIVERS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PLAYBACK" accesskey="n" rel="next">PLAYBACK</a>, Previous: <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="VIDEO-DRIVERS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">4.3 VIDEO DRIVERS</h3>
<p>The audio drivers are used for both recording and playback to get data
to and from the hardware. Since the same drivers are used for both
recording and playback, their functionality is described here in a
separate section.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">COMMON VIDEO DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>: Parameters used by more than one driver.
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#X11">X11</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#X11_002dXV">X11-XV</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#X11_002dOPENGL">X11-OPENGL</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#BUZ">BUZ</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">IEC 61883 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="1">COMMON VIDEO DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Parameters used by more than one driver.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#X11" accesskey="2">X11</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#X11_002dXV" accesskey="3">X11-XV</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#X11_002dOPENGL" accesskey="4">X11-OPENGL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#BUZ" accesskey="5">BUZ</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="6">RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="7">DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="8">IEC 61883 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
<a name="COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#X11">X11</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#X11" accesskey="n" rel="next">X11</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.1 COMMON VIDEO DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</h4>
- <ul>
-<li>
+
+<ul>
+<li>
DISPLAY
- <p>The is intended for dual monitor
+<p>The is intended for dual monitor
displays. Depending on the value of Display, the Compositor window
will appear on a different monitor from the rest of the windows.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
DEVICE PATH
- <p>Usually a file in the <b>/dev/</b> directory
+<p>Usually a file in the <b>/dev/</b> directory
which controls the device.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
SWAP FIELDS
- <p>Make the even lines odd and the odd lines even
+<p>Make the even lines odd and the odd lines even
when sending to the device. On an NTSC or 1080i monitor the fields may
need to be swapped to prevent jittery motion.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
OUTPUT CHANNEL
- <p>Devices with multiple outputs may need a
+<p>Devices with multiple outputs may need a
specific connector to send video on.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
PORT
- <p>The IEEE1394 standard specifies something known as the
+<p>The IEEE1394 standard specifies something known as the
<b>port</b>. This is probably the firewire card number in the system
to use.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
CHANNEL
- <p>The IEEE1394 standard specifies something known as the
-<b>channel</b>. For DV cameras it's always <b>63</b>.
-
-</ul>
+<p>The IEEE1394 standard specifies something known as the
+<b>channel</b>. For DV cameras it’s always <b>63</b>.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="X11"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#X11_002dXV">X11-XV</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES">COMMON VIDEO DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#X11_002dXV" accesskey="n" rel="next">X11-XV</a>, Previous: <a href="#COMMON-VIDEO-DRIVER-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMMON VIDEO DRIVER ATTRIBUTES</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="X11-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.2 X11</h4>
<p>This was the first method of video playback on any UNIX system, valid
all the way until 1999. It just writes the RGB triplet for each pixel
-directly to the window. It's the slowest playback method. It's still
-useful as a fallback when graphics hardware can't handle very large
+directly to the window. It’s the slowest playback method. It’s still
+useful as a fallback when graphics hardware can’t handle very large
frames.
-
-<div class="node">
-<a name="X11-XV"></a>
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="X11_002dXV"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#X11_002dOPENGL">X11-OPENGL</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#X11">X11</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#X11_002dOPENGL" accesskey="n" rel="next">X11-OPENGL</a>, Previous: <a href="#X11" accesskey="p" rel="prev">X11</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="X11_002dXV-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.3 X11-XV</h4>
<p>This was the second big method of video playback in UNIX starting in
-1999. It converts YUV to RGB in hardware with scaling. It's the
-preferred playback method but can't handle large frame sizes. The
+1999. It converts YUV to RGB in hardware with scaling. It’s the
+preferred playback method but can’t handle large frame sizes. The
maximum video size for XV is usually 1920x1080.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="X11-OPENGL"></a>
+<hr>
<a name="X11_002dOPENGL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#BUZ">BUZ</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#X11_002dXV">X11-XV</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#BUZ" accesskey="n" rel="next">BUZ</a>, Previous: <a href="#X11_002dXV" accesskey="p" rel="prev">X11-XV</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="X11_002dOPENGL-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.4 X11-OPENGL</h4>
<p>The most powerful video playback method is OpenGL. With this driver,
most effects are done in hardware. OpenGL allows video sizes up to the
maximum texture size, which is usually larger than what XV supports,
depending on the graphics driver.
-
- <p>OpenGL doesn't affect rendering. It just accelerates playback. OpenGL
+</p>
+<p>OpenGL doesn’t affect rendering. It just accelerates playback. OpenGL
relies on PBuffers and shaders to do video rendering. The graphics
driver must support OpenGL 2 and Cinelerra needs to be explicitely
compiled with OpenGL 2 support. This requires compiling it on a system
with the OpenGL 2 headers.
-
- <p>PBuffers are known to be fickle. If the graphics card doesn't have
-enough memory or doesn't have the right visuals, PBuffers won't work.
-Try seeking several frames or restarting Cinelerra if OpenGL doesn't
+</p>
+<p>PBuffers are known to be fickle. If the graphics card doesn’t have
+enough memory or doesn’t have the right visuals, PBuffers won’t work.
+Try seeking several frames or restarting Cinelerra if OpenGL doesn’t
work.
-
- <p>Because of OpenGL limitations, X11-OpenGL processes everything in 8 bit
+</p>
+<p>Because of OpenGL limitations, X11-OpenGL processes everything in 8 bit
colormodels, although the difference between YUV and RGB is retained.
-
- <p>The <b>scaling equation</b> in Preferences is ignored by OpenGL. OpenGL
+</p>
+<p>The <b>scaling equation</b> in Preferences is ignored by OpenGL. OpenGL
always uses linear scaling.
-
- <p>Project and track sizes need to be multiples of 4 for OpenGL to work.
-
- <p>To get the most acceleration, OpenGL-enabled effects must be placed
+</p>
+<p>Project and track sizes need to be multiples of 4 for OpenGL to work.
+</p>
+<p>To get the most acceleration, OpenGL-enabled effects must be placed
after software-only effects. All rendering before the last
software-only effect is done in software. The core Cinelerra
operations like camera and projector are of course OpenGL.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="BUZ"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#X11_002dOPENGL">X11-OPENGL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="BUZ"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="n" rel="next">RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>, Previous: <a href="#X11_002dOPENGL" accesskey="p" rel="prev">X11-OPENGL</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="BUZ-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.5 BUZ</h4>
<p>This is a method for playing motion JPEG-A files directly to a
composite analog signal. It uses a popular hack of the Video4Linux 1
driver from 2000 to decompress JPEG in hardware. Sadly, even though
analog output is largely obsolete, newer drivers have replaced BUZ.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#BUZ">BUZ</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="n" rel="next">DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>, Previous: <a href="#BUZ" accesskey="p" rel="prev">BUZ</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.6 RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</h4>
<p>The first interface between linux software and firewire camcorders.
This was the least reliable way to play video to a camcorder. It
consisted of a library on top of the kernel commands.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">IEC 61883 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="n" rel="next">IEC 61883 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>, Previous: <a href="#RAW-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="p" rel="prev">RAW 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.7 DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</h4>
<p>The second rewrite of DV camcorder support in Linux. This was the most
reliable way to play video to a camcorder. This consisted of direct
kernel commands.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK">DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#DV-1394-VIDEO-PLAYBACK" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DV 1394 VIDEO PLAYBACK</a>, Up: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="u" rel="up">VIDEO DRIVERS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="IEC-61883-VIDEO-PLAYBACK-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.3.8 IEC 61883 VIDEO PLAYBACK</h4>
+
<p>The third rewrite of DV camcorder support in Linux. This is a library
on top of RAW 1394 which is a library on top of the kernel commands.
-It's less reliable than DV 1394 but more reliable than RAW 1394. The
+It’s less reliable than DV 1394 but more reliable than RAW 1394. The
next rewrite ought to fix that.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="PLAYBACK"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RECORDING">RECORDING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
-</div>
-<h3 class="section">4.4 PLAYBACK</h3>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#AUDIO-OUT">AUDIO OUT</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#VIDEO-OUT">VIDEO OUT</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AUDIO-OUT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#VIDEO-OUT">VIDEO OUT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLAYBACK">PLAYBACK</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="PLAYBACK"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RECORDING" accesskey="n" rel="next">RECORDING</a>, Previous: <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
+<a name="PLAYBACK-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">4.4 PLAYBACK</h3>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AUDIO-OUT" accesskey="1">AUDIO OUT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#VIDEO-OUT" accesskey="2">VIDEO OUT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="AUDIO-OUT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#VIDEO-OUT" accesskey="n" rel="next">VIDEO OUT</a>, Up: <a href="#PLAYBACK" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLAYBACK</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="AUDIO-OUT-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.4.1 AUDIO OUT</h4>
<p>These determine what happens when you play sound from the timeline.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> SAMPLES TO SEND TO CONSOLE:
- <ul>
-<li>SAMPLES TO SEND TO CONSOLE:
-
- <p>For playing audio, small fragments of sound are read from disk and
+<p>For playing audio, small fragments of sound are read from disk and
processed in a virtual console sequentially. A larger value here
causes more latency when you change mixing parameters but gives more
reliable playback.
-
- <p>Some sound drivers don't allow changing of the console fragment so
+</p>
+<p>Some sound drivers don’t allow changing of the console fragment so
latency is unchanged no matter what this value is.
-
- <p>A good way of ensuring high quality playback was to read bigger
+</p>
+<p>A good way of ensuring high quality playback was to read bigger
fragments from the disk and break them into smaller fragments for the
soundcard. That changed when the virtual console moved from the push
model to the pull model. Since different stages of the rendering
pipeline can change the rate of the incoming data, it would now be real
hard to disconnect size of the console fragments from the size of the
fragments read from disk.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
AUDIO OFFSET:
- <p>The ability to tell the exact playback position on Linux sound drivers
-is pretty bad if it's provided at all. Since this information is
+<p>The ability to tell the exact playback position on Linux sound drivers
+is pretty bad if it’s provided at all. Since this information is
required for proper video synchronization, it has to be accurate. The
<b>AUDIO OFFSET</b> allows users to adjust the position returned by the
-sound driver to reflect reality. The audio offset doesn't affect the
+sound driver to reflect reality. The audio offset doesn’t affect the
audio playback or rendering at all. It merely changes the
synchronization of video playback.
-
- <p>The easiest way to set the audio offset is to create a timeline with 1
+</p>
+<p>The easiest way to set the audio offset is to create a timeline with 1
video track and one audio track. Expand the audio track and center the
audio pan. The frame rate should be something over 24fps and the
sampling rate should be over 32000. The frame size should be small
seconds. Drop a <b>gradient</b> effect on the video track and configure
it to be clearly visible. Drop a <b>synthesizer</b> effect on the audio
and configure it to be clearly audible.
-
- <p>Play the timeline from 0 and watch to see if the gradient effect starts
-exactly when the audio starts. If it doesn't, expand the audio track
+</p>
+<p>Play the timeline from 0 and watch to see if the gradient effect starts
+exactly when the audio starts. If it doesn’t, expand the audio track
and adjust the nudge. If the audio starts ahead of the video, decrease
the nudge value. If the audio starts after the video, increase the
nudge value. Once the tracks play back synchronized, copy the nudge
value to the <b>AUDIO OFFSET</b> value in preferences.
-
- <p><b>Note:</b> if you change sound drivers or you change the value of <b>USE
-SOFTWARE FOR POSITIONING INFORMATION</b>, you'll need to change the audio
+</p>
+<p><b>Note:</b> if you change sound drivers or you change the value of <b>USE
+SOFTWARE FOR POSITIONING INFORMATION</b>, you’ll need to change the audio
offset because different sound drivers are unequally inaccurate.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
VIEW FOLLOWS PLAYBACK
- <p>Causes the timeline window to scroll when the playback cursor moves.
+<p>Causes the timeline window to scroll when the playback cursor moves.
This can bog down the X Server or cause the timeline window to lock up
for long periods of time while drawing the assetse.
+</p>
+</li><li> USE SOFTWARE FOR POSITIONING INFORMATION
- <li>USE SOFTWARE FOR POSITIONING INFORMATION
-
- <p>Most soundcards and sound drivers don't give reliable information on
+<p>Most soundcards and sound drivers don’t give reliable information on
the number of samples the card has played. When playing video you need
this information for synchronization. This option causes the sound
driver to be ignored and a software timer to be used for
synchronization.
+</p>
+</li><li> AUDIO PLAYBACK IN REALTIME:
- <li>AUDIO PLAYBACK IN REALTIME:
-
- <p>Back in the days when 150Mhz was the maximum, this allowed
+<p>Back in the days when 150Mhz was the maximum, this allowed
uninterrupted playback on heavy loads. It forces the audio playback to
-the highest priority in the kernel. Today it's most useful for
+the highest priority in the kernel. Today it’s most useful for
achieving very low latency between console tweeks and soundcard
output. You must be root to get realtime priority.
+</p>
+</li><li> AUDIO DRIVER
- <li>AUDIO DRIVER
-
- <p>There are many sound drivers for Linux. This allows selecting one
+<p>There are many sound drivers for Linux. This allows selecting one
sound driver and setting parameters specific to it. The sound drivers
and their parameters are described in the sound driver section.
See <a href="#AUDIO-DRIVERS">AUDIO DRIVERS</a>.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="VIDEO-OUT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AUDIO-OUT">AUDIO OUT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLAYBACK">PLAYBACK</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="VIDEO-OUT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#AUDIO-OUT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AUDIO OUT</a>, Up: <a href="#PLAYBACK" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLAYBACK</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="VIDEO-OUT-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.4.2 VIDEO OUT</h4>
<p>These determine how video gets from the timeline to your eyes.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> PLAY EVERY FRAME
- <ul>
-<li>PLAY EVERY FRAME
-
- <p>Causes every frame of video to be displayed even if it means falling
+<p>Causes every frame of video to be displayed even if it means falling
behind the audio. This should always be on unless you use mostly
-uncompressed codecs. Most compressed codecs don't support frame
+uncompressed codecs. Most compressed codecs don’t support frame
dropping anymore.
+</p>
+
- <li>
+</li><li>
FRAMERATE ACHIEVED
- <p>The number of frames per second being displayed during playback. This
+<p>The number of frames per second being displayed during playback. This
is only updated during playback.
+</p>
+</li><li> DECODE FRAMES ASYNCHRONOUSLY
- <li>DECODE FRAMES ASYNCHRONOUSLY
-
- <p>If you have lots of memory and more than one CPU, this option can
+<p>If you have lots of memory and more than one CPU, this option can
improve playback performance by decoding video on one CPU as fast as
possible while dedicating other CPU to displaying video only. It
assumes all playback operations are forward and no frames are dropped.
Operations involving reverse playback or frame dropping are negatively
impacted.
-
- <p>Since this option requires enourmous amounts of memory, it may crash if
+</p>
+<p>Since this option requires enourmous amounts of memory, it may crash if
the input frames are very large.
+</p>
- <li>
+</li><li>
SCALING EQUATION
- <p>When video playback involves any kind of scaling or translation, this
-algorithm is used. This doesn't affect 1:1 playback.
-
- <ul>
-<li>NEAREST NEIGHBOR ENLARGE AND REDUCE
+<p>When video playback involves any kind of scaling or translation, this
+algorithm is used. This doesn’t affect 1:1 playback.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> NEAREST NEIGHBOR ENLARGE AND REDUCE
- <p>lowest but fastest
+<p>lowest but fastest
quality. Produces jagged edges and uneven motion.
+</p>
- <li>
+</li><li>
BICUBIC ENLARGE AND BILINEAR REDUCE
- <p>highest but slowest
+<p>highest but slowest
quality. For enlarging a bicubic interpolation is used, which blurs
-slightly but doesn't reveal stair steps. For reduction a bilinear
+slightly but doesn’t reveal stair steps. For reduction a bilinear
interpolation is used, which produces very sharp images and reduces
noise. The bilinear reduced images can be sharpened with a sharpen
effect with less noise than a normal sized image.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
BILINEAR ENLARGE AND BILINEAR REDUCE
- <p>when slight enlargement
+<p>when slight enlargement
is needed a bilinear enlargement looks better than a bicubic
enlargement.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
- <li>
+</li><li>
PRELOAD BUFFER FOR QUICKTIME
- <p>The Quicktime/AVI decoder can handle DVD sources better when this is
+<p>The Quicktime/AVI decoder can handle DVD sources better when this is
around 10000000. This reduces the amount of seeking required.
Unfortunately when reading high bitrate sources from a hard drive, this
tends to slow it down. For normal use this should be 0.
+</p>
- <li>
+</li><li>
DVD SUBTITLE TO DISPLAY
- <p>DVD IFO files usually contain subtitle tracks. These must be decoded
+<p>DVD IFO files usually contain subtitle tracks. These must be decoded
with by the MPEG decoder. Select <b>Enable subtitles</b> to enable
subtitle decoding. There are usually multiple subtitle tracks starting
from 0. The subtitle track to be decoded for all MPEG streams goes in
the DVD subtitlee to display text box. Go to the asset corresponding
to the MPEG file in the Resources window and right click. Click on
Info. The number of subtitle tracks is given at the bottom.
+</p>
- <li>
+</li><li>
INTERPOLATE CR2 IMAGES
- <p>Enables interpolation of CR2 images. This is required since the raw
-image in a CR2 file is a bayer pattern. The interpolation uses dcraw's
+<p>Enables interpolation of CR2 images. This is required since the raw
+image in a CR2 file is a bayer pattern. The interpolation uses dcraw’s
built-in interpolation and is very slow. This operation can be
disabled and the <b>Interpolate Pixels</b> effect used instead for fast
previewing.
+</p>
- <li>
+</li><li>
WHITE BALANCE CR2 IMAGES
- <p>This enables white balancing for CR2 images if interpolation is also
-enabled. It uses the camera's matrix which is contained in the CR2
+<p>This enables white balancing for CR2 images if interpolation is also
+enabled. It uses the camera’s matrix which is contained in the CR2
file. White balancing is not performed if interpolation is not
performed because white balancing needs a blending of all 3 primary
-colors.
-
- <p>Disabling white balancing is useful for operations involving dark frame
+colors.
+</p>
+<p>Disabling white balancing is useful for operations involving dark frame
subtraction. The dark frame and the long exposure need to have the
same color matrix.
-
- <p>If you disable <b>Interpolate CR2 Images</b> and use the <b>Interpolate
+</p>
+<p>If you disable <b>Interpolate CR2 Images</b> and use the <b>Interpolate
Pixels</b> effect, be aware the <b>Interpolate Pixels</b> effect always does
-both interpolation and white balancing using the camera's matrix,
+both interpolation and white balancing using the camera’s matrix,
regardless of the settings in Preferences. Dark frame subtraction
needs to be performed before <b>Interpolate Pixels</b>.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+
- <li>
- <p>VIDEO DRIVER
+VIDEO DRIVER
- <p>Normally video on the timeline goes to the compositor window during
+<p>Normally video on the timeline goes to the compositor window during
continuous playback and when the insertion point is repositioned.
Instead of sending video to the Compositor window the video driver can
be set to send video to another output device during continuous
-playback. This doesn't affect where video goes when the insertion
+playback. This doesn’t affect where video goes when the insertion
point is repositioned, however.
-
- <p>The video drivers and their parameters are described in the video
+</p>
+<p>The video drivers and their parameters are described in the video
driver section. See <a href="#VIDEO-DRIVERS">VIDEO DRIVERS</a>.
+</p>
+
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="RECORDING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PERFORMANCE">PERFORMANCE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PLAYBACK">PLAYBACK</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="RECORDING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PERFORMANCE" accesskey="n" rel="next">PERFORMANCE</a>, Previous: <a href="#PLAYBACK" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PLAYBACK</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="RECORDING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">4.5 RECORDING</h3>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#FILE-FORMAT">FILE FORMAT</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#AUDIO-IN">AUDIO IN</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#VIDEO-IN">VIDEO IN</a>
-</ul>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#FILE-FORMAT" accesskey="1">FILE FORMAT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AUDIO-IN" accesskey="2">AUDIO IN</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#VIDEO-IN" accesskey="3">VIDEO IN</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
<p>The parameters here affect what happens when you go to
<b>File->Record...</b>. The intention was to make <b>File->Record...</b> go
for recording is set here and it is applied to all recordings. Also
set here is the hardware for recording, since the hardware determines
the supported file format in most cases.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="FILE-FORMAT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#AUDIO-IN">AUDIO IN</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#RECORDING">RECORDING</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#AUDIO-IN" accesskey="n" rel="next">AUDIO IN</a>, Up: <a href="#RECORDING" accesskey="u" rel="up">RECORDING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="FILE-FORMAT-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.5.1 FILE FORMAT</h4>
<p>This determines the output file format for recordings. It depends
video. The audio and video is wrapped in a wrapper defined by the
<b>File Format</b> menu. Different wrappers may record audio only, video
only, or both.
-
- <p>Some video drivers can only record to a certain wrapper. DV, for
-example, can only record to Quicktime with DV as the video compression.
+</p>
+<p>Some video drivers can only record to a certain wrapper. DV, for
+example, can only record to Quicktime with DV as the video compression.
If the video driver is changed, the file format may be updated to give
the supported output. If you change the file format to an unsupported
format, it may not work with the video driver.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AUDIO-IN"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#VIDEO-IN">VIDEO IN</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#FILE-FORMAT">FILE FORMAT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#RECORDING">RECORDING</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="AUDIO-IN"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#VIDEO-IN" accesskey="n" rel="next">VIDEO IN</a>, Previous: <a href="#FILE-FORMAT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">FILE FORMAT</a>, Up: <a href="#RECORDING" accesskey="u" rel="up">RECORDING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="AUDIO-IN-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.5.2 AUDIO IN</h4>
<p>These determine what happens when you record audio.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
RECORD DRIVER
- <p>This is used for recording audio in the Record window. It may be
+<p>This is used for recording audio in the Record window. It may be
shared with the Record Driver for video if the audio and video are
wrapped in the same stream. It takes variable parameters depending on
the driver. The parameters have the same meaning as they do for
playback.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
DEVICE PATH
- <p>Usually a file in the <b>/dev/</b> directory which controls the
+<p>Usually a file in the <b>/dev/</b> directory which controls the
device.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
BITS
- <p>The number of bits of precision Cinelerra should set the device for.
+<p>The number of bits of precision Cinelerra should set the device for.
This sometimes has a figuritive meaning. Some sound drivers need to be
-set to 32 bits to perform 24 bit recording and won't record anything
+set to 32 bits to perform 24 bit recording and won’t record anything
when set to 24 bits. Some sound drivers need to be set to 24 bits for
24 bit recording.
+</p>
+
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
- <li>
+</li><li>
SAMPLES TO WRITE AT A TIME
- <p>Audio is first read in small fragments from the device. Many small
+<p>Audio is first read in small fragments from the device. Many small
fragments are combined into a large fragment before writing to disk.
The disk writing process is done in a different thread. The value here
determines how large the combination of fragments is for each disk
write.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
SAMPLE RATE FOR RECORDING
- <p>Regardless of what the project settings are. This is the sample rate
+<p>Regardless of what the project settings are. This is the sample rate
used for recording. This should be the highest the audio device
supports.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="VIDEO-IN"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AUDIO-IN">AUDIO IN</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#RECORDING">RECORDING</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#AUDIO-IN" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AUDIO IN</a>, Up: <a href="#RECORDING" accesskey="u" rel="up">RECORDING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="VIDEO-IN-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.5.3 VIDEO IN</h4>
<p>These determine what happens when you record video.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
RECORD DRIVER
- <p>This is used for recording video in the Record window. It may be
+<p>This is used for recording video in the Record window. It may be
shared with the Record Driver for audio if the audio and video are
wrapped in the same stream. It takes variable parameters depending on
the driver. The parameters have the same meaning as they do for
playback.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
FRAMES TO RECORD TO DISK AT A TIME
- <p>Frames are recorded in a pipeline. First frames are buffered in the
-device. Then they're read into a larger buffer for writing to disk.
+<p>Frames are recorded in a pipeline. First frames are buffered in the
+device. Then they’re read into a larger buffer for writing to disk.
The disk writing is done in a different thread as the device reading.
For certain codecs the disk writing uses multiple processors. This
value determines how many frames are written to disk at a time.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
FRAMES TO BUFFER IN DEVICE
- <p>The number of frames to store in the device before reading. This
+<p>The number of frames to store in the device before reading. This
determines how much latency there can be in the system before frames
are dropped.
+</p>
+</li><li> USE SOFTWARE FOR POSITIONING INFORMATION
- <li>USE SOFTWARE FOR POSITIONING INFORMATION
-
- <p>Video uses audio for
+<p>Video uses audio for
+</p>
- <p>synchronization but most soundcards don't give accurate position
+<p>synchronization but most soundcards don’t give accurate position
information. This calculates an estimation of audio position in
software instead of the hardware for synchronization.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
SYNC DRIVES AUTOMATICALLY
- <p>For high bitrate recording the drives may be fast enough to store the
+<p>For high bitrate recording the drives may be fast enough to store the
data but Linux may wait several minutes and stall as it writes several
minutes of data at a time. This forces Linux to flush its buffers
every second instead of every few minutes and produce slightly better
realtime behavior.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
SIZE OF CAPTURED FRAME
- <p>This is the size of the frames recorded. It is independant of the
+<p>This is the size of the frames recorded. It is independant of the
project frame size because most video devices only record a fixed frame
-size. If the frame size given here isn't supported by the device it
+size. If the frame size given here isn’t supported by the device it
might crash Cinelerra.
+</p>
+</li><li> FRAME RATE FOR RECORDING
+
+<p>The frame rate recorded is different from the project settings. This
+sets the recorded frame rate.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
+
+
+
+
- <li>FRAME RATE FOR RECORDING
- <p>The frame rate recorded is different from the project settings. This
-sets the recorded frame rate.
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="PERFORMANCE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#INTERFACE">INTERFACE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#RECORDING">RECORDING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#INTERFACE" accesskey="n" rel="next">INTERFACE</a>, Previous: <a href="#RECORDING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">RECORDING</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="PERFORMANCE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">4.6 PERFORMANCE</h3>
-<p>You'll spend most of your time configuring this section. The main
+
+<p>You’ll spend most of your time configuring this section. The main
focus of performance is rendering parameters not available in the
-rendering dialog.
+rendering dialog.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+<ul>
+<li> CACHE ITEMS
+
- <ul>
-<li>CACHE ITEMS
- <p>To speed up rendering, several assets are kept open simultaneously.
+<p>To speed up rendering, several assets are kept open simultaneously.
This determines how many are kept open. A number too large may exhaust
your memory pretty fast and result in a crash. A number too small may
result in slow playback as assets need to be reopened more frequently.
+</p>
- <li>
+</li><li>
SECONDS TO PREROLL RENDERS
- <p>Some effects need a certain amount of time to settle in. This sets a
+<p>Some effects need a certain amount of time to settle in. This sets a
number of seconds to render without writing to disk before the selected
-region is rendered. When using the renderfarm you'll sometimes need to
+region is rendered. When using the renderfarm you’ll sometimes need to
preroll to get seemless transitions between the jobs. Every job in a
renderfarm is prerolled by this value. This does not affect background
rendering, however. Background rendering uses a different preroll
value.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
FORCE SINGLE PROCESSOR USE
- <p>Cinelerra tries to use all processors on the system by default but
-sometimes you'll only want to use one processor, like in a renderfarm
+<p>Cinelerra tries to use all processors on the system by default but
+sometimes you’ll only want to use one processor, like in a renderfarm
client. This forces only one processer to be used. The operating
system, however, usually uses the second processor anyway for disk
access so this option is really a 1.25 processor mode. The value of
this parameter is used in renderfarm clients.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#BACKGROUND-RENDERING">BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#RENDERFARM">RENDERFARM</a>
-</ul>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#BACKGROUND-RENDERING" accesskey="1">BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RENDERFARM" accesskey="2">RENDERFARM</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="BACKGROUND-RENDERING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RENDERFARM">RENDERFARM</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PERFORMANCE">PERFORMANCE</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="BACKGROUND-RENDERING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RENDERFARM" accesskey="n" rel="next">RENDERFARM</a>, Up: <a href="#PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="BACKGROUND-RENDERING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.6.1 BACKGROUND RENDERING</h4>
<p>Background rendering was originally concieved to allow HDTV effects to
be displayed in realtime. Background rendering causes temporary output
to constantly be rendered while the timeline is being modified. The
-temporary output is played during playack whenever possible. It's very
+temporary output is played during playack whenever possible. It’s very
useful for transitions and previewing effects which are too slow to
display in a reasonable amount of time. If renderfarm is enabled, the
renderfarm is used for background rendering, giving you the potential
for realtime effects if enough network bandwidth and CPU nodes exist.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> FRAMES PER BACKGROUND RENDERING JOB
- <ul>
-<li>FRAMES PER BACKGROUND RENDERING JOB
-
- <p>This only works if renderfarm is being used, otherwise background
+<p>This only works if renderfarm is being used, otherwise background
rendering creates a single job for the entire timeline. The number of
frames specified here is scaled to the relative CPU speed of rendering
nodes and used in a single renderfarm job. The optimum number is 10 -
30 since network bandwidth is used to initialize each job.
+</p>
- <li>FRAMES TO PREROLL BACKGROUND
- <p>This is the number of frames to render ahead of each background
+</li><li> FRAMES TO PREROLL BACKGROUND
+
+<p>This is the number of frames to render ahead of each background
rendering job. Background rendering is degraded when preroll is used
since the jobs are small. When using background rendering, this number
is ideally 0. Some effects may require 3 frames of preroll.
+</p>
+
- <li>OUTPUT FOR BACKGROUND RENDERING
- <p>Background rendering generates a sequence of image files in a certain
+
+</li><li> OUTPUT FOR BACKGROUND RENDERING
+
+<p>Background rendering generates a sequence of image files in a certain
directory. This parameter determines the filename prefix of the image
files. It should be on a fast disk, accessible to every node in the
renderfarm by the same path. Since hundreds of thousands of image
-files are usually created, <b>ls</b> commands won't work in the
-background rendering directory. The <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify.png"> browse button for
-this option normally won't work either, but the <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench.png">
+files are usually created, <b>ls</b> commands won’t work in the
+background rendering directory. The <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify"> browse button for
+this option normally won’t work either, but the <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench">
configuration button for this option works.
+</p>
+</li><li> FILE FORMAT
- <li>FILE FORMAT
-
- <p>The file format for background rendering has to be a sequence of
+<p>The file format for background rendering has to be a sequence of
images. The format of the image sequence determines the quality and
speed of playback. JPEG is good most of the time.
+</p>
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="RENDERFARM"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#BACKGROUND-RENDERING">BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PERFORMANCE">PERFORMANCE</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#BACKGROUND-RENDERING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>, Up: <a href="#PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="RENDERFARM-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">4.6.2 RENDERFARM</h4>
<p>To use the renderfarm set these options. Ignore them for a standalone
system
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
USE RENDER FARM FOR RENDERING
- <p>When selected, all the
+<p>When selected, all the
<b>file->render</b> operations use the renderfarm.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
NODES
- <p>Displays all the nodes on the renderfarm and which ones are active.
-
- <p>Nodes are added by entering the host name of the node, verifying the
+<p>Displays all the nodes on the renderfarm and which ones are active.
+</p>
+<p>Nodes are added by entering the host name of the node, verifying the
value of <b>port</b> and hitting <b>add node</b>.
-
- <p>Computer freaks may be better off editing the
+</p>
+<p>Computer freaks may be better off editing the
<b>~/.bcast/.Cinelerra_rc</b> file than this if they have hundreds of
nodes. Remember that .Cinelerra_rc is overwritten whenever a copy of
Cinelerra exits.
-
- <p>Select the <b>ON</b> column to activate and deactivate nodes once they
+</p>
+<p>Select the <b>ON</b> column to activate and deactivate nodes once they
are created.
-
- <p>Nodes may be edited by highlighting a row and hitting <b>apply changes</b>.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+<p>Nodes may be edited by highlighting a row and hitting <b>apply changes</b>.
+</p>
+</li><li>
HOSTNAME
- <p>Edit the hostname of an existing node or enter the hostname of a new
+<p>Edit the hostname of an existing node or enter the hostname of a new
node here.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
PORT
- <p>Edit the port of an existing node or enter the port of a new node here.
-
- <li>
+<p>Edit the port of an existing node or enter the port of a new node here.
+</p>
+</li><li>
REPLACE NODE
- <p>When editing an existing node, hit this to commit the changes to
-<b>HOSTNAME</b> and <b>PORT</b>. The changes won't be committed if you
-don't hit this button.
-
- <li>
+<p>When editing an existing node, hit this to commit the changes to
+<b>HOSTNAME</b> and <b>PORT</b>. The changes won’t be committed if you
+don’t hit this button.
+</p>
+</li><li>
ADD NODE
- <p>Create a new node with the <b>HOSTNAME</b> and <b>PORT</b> settings.
-
- <li>
+<p>Create a new node with the <b>HOSTNAME</b> and <b>PORT</b> settings.
+</p>
+</li><li>
DELETE NODE
- <p>Deletes whatever node is highlighted in the <b>NODES</b> list.
-
- <li>
+<p>Deletes whatever node is highlighted in the <b>NODES</b> list.
+</p>
+</li><li>
SORT NODES
- <p>Sorts the <b>NODES</b> list based on the hostname.
-
- <li>
+<p>Sorts the <b>NODES</b> list based on the hostname.
+</p>
+</li><li>
RESET RATES
- <p>This sets the framerate for all the nodes to 0. Frame rates are used
+<p>This sets the framerate for all the nodes to 0. Frame rates are used
to scale job sizes based on CPU speed of the node. Frame rates are
only calculated when renderfarm is enabled.
+</p>
- <li>
+
+
+
+
+</li><li>
TOTAL JOBS TO CREATE
- <p>Determines the number of jobs to dispatch to the renderfarm. The more
+<p>Determines the number of jobs to dispatch to the renderfarm. The more
jobs you create, the more finely balanced the renderfarm becomes.
-
- <p>Determine the total jobs to create by multiplying the number of nodes
+</p>
+<p>Determine the total jobs to create by multiplying the number of nodes
including the master node by some number. Multiply them by 1 to have
one job dispatched for every node. Multiply them by 3 to have 3 jobs
dispatched for every node. If you have 10 slave nodes and one master
node, specify 33 to have a well balanced renderfarm.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="INTERFACE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ABOUT">ABOUT</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PERFORMANCE">PERFORMANCE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="INTERFACE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ABOUT" accesskey="n" rel="next">ABOUT</a>, Previous: <a href="#PERFORMANCE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PERFORMANCE</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="INTERFACE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">4.7 INTERFACE</h3>
<p>These parameters affect purely how the user interface works.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
INDEX FILES GO HERE
- <p>Back in the days when 4 MB/sec was unearthly speed for a hard drive,
+<p>Back in the days when 4 MB/sec was unearthly speed for a hard drive,
index files were introduced to speed up drawing the audio tracks. This
option determines where index files are placed on the hard drive.
+</p>
- <li>
+</li><li>
SIZE OF INDEX FILE
- <p>Determines the size of an index file. Larger index sizes allow smaller
-files to be drawn faster while slowing down the drawing of large files.
+<p>Determines the size of an index file. Larger index sizes allow smaller
+files to be drawn faster while slowing down the drawing of large files.
Smaller index sizes allow large files to be drawn faster while slowing
down small files.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
NUMBER OF INDEX FILES TO KEEP
- <p>To keep the index directory from becoming unruly, old index files are
+<p>To keep the index directory from becoming unruly, old index files are
deleted. This determines the maximum number of index files to keep in
the directory.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
DELETE ALL INDEXES
- <p>When you change the index size or you want to clean out excessive index
+<p>When you change the index size or you want to clean out excessive index
files, this deletes all the index files.
+</p>
+</li><li> USE HOURS:MINUTES:SECONDS.XXX
- <li>USE HOURS:MINUTES:SECONDS.XXX
-
- <p>Various representations of time are given. Select the most convenient
+<p>Various representations of time are given. Select the most convenient
one. The time representation can also be changed by <b>CTRL</b>
clicking on the time ruler.
+</p>
+</li><li> USE THUMBNAILS
- <li>USE THUMBNAILS
-
- <p>The Resource Window displays thumbnails of assets by default. This can
+<p>The Resource Window displays thumbnails of assets by default. This can
take a long time to set up. This option disables the thumbnails.
+</p>
+</li><li> CLICKING IN/OUT POINTS DOES WHAT
- <li>CLICKING IN/OUT POINTS DOES WHAT
-
- <p>Cinelerra not only allows you to perform editing by dragging in/out
+<p>Cinelerra not only allows you to perform editing by dragging in/out
points but also defines three seperate operations which occur when you
drag an in/out point. For each mouse button you select the behavior in
this window. The usage of each editing mode is described in editing.
+</p>
+</li><li> MIN DB FOR METER
- <li>MIN DB FOR METER
-
- <p>Some sound sources have a lower noise threshold than others.
+<p>Some sound sources have a lower noise threshold than others.
Everything below the noise threshold is meaningless. This option sets
the meters to clip below a certain level. Consumer soundcards usually
-bottom out at -65. Professional soundcards bottom out at -90.
+bottom out at -65. Professional soundcards bottom out at -90.
See <a href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>.
+</p>
+</li><li> MAX DB FOR METER
- <li>MAX DB FOR METER
-
- <p>This sets the maximum sound level represented by the sound meters. No
+<p>This sets the maximum sound level represented by the sound meters. No
matter what this value is, no soundcard can play sound over 0 db. This
value is presented merely to show how far over the limit a sound wave
-is.
+is.
See <a href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>.
+</p>
+</li><li> THEME
- <li>THEME
-
- <p>Cinelerra supports variable themes. Select one here and restart
+<p>Cinelerra supports variable themes. Select one here and restart
Cinelerra to see it.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="ABOUT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INTERFACE">INTERFACE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="ABOUT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#INTERFACE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INTERFACE</a>, Up: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="u" rel="up">CONFIGURATION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="ABOUT-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">4.8 ABOUT</h3>
<p>This section gives you information about the copyright, the time of the
current build, the lack of a warranty, and the versions of some of the
libraries. Be sure to agree to the terms of the lack of the warranty.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CONFIGURATION">CONFIGURATION</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="n" rel="next">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>, Previous: <a href="#CONFIGURATION" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CONFIGURATION</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">5 CREATING A NEW PROJECT</h2>
<p>There are 2 ways to create a new project: going to <b>File->New</b> or
loading new files See <a href="#LOADING-FILES">LOADING FILES</a>. Once a new project is
created, all the parameters can be changed later without creating a new
-project.
+project.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG">USING THE NEW PROJECT DIALOG</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING">CHANGING PARAMETERS AFTER LOADING</a>
-</ul>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG" accesskey="1">USING THE NEW PROJECT DIALOG</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING" accesskey="2">CHANGING PARAMETERS AFTER LOADING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING">CHANGING PARAMETERS AFTER LOADING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING" accesskey="n" rel="next">CHANGING PARAMETERS AFTER LOADING</a>, Up: <a href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT" accesskey="u" rel="up">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">5.1 USING THE NEW PROJECT DIALOG</h3>
<p>One way is to go to <b>File->New</b>. This dialog contains the parameters
for the new project. The sections of the <b>New</b> dialog are described
here:
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>Presets</b> - Select an option from this menu to have all the project
settings set to one of the known standards.
- <li><b>Audio -> Tracks</b> - Sets the number of audio tracks the new project
+</li><li> <b>Audio -> Tracks</b> - Sets the number of audio tracks the new project
should have. Tracks can be added or deleted later, but options are
provided here for convenience.
- <li><b>Audio -> Channels</b> - Sets the number of audio channels the new
-project should have. The number of audio channels doesn't have to be
+</li><li> <b>Audio -> Channels</b> - Sets the number of audio channels the new
+project should have. The number of audio channels doesn’t have to be
the same as the number of tracks.
- <li><b>Audio -> Samplerate</b> - Sets the samplerate of the audio. The
-project samplerate doesn't have to be the same as the media sample rate
+</li><li> <b>Audio -> Samplerate</b> - Sets the samplerate of the audio. The
+project samplerate doesn’t have to be the same as the media sample rate
that you load. Media is resampled to match the project sample rate.
- <li><b>Video -> Tracks</b> - Sets the number of video tracks the new project
+</li><li> <b>Video -> Tracks</b> - Sets the number of video tracks the new project
should have. Tracks can be added or deleted later, but options are
provided here for convenience.
- <li><b>Video -> Framerate</b> - Sets the framerate of the video. The project
-framerate doesn't have to be the same as the media frame rate that you
+</li><li> <b>Video -> Framerate</b> - Sets the framerate of the video. The project
+framerate doesn’t have to be the same as the media frame rate that you
load. Media is reframed to match the project framerate.
- <li><b>Video -> Canvas size</b> - Sets the size of the video output. Each
+</li><li> <b>Video -> Canvas size</b> - Sets the size of the video output. Each
track also has its own frame size. Initially the <b>New</b> dialog
creates video tracks whose sizes all match the video output, but the
video track sizes can be changed later without changing the video
output.
- <li><b>Video -> Aspect ratio</b> - Sets the aspect ratio. The aspect ratio is
+</li><li> <b>Video -> Aspect ratio</b> - Sets the aspect ratio. The aspect ratio is
applied to the video output. The aspect ratio can be different than
the number of horizontal pixels / the number of vertical pixels.
Setting a different aspect ratio than the number of pixels results in
nonsquare pixels.
- <li><b>Video -> Auto aspect ratio</b> - If this is checked, the <b>New</b> dialog
+</li><li> <b>Video -> Auto aspect ratio</b> - If this is checked, the <b>New</b> dialog
always recalculates the <b>Aspect ratio</b> setting when the <b>Canvas
size</b> is changed. This ensures pixels are always square.
- <li><b>Video -> Color model</b> - This sets the color model video intermediates
-in the project will be stored in. Color models are described in a
+</li><li> <b>Video -> Color model</b> - This sets the color model video intermediates
+in the project will be stored in. Color models are described in a
separate section See <a href="#COLOR-MODEL">COLOR MODEL</a>.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
+
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG">USING THE NEW PROJECT DIALOG</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#USING-THE-NEW-PROJECT-DIALOG" accesskey="p" rel="prev">USING THE NEW PROJECT DIALOG</a>, Up: <a href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT" accesskey="u" rel="up">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CHANGING-PARAMETERS-AFTER-LOADING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">5.2 CHANGING PARAMETERS AFTER LOADING</h3>
<p>After a project is created, you have to use the set format dialog to
change parameters without deleting the project. Go to <b>Settings->Set
-format</b>.
-
- <p>Most of the options are identical to the <b>File->New</b>
+format</b>.
+</p>
+<p>Most of the options are identical to the <b>File->New</b>
options except the lack of a number of tracks to create and the
addition of audio channel locations.
+</p>
+<p>This section is discussed in See <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>.
+</p>
+
- <p>This section is discussed in See <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-MAIN-WINDOWS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-MAIN-WINDOWS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="n" rel="next">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>, Previous: <a href="#CREATING-A-NEW-PROJECT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CREATING A NEW PROJECT</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THE-MAIN-WINDOWS-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">6 THE MAIN WINDOWS</h2>
-<p>When Cinelerra first starts, you'll get four main windows. Hitting
+<p>When Cinelerra first starts, you’ll get four main windows. Hitting
<b>CTRL-w</b> in any window closes it.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#VIEWER">VIEWER</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#PROGRAM">PROGRAM</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#RESOURCES">RESOURCES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#OTHER-WINDOWS">OTHER WINDOWS</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#VIEWER" accesskey="1">VIEWER</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="2">COMPOSITOR</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PROGRAM" accesskey="3">PROGRAM</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RESOURCES" accesskey="4">RESOURCES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS" accesskey="5">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#OTHER-WINDOWS" accesskey="6">OTHER WINDOWS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
<a name="VIEWER"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="n" rel="next">COMPOSITOR</a>, Up: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="u" rel="up">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="VIEWER-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">6.1 VIEWER</h3>
-<p>In here you'll scrub around source media and clips, selecting regions
+
+<p>In here you’ll scrub around source media and clips, selecting regions
to paste into the project. Operations done in the viewer affect a
temporary EDL or a clip but not the timeline.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="COMPOSITOR"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PROGRAM">PROGRAM</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#VIEWER">VIEWER</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PROGRAM" accesskey="n" rel="next">PROGRAM</a>, Previous: <a href="#VIEWER" accesskey="p" rel="prev">VIEWER</a>, Up: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="u" rel="up">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="COMPOSITOR-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">6.2 COMPOSITOR</h3>
-<p>This window displays the output of the timeline. It's the interface
+
+<p>This window displays the output of the timeline. It’s the interface
for most compositing operations or operations that affect the
appearance of the timeline output. Operations done in the Compositor
-affect the timeline but don't affect clips.
-
- <p>The video output has several navigation functions. The video output
+affect the timeline but don’t affect clips.
+</p>
+<p>The video output has several navigation functions. The video output
size is either locked to the window size or unlocked with scrollbars
for navigation. The video output can be zoomed in and out and panned.
-Navigating the video output this way doesn't affect the rendered
+Navigating the video output this way doesn’t affect the rendered
output, it just changes the point of view in the compositor window.
-
- <p>If it is unlocked from the window size, middle clicking and dragging
+</p>
+<p>If it is unlocked from the window size, middle clicking and dragging
anywhere in the video pans the point of view.
-
- <p>Hitting the + and - keys zooms in and out of the video output.
-
- <p>Underneath the video output are copies of many of the functions
+</p>
+<p>Hitting the + and - keys zooms in and out of the video output.
+</p>
+<p>Underneath the video output are copies of many of the functions
available in the main window. In addition there is a
-<img src="cwindow_zoom.png" alt="cwindow_zoom.png"> zoom menu and a <img src="cwindow_light.png" alt="cwindow_light.png"> tally light.
-
- <p>The zoom menu jumps to all the possible zoom settings and, through the
+<img src="cwindow_zoom.png" alt="cwindow_zoom"> zoom menu and a <img src="cwindow_light.png" alt="cwindow_light"> tally light.
+</p>
+<p>The zoom menu jumps to all the possible zoom settings and, through the
<b>Auto</b> option, locks the video to the window size. The zoom menu
does not affect the window size.
-
- <p>The tally light turns red when rendering is happening. This is useful
+</p>
+<p>The tally light turns red when rendering is happening. This is useful
for knowing if the output is current.
-
- <p>Right clicking anywhere in the video output brings up a menu with all
+</p>
+<p>Right clicking anywhere in the video output brings up a menu with all
the zoom levels and some other options. In this particular case the
-zoom levels resize the entire window and not just the video.
-
- <p>The <b>reset camera</b> and <b>reset projector</b> options center the camera
+zoom levels resize the entire window and not just the video.
+</p>
+<p>The <b>reset camera</b> and <b>reset projector</b> options center the camera
and projector See <a href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>.
-
- <p>The <b>Hide controls</b> option hides everything except the video.
-
- <p>On the left of the video output is a toolbar specific to the compositor
+</p>
+<p>The <b>Hide controls</b> option hides everything except the video.
+</p>
+<p>On the left of the video output is a toolbar specific to the compositor
window. Here are the functions in the toolbar:
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#PROTECT-VIDEO">PROTECT VIDEO</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS">MAGNIFYING GLASS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#MASKS-TOOL">MASKS TOOL</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#CAMERA">CAMERA</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#PROJECTOR">PROJECTOR</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#CROP-TOOL">CROP TOOL</a>
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#EYEDROPPER">EYEDROPPER</a>
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#TOOL-INFO">TOOL INFO</a>
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL">SAFE REGIONS TOOL</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PROTECT-VIDEO" accesskey="1">PROTECT VIDEO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS" accesskey="2">MAGNIFYING GLASS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MASKS-TOOL" accesskey="3">MASKS TOOL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CAMERA" accesskey="4">CAMERA</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PROJECTOR" accesskey="5">PROJECTOR</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CROP-TOOL" accesskey="6">CROP TOOL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#EYEDROPPER" accesskey="7">EYEDROPPER</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TOOL-INFO" accesskey="8">TOOL INFO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL" accesskey="9">SAFE REGIONS TOOL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
<a name="PROTECT-VIDEO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS">MAGNIFYING GLASS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS" accesskey="n" rel="next">MAGNIFYING GLASS</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="PROTECT-VIDEO-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.1 PROTECT VIDEO</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="protect.png" alt="protect.png"></div>
+<img src="protect.png" alt="protect">
- <p>This disables changes to the compositor output from clicks in it. It
+<p>This disables changes to the compositor output from clicks in it. It
is an extra layer on top of the track arming toggle to prevent
unwanted changes.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="MAGNIFYING-GLASS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MASKS-TOOL">MASKS TOOL</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PROTECT-VIDEO">PROTECT VIDEO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MASKS-TOOL" accesskey="n" rel="next">MASKS TOOL</a>, Previous: <a href="#PROTECT-VIDEO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PROTECT VIDEO</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="MAGNIFYING-GLASS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.2 MAGNIFYING GLASS</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify.png"></div>
+<img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify">
- <p>This zooms in and out of the compositor output without resizing the
+<p>This zooms in and out of the compositor output without resizing the
window. If the video output is currently locked to the size of the
window, clicking in it with the magnifying glass unlocks it and
creates scrollbars for navigation.
-
- <p>Left clicking in the video zooms in.
-
- <p>Ctrl clicking in the video zooms out.
-
- <p>Rotating the wheel on a wheel mouse zooms in and out.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<p>Left clicking in the video zooms in.
+</p>
+<p>Ctrl clicking in the video zooms out.
+</p>
+<p>Rotating the wheel on a wheel mouse zooms in and out.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
<a name="MASKS-TOOL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CAMERA">CAMERA</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS">MAGNIFYING GLASS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CAMERA" accesskey="n" rel="next">CAMERA</a>, Previous: <a href="#MAGNIFYING-GLASS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MAGNIFYING GLASS</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="MASKS-TOOL-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.3 MASKS TOOL</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="mask.png" alt="mask.png"></div>
+<img src="mask.png" alt="mask">
- <p>This brings up the mask editing tool See <a href="#MASKS">MASKS</a>. Enable the
-<img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"> tool window to see options for this tool.
-
-<div class="node">
+<p>This brings up the mask editing tool See <a href="#MASKS">MASKS</a>. Enable the
+<img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow"> tool window to see options for this tool.
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="CAMERA"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PROJECTOR">PROJECTOR</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MASKS-TOOL">MASKS TOOL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PROJECTOR" accesskey="n" rel="next">PROJECTOR</a>, Previous: <a href="#MASKS-TOOL" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MASKS TOOL</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="CAMERA-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.4 CAMERA</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="camera.png" alt="camera.png"></div>
- <p>This brings up the camera editing tool See <a href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>. Enable the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"> tool window to see options
-for this tool.
+<img src="camera.png" alt="camera">
-<div class="node">
+<p>This brings up the camera editing tool See <a href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>. Enable the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow"> tool window to see options
+for this tool.
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="PROJECTOR"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CROP-TOOL">CROP TOOL</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CAMERA">CAMERA</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CROP-TOOL" accesskey="n" rel="next">CROP TOOL</a>, Previous: <a href="#CAMERA" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CAMERA</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="PROJECTOR-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.5 PROJECTOR</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="projector.png" alt="projector.png"></div>
+<img src="projector.png" alt="projector">
- <p>This brings up the projector editing tool See <a href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>. Enable the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"> tool window to see options
+<p>This brings up the projector editing tool See <a href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>. Enable the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow"> tool window to see options
for this tool.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="CROP-TOOL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#EYEDROPPER">EYEDROPPER</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PROJECTOR">PROJECTOR</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#EYEDROPPER" accesskey="n" rel="next">EYEDROPPER</a>, Previous: <a href="#PROJECTOR" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PROJECTOR</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="CROP-TOOL-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.6 CROP TOOL</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="crop.png" alt="crop.png"></div>
+<img src="crop.png" alt="crop">
- <p>This brings up the cropping tool See <a href="#CROPPING">CROPPING</a>. The
-<img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"> tool window must be enabled to use this tool.
-
-<div class="node">
+<p>This brings up the cropping tool See <a href="#CROPPING">CROPPING</a>. The
+<img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow"> tool window must be enabled to use this tool.
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="EYEDROPPER"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TOOL-INFO">TOOL INFO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CROP-TOOL">CROP TOOL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TOOL-INFO" accesskey="n" rel="next">TOOL INFO</a>, Previous: <a href="#CROP-TOOL" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CROP TOOL</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="EYEDROPPER-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.7 EYEDROPPER</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="eyedrop.png" alt="eyedrop.png"></div>
+<img src="eyedrop.png" alt="eyedrop">
- <p>This brings up the eyedropper. The eyedropper detects whatever color
+<p>This brings up the eyedropper. The eyedropper detects whatever color
is under it and stores it in a temporary area. Enabling the
-<img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"> tool info shows the currently selected color. Click
+<img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow"> tool info shows the currently selected color. Click
anywhere in the video output to select the color at that point.
-
- <p>The eyedropper not only lets you see areas which are clipped, but its
+</p>
+<p>The eyedropper not only lets you see areas which are clipped, but its
value can be applied to many effects. Different effects handle the
eyedropper differently.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="TOOL-INFO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL">SAFE REGIONS TOOL</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#EYEDROPPER">EYEDROPPER</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL" accesskey="n" rel="next">SAFE REGIONS TOOL</a>, Previous: <a href="#EYEDROPPER" accesskey="p" rel="prev">EYEDROPPER</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="TOOL-INFO-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.8 TOOL INFO</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"></div>
+<img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow">
- <p>This brings up a window containing options for the currently selected
+<p>This brings up a window containing options for the currently selected
tool.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TOOL-INFO">TOOL INFO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#TOOL-INFO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TOOL INFO</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITOR</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="SAFE-REGIONS-TOOL-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">6.2.9 SAFE REGIONS TOOL</h4>
-<div class="block-image"><img src="titlesafe.png" alt="titlesafe.png"></div>
+<img src="titlesafe.png" alt="titlesafe">
- <p>This draws the safe regions in the video output. This doesn't affect
+<p>This draws the safe regions in the video output. This doesn’t affect
the rendered output See <a href="#SAFE-REGIONS">SAFE REGIONS</a>.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="PROGRAM"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RESOURCES">RESOURCES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMPOSITOR">COMPOSITOR</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="PROGRAM"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RESOURCES" accesskey="n" rel="next">RESOURCES</a>, Previous: <a href="#COMPOSITOR" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMPOSITOR</a>, Up: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="u" rel="up">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="PROGRAM-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">6.3 PROGRAM</h3>
+
<p>This contains the timeline and the entry point for all menu driven
operations. The timeline consists of a vertical stack of tracks with
horizontal representation of time. This defines the output of
rendering operations and what is saved when you save files. Left of
the timeline is the patchbay which contains options affecting each
track.
-
- <p>Under the <b>Window</b> menu you'll find options affecting the main
+</p>
+<p>Under the <b>Window</b> menu you’ll find options affecting the main
windows. <b>default positions</b> repositions all the windows to a 4
screen editing configuration. On dual headed displays, the
<b>default positions</b> operation fills only one monitor with windows.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="RESOURCES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PROGRAM">PROGRAM</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS" accesskey="n" rel="next">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>, Previous: <a href="#PROGRAM" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PROGRAM</a>, Up: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="u" rel="up">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="RESOURCES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">6.4 RESOURCES</h3>
+
<p>Effects, transitions, clips, and assets are accessed here. Most of the
resources are inserted into the project by dragging them out of the
resource window. Management of resource allocation is also performed
here.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="SOUND-LEVEL-METERS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#OTHER-WINDOWS">OTHER WINDOWS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#RESOURCES">RESOURCES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#OTHER-WINDOWS" accesskey="n" rel="next">OTHER WINDOWS</a>, Previous: <a href="#RESOURCES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">RESOURCES</a>, Up: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="u" rel="up">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="SOUND-LEVEL-METERS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">6.5 SOUND LEVEL METERS</h3>
<p>An additional window, the <b>levels window</b> can be brought up from
the <b>Window</b> menu. The <b>levels</b> window displays the output
audio levels after all mixing is done.
-
- <p>Sound level meters appear in many locations. They can be toggled in
-the viewer and compositor windows with the <img src="show_meters.png" alt="show_meters.png"> level
+</p>
+<p>Sound level meters appear in many locations. They can be toggled in
+the viewer and compositor windows with the <img src="show_meters.png" alt="show_meters"> level
toggle. They appear in the patchbay when a track is expanded (See <a href="#THE-PATCHBAY">THE PATCHBAY</a>.) They appear in the recording monitor when audio is being
-recorded.
-
- <p>The sound levels in the <b>levels window, compositor, and viewer</b>
+recorded.
+</p>
+<p>The sound levels in the <b>levels window, compositor, and viewer</b>
correspond to the final output levels before they are clipped to the
soundcard range. In the <b>record monitor</b> they are the input values
from the sound card. In the <b>patchbay</b> they are the sound levels for
each track after all effects are processed and before downmixing for
the output.
-
- <p>Most of the time, audio levels have numerical markings in DB but in the
-patchbay there isn't enough room.
-
- <p>The sound level is color coded as an extra means of determining the
+</p>
+<p>Most of the time, audio levels have numerical markings in DB but in the
+patchbay there isn’t enough room.
+</p>
+<p>The sound level is color coded as an extra means of determining the
sound level. Even without numerical markings, the sound level color
can distinguish between several ranges and overload. Look at the color
codings in a meter with numerical markings to see what colors
correspond to what sound level. Then for meters in the patchbay in
-expanded audio tracks, use the color codings to see if it's overloading.
-
- <p>Be aware that sound levels in Cinelerra can go above 0DB. This allows
+expanded audio tracks, use the color codings to see if it’s overloading.
+</p>
+<p>Be aware that sound levels in Cinelerra can go above 0DB. This allows
not only seeing if a track is overloading but how much information is
being lost by the overloading. Overloading by less than 3DB is usually
acceptable. While overloading is treated as positive numbers in
Cinelerra, it is clipped to 0 when sent to a sound card or file.
-
- <p>The visible range of the sound level meters is configurable in
+</p>
+<p>The visible range of the sound level meters is configurable in
<b>settings->preferences->interface</b> (See <a href="#INTERFACE">INTERFACE</a>.)
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="OTHER-WINDOWS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#SOUND-LEVEL-METERS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SOUND LEVEL METERS</a>, Up: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="u" rel="up">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="OTHER-WINDOWS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">6.6 OTHER WINDOWS</h3>
<p>The <b>Overlays window</b> can be brought up from the <b>Window</b>
menu. This is a quick way to toggle what is drawn in the timeline.
Every option in the <b>View</b> menu is available here.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
-<h2 class="chapter">7 LOADING AND SAVING FILES</h2>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>: What formats Cinelerra can import and export
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#LOADING-FILES">LOADING FILES</a>: Loading all types of files
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP">LOADING THE BACKUP</a>: Recovering the session from before a crash
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#SAVING-FILES">SAVING FILES</a>: Saving edit decision lists
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>: Saving media files
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LOADING-FILES">LOADING FILES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="n" rel="next">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>, Previous: <a href="#THE-MAIN-WINDOWS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE MAIN WINDOWS</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
+<a name="LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES-1"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter">7 LOADING AND SAVING FILES</h2>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="1">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What formats Cinelerra can import and export
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LOADING-FILES" accesskey="2">LOADING FILES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Loading all types of files
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP" accesskey="3">LOADING THE BACKUP</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Recovering the session from before a crash
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SAVING-FILES" accesskey="4">SAVING FILES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saving edit decision lists
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RENDERING-FILES" accesskey="5">RENDERING FILES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Saving media files
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LOADING-FILES" accesskey="n" rel="next">LOADING FILES</a>, Up: <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">7.1 SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</h3>
<p>Here are most of the supported file formats and notes regarding their
compression. You may be able to load other formats not described here.
-
- <p>The format of the file affects what Cinelerra does with it. Edit
+</p>
+<p>The format of the file affects what Cinelerra does with it. Edit
decision lists replace the project settings. Formats which contain
media but no edit decisions just add data to the tracks. If your
project sample rate is 48khz and you load a sound file with 96khz,
-you'll still be playing it at 48khz. If you load an EDL file at 96khz
-and the current project sample rate is 48khz, you'll change it to
+you’ll still be playing it at 48khz. If you load an EDL file at 96khz
+and the current project sample rate is 48khz, you’ll change it to
96khz.
-
- <p>Some file formats are very slow to display on the timeline. These
+</p>
+<p>Some file formats are very slow to display on the timeline. These
usually have video which is highly compressed. Drawing highly
compressed video picons can be very slow. Disable picon drawing for
these files with the <b>draw media</b> toggle to speed up operations.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<img src="track_attributes.png" alt="track_attributes">
+<p><b>Track attributes</b>
+</p>
+<p>Supported file formats are currently:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> WAV
+</li><li> FLAC
+</li><li> PCM
+</li><li> AIFF
+</li><li> AC3 audio
+</li></ul>
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-<img src="track_attributes.png" alt="track_attributes.png">
-<b>Track attributes</b>
-
- <p>Supported file formats are currently:
-
- <ul>
-<li>WAV
-<li>FLAC
-<li>PCM
-<li>AIFF
-<li>AC3 audio
-</ul>
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#QUICKTIME">QUICKTIME</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO">MPEG-4 AUDIO</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES">IMAGE SEQUENCES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#STILL-IMAGES">STILL IMAGES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#AVI">AVI</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO">MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a>
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#DVD-MOVIES">DVD MOVIES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO">MPEG 1 AUDIO</a>
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS">OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a>
-<li><a href="#EDIT-DECISION-LIST">EDIT DECISION LIST</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#QUICKTIME" accesskey="1">QUICKTIME</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO" accesskey="2">MPEG-4 AUDIO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES" accesskey="3">IMAGE SEQUENCES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#STILL-IMAGES" accesskey="4">STILL IMAGES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AVI" accesskey="5">AVI</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO" accesskey="6">MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DVD-MOVIES" accesskey="7">DVD MOVIES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO" accesskey="8">MPEG 1 AUDIO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS" accesskey="9">OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#EDIT-DECISION-LIST">EDIT DECISION LIST</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="QUICKTIME"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO">MPEG-4 AUDIO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO" accesskey="n" rel="next">MPEG-4 AUDIO</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="QUICKTIME-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.1 QUICKTIME</h4>
-
-<p>Quicktime is not the standard for UNIX but we use it because it's well
+<p>Quicktime is not the standard for UNIX but we use it because it’s well
documented. All of the Quicktime movies on the internet are
-compressed. Cinelerra doesn't support most compressed Quicktime movies
+compressed. Cinelerra doesn’t support most compressed Quicktime movies
but does support some. If it crashes when loading a Quicktime movie,
-that means the format probably wasn't supported.
-
- <p><b>NOTES ON QUICKTIME ENCODING</b>
-
- <p>Here are some notes regarding making Quicktime movies in Cinelerra:
-
- <p>Quicktime is a wrapper for 2 codecs, a video codec and an audio codec.
+that means the format probably wasn’t supported.
+</p>
+<p><b>NOTES ON QUICKTIME ENCODING</b>
+</p>
+<p>Here are some notes regarding making Quicktime movies in Cinelerra:
+</p>
+<p>Quicktime is a wrapper for 2 codecs, a video codec and an audio codec.
The video and audio codecs are picked separately. The preferred
encoding for Quicktime output is MPEG-4 Video and MPEG-4 Audio. This
format plays in the commercial players for Windows and has good
compression quality. For better compression, use H-264 Video.
-Unfortunately H-264 decoding is so slow it can't play very large frame
+Unfortunately H-264 decoding is so slow it can’t play very large frame
sizes.
-
- <p>Cinelerra supports 2 nonstandard codecs: Dual MPEG-4 video and dual
-H.264 video. These won't play in anything but Cinelerra and XMovie.
+</p>
+<p>Cinelerra supports 2 nonstandard codecs: Dual MPEG-4 video and dual
+H.264 video. These won’t play in anything but Cinelerra and XMovie.
They are designed for movies where the frames have been divided into 2
fields, each field displayed sequentially. The dual codecs interleave
2 video streams to improve efficiency without requiring major changes
to the player.
-
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MPEG-4-AUDIO"></a>
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="MPEG_002d4-AUDIO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES">IMAGE SEQUENCES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#QUICKTIME">QUICKTIME</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES" accesskey="n" rel="next">IMAGE SEQUENCES</a>, Previous: <a href="#QUICKTIME" accesskey="p" rel="prev">QUICKTIME</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="MPEG_002d4-AUDIO-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.2 MPEG-4 AUDIO</h4>
<p>This is the same as Quicktime with MPEG-4 Audio as the audio codec.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="IMAGE-SEQUENCES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#STILL-IMAGES">STILL IMAGES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO">MPEG-4 AUDIO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#STILL-IMAGES" accesskey="n" rel="next">STILL IMAGES</a>, Previous: <a href="#MPEG_002d4-AUDIO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MPEG-4 AUDIO</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="IMAGE-SEQUENCES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.3 IMAGE SEQUENCES</h4>
+
<p>Rendering an image sequence is not the same as rendering a single
image. When rendering an image sequence Cinelerra generates a table of
contents file for the image sequence and makes a different image file
instead of the individual images to get better performance. To learn
more about the different image formats supported in an image sequence,
read about still images.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="STILL-IMAGES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#AVI">AVI</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES">IMAGE SEQUENCES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#AVI" accesskey="n" rel="next">AVI</a>, Previous: <a href="#IMAGE-SEQUENCES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">IMAGE SEQUENCES</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="STILL-IMAGES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.4 STILL IMAGES</h4>
+
<p>Rendering a single image causes the image file to be overwritten for
every timeline position. No table of contents is created. When
-loaded, the image takes up one frame in length and doesn't change the
+loaded, the image takes up one frame in length and doesn’t change the
project attributes.
-
- <p>Several still image formats not normally found in other programs are
+</p>
+<p>Several still image formats not normally found in other programs are
described here.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#OPEN-EXR-IMAGES">OPEN EXR IMAGES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES">RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#OPEN-EXR-IMAGES" accesskey="1">OPEN EXR IMAGES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES" accesskey="2">RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
<a name="OPEN-EXR-IMAGES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES">RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#STILL-IMAGES">STILL IMAGES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES" accesskey="n" rel="next">RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</a>, Up: <a href="#STILL-IMAGES" accesskey="u" rel="up">STILL IMAGES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
-<h5 class="subsubsection">7.1.4.1 OPEN EXR IMAGES</h5>
+<a name="OPEN-EXR-IMAGES-1"></a>
+<h4 class="subsubsection">7.1.4.1 OPEN EXR IMAGES</h4>
<p>You may not know about Open EXR. This format stores floating point RGB
images. It also supports a small amount of compression. Projects
which render to EXR should be in a floating point color model to take
advantage of it See <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>. Several compression
options are available for EXR.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>PIZ</b> Lossless wavelet compression. This is the best compression.
- <li><b>ZIP</b> Lossless gzip algorithm.
+</li><li> <b>ZIP</b> Lossless gzip algorithm.
- <li><b>RLE</b> Lossless run length encoding. This is the fastest and worst
+</li><li> <b>RLE</b> Lossless run length encoding. This is the fastest and worst
compression.
- <li><b>PXR24</b> Lossy compression where the floating point numbers are
+</li><li> <b>PXR24</b> Lossy compression where the floating point numbers are
converted to 24 bits and compressed with gzip.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
- <p>Select <b>Use Alpha</b> if the project colormodel has an alpha channel and
+<p>Select <b>Use Alpha</b> if the project colormodel has an alpha channel and
you want to retain it in the file. Otherwise the primary colors are
multiplied by the alpha channel.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#OPEN-EXR-IMAGES">OPEN EXR IMAGES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#STILL-IMAGES">STILL IMAGES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#OPEN-EXR-IMAGES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">OPEN EXR IMAGES</a>, Up: <a href="#STILL-IMAGES" accesskey="u" rel="up">STILL IMAGES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
-<h5 class="subsubsection">7.1.4.2 RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</h5>
+<a name="RAW-DIGITAL-CAMERA-IMAGES-1"></a>
+<h4 class="subsubsection">7.1.4.2 RAW DIGITAL CAMERA IMAGES</h4>
<p>RAW digital camera images are a special kind of image file which
Cinelerra only imports. These must be processed in a floating point
effect applied to correct gamma. Because raw images take a long time
to interpolate, they are usually viewed first in a proxy file and then
touched up.
-
- <p>First apply the Linearize effect to a track of raw images and set it to
+</p>
+<p>First apply the Linearize effect to a track of raw images and set it to
<b>automatic</b> with <b>0.6</b> gamma. Then render the timeline to a
Quicktime JPEG file. Append the Quicktime JPEG file in a new track and
disable playback of the old track. Now the gamma corrected copy of
each raw image can be previewed relatively fast in the same timeline
position as the original image.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AVI"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO">MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#STILL-IMAGES">STILL IMAGES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="AVI"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO" accesskey="n" rel="next">MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a>, Previous: <a href="#STILL-IMAGES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">STILL IMAGES</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="AVI-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.5 AVI</h4>
<p>AVI with assorted audio and video codecs. Because AVI is so
fragmented, your luck will vary.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DVD-MOVIES">DVD MOVIES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AVI">AVI</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DVD-MOVIES" accesskey="n" rel="next">DVD MOVIES</a>, Previous: <a href="#AVI" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AVI</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.6 MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</h4>
+
<p>MPEG files containing video can be loaded directly into Cinelerra. If
the file is supported, a table of contents is built. If the file is
unsupported, it usually crashes or shows very short tracks.
-Unfortunately, this method of loading MPEG files isn't good enough if
-you intend to use the files in a renderfarm.
-
- <p>To use MPEG files in a renderfarm you need to run <b>mpeg3toc</b> to
+Unfortunately, this method of loading MPEG files isn’t good enough if
+you intend to use the files in a renderfarm.
+</p>
+<p>To use MPEG files in a renderfarm you need to run <b>mpeg3toc</b> to
generate a table of contents for the file, then load the table of
contents. Mpeg3toc needs the absolute path of the MPEG file. If you
-don't use an absolute path, it assumes the MPEG file is in the same
+don’t use an absolute path, it assumes the MPEG file is in the same
directory that Cinelerra is run from.
-
- <p>MPEG streams are structured into multiple tracks. Each track can be
+</p>
+<p>MPEG streams are structured into multiple tracks. Each track can be
video or audio. Each audio track can have 1-6 channels. Cinelerra
converts each channel of audio into a track.
-
- <p><b>NOTES ON MPEG VIDEO ENCODING</b>
-
- <p>MPEG video encoding is done separately from MPEG audio encoding. In
+</p>
+<p><b>NOTES ON MPEG VIDEO ENCODING</b>
+</p>
+<p>MPEG video encoding is done separately from MPEG audio encoding. In
MPEG video there are 2 colormodels. The YUV 4:2:0 colormodel is
encoded by a highly optimized version of mpeg2enc with presets for
standard consumer electronics. In the process of optimizing mpeg2enc,
they got rid of YUV 4:2:2 encoding. The YUV 4:2:2 colormodel is
encoded by a less optimized version of mpeg2enc.
-
- <p>YUV 4:2:2 encoding was kept around because the NTSC version of DV video
+</p>
+<p>YUV 4:2:2 encoding was kept around because the NTSC version of DV video
loses too much quality when transferred to YUV 4:2:0. This DV video
must be transferred to YUV 4:2:2.
-
- <p>When encoding YUV 4:2:0, the bitrate parameter changes meaning
+</p>
+<p>When encoding YUV 4:2:0, the bitrate parameter changes meaning
depending on whether the bitrate or quantization is fixed. If the
-bitrate is fixed, it's the target bitrate. If the quantization is
-fixed, it's the maximum bitrate allowed. This is a quirk of the
+bitrate is fixed, it’s the target bitrate. If the quantization is
+fixed, it’s the maximum bitrate allowed. This is a quirk of the
mpeg2enc version.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="DVD-MOVIES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO">MPEG 1 AUDIO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO">MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO" accesskey="n" rel="next">MPEG 1 AUDIO</a>, Previous: <a href="#MPEG-FILES-CONTAINING-VIDEO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MPEG FILES CONTAINING VIDEO</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="DVD-MOVIES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.7 DVD MOVIES</h4>
-<p>DVD's are spit into a number of programs, each identified by a unique
+
+<p>DVD’s are spit into a number of programs, each identified by a unique
<b>IFO</b> file. If you want to load a DVD, find the corresponding
<b>IFO</b> file for the program of interest. Load the IFO file directly
and a table of contents will be built. Alternatively for renderfarm
usage, a table of contents can be created separately.
+</p>
+<p>Run
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">mpeg3toc -v /cdrom/video_ts/vts_01_0.ifo dvd.toc
+</pre></div>
- <p>Run
+<p>or something similar. Then load <b>dvd.toc</b>.
+</p>
-<pre class="example"> mpeg3toc -v /cdrom/video_ts/vts_01_0.ifo dvd.toc
-</pre>
- <p>or something similar. Then load <b>dvd.toc</b>.
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="MPEG-1-AUDIO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS">OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DVD-MOVIES">DVD MOVIES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS" accesskey="n" rel="next">OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a>, Previous: <a href="#DVD-MOVIES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DVD MOVIES</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="MPEG-1-AUDIO-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.8 MPEG 1 AUDIO</h4>
<p>These are .mp2 and .mp3 files. If fixed bitrate, they can be loaded
directly with no table of contents. Variable bitrate streams need to
have a table of contents created with <b>mpeg3toc</b>.
-
-<div class="node">
-<a name="OGG-THEORA%2fVORBIS"></a>
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#EDIT-DECISION-LIST">EDIT DECISION LIST</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO">MPEG 1 AUDIO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#EDIT-DECISION-LIST" accesskey="n" rel="next">EDIT DECISION LIST</a>, Previous: <a href="#MPEG-1-AUDIO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MPEG 1 AUDIO</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.9 OGG THEORA/VORBIS</h4>
+
<p>The OGG format is an antiquated but supposedly unpatented way of
-compressing audio and video. The quality isn't as good as H.264 or
+compressing audio and video. The quality isn’t as good as H.264 or
MPEG-4 Audio. In reality, anyone with enough money and desire can find
a patent violation so the justification for OGG is questionable.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="EDIT-DECISION-LIST"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS">OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#OGG-THEORA_002fVORBIS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">OGG THEORA/VORBIS</a>, Up: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="EDIT-DECISION-LIST-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.1.10 EDIT DECISION LIST</h4>
+
<p>Edit decision lists are generated by Cinelerra for storing projects.
They end in .xml. They change project attributes when loaded.
-
- <p>Because edit decision lists consist of text, they can be edited in a
+</p>
+<p>Because edit decision lists consist of text, they can be edited in a
text editor.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LOADING-FILES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP">LOADING THE BACKUP</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="LOADING-FILES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP" accesskey="n" rel="next">LOADING THE BACKUP</a>, Previous: <a href="#SUPPORTED-FILE-FORMATS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS</a>, Up: <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LOADING-FILES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">7.2 LOADING FILES</h3>
<p>All data that you work with in Cinelerra is acquired either by
<b>recording from a device</b> or by <b>loading from disk</b>. This
section describes loading.
-
- <p>The loading and playing of files is just as you would expect. Just go
+</p>
+<p>The loading and playing of files is just as you would expect. Just go
to <b>file->Load</b>, select a file for loading, and hit <b>ok</b>. Hit
the forward play button and it should start playing, regardless of
whether a progress bar has popped up.
-
- <p>Another way to load files is to pass the filenames as arguments on the
+</p>
+<p>Another way to load files is to pass the filenames as arguments on the
command line. This creates new tracks for every file and starts the
program with all the arguments loaded.
-
- <p>If the file is a still image, the project's attributes are not changed
+</p>
+<p>If the file is a still image, the project’s attributes are not changed
and the first frame of the track becomes the image. If the file has
audio, Cinelerra may build an index file for it to speed up drawing.
You can edit and play the file while the index file is being built.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INSERTION-STRATEGY" accesskey="1">INSERTION STRATEGY</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES" accesskey="2">LOADING MULTIPLE FILES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#INSERTION-STRATEGY">INSERTION STRATEGY</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES">LOADING MULTIPLE FILES</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="INSERTION-STRATEGY"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES">LOADING MULTIPLE FILES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#LOADING-FILES">LOADING FILES</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="INSERTION-STRATEGY"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES" accesskey="n" rel="next">LOADING MULTIPLE FILES</a>, Up: <a href="#LOADING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">LOADING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="INSERTION-STRATEGY-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.2.1 INSERTION STRATEGY</h4>
<p>Usually three things happen when you load a file. First the existing
-project is cleared from the screen, second the project's attributes are
-changed to match the file's, and finally the new file's tracks are
+project is cleared from the screen, second the project’s attributes are
+changed to match the file’s, and finally the new file’s tracks are
created in the timeline.
-
- <p>But Cinelerra lets you change what happens when you load a file.
-
- <p>In the file selection box there is a range of options for <b>Insertion
+</p>
+<p>But Cinelerra lets you change what happens when you load a file.
+</p>
+<p>In the file selection box there is a range of options for <b>Insertion
strategy</b>. Each of these options loads the file a different way.
+</p>
+<img src="insertion_strategy.png" alt="insertion_strategy">
- <div class="block-image"><img src="insertion_strategy.png" alt="insertion_strategy.png"></div>
-
- <ul>
-<li><b>Replace current project</b>
-<img src="loadmode_new.png" alt="loadmode_new.png">
+<ul>
+<li> <b>Replace current project</b>
+<img src="loadmode_new.png" alt="loadmode_new">
- <p>All tracks in the current project are deleted and new tracks are
+<p>All tracks in the current project are deleted and new tracks are
created to match the source. Project attributes are only changed when
loading XML. If multiple files are selected it adds new tracks for
every file.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>Replace current project and concatenate tracks</b>
+<img src="loadmode_newcat.png" alt="loadmode_newcat">
- <li><b>Replace current project and concatenate tracks</b>
-<img src="loadmode_newcat.png" alt="loadmode_newcat.png">
-
- <p>Same as replace current project except if multiple files are selected
+<p>Same as replace current project except if multiple files are selected
it concatenates the tracks of every file after the first.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>Append in new tracks</b>
+<img src="loadmode_newtracks.png" alt="loadmode_newtracks">
- <li><b>Append in new tracks</b>
-<img src="loadmode_newtracks.png" alt="loadmode_newtracks.png">
-
- <p>The current project is not deleted and new tracks are created for the
+<p>The current project is not deleted and new tracks are created for the
source.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>Concatenate to existing tracks</b>
+<img src="loadmode_cat.png" alt="loadmode_cat">
- <li><b>Concatenate to existing tracks</b>
-<img src="loadmode_cat.png" alt="loadmode_cat.png">
-
- <p>The current project is not deleted and new files are concatenated to
+<p>The current project is not deleted and new files are concatenated to
the existing tracks.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>Paste at insertion point</b>
+<img src="loadmode_paste.png" alt="loadmode_paste">
- <li><b>Paste at insertion point</b>
-<img src="loadmode_paste.png" alt="loadmode_paste.png">
+<p>The file is pasted in like a normal paste operation.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>Create new resources only</b>
+<img src="loadmode_resource.png" alt="loadmode_resource">
- <p>The file is pasted in like a normal paste operation.
-
- <li><b>Create new resources only</b>
-<img src="loadmode_resource.png" alt="loadmode_resource.png">
-
- <p>The timeline is unchanged and new resources are created in the Resource
+<p>The timeline is unchanged and new resources are created in the Resource
Window.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>Nested EDL</b>
+<img src="loadmode_nested.png" alt="loadmode_nested">
- <li><b>Nested EDL</b>
-<img src="loadmode_nested.png" alt="loadmode_nested.png">
-
- <p>If the file is an EDL, the output of the EDL is pasted in like a media
+<p>If the file is an EDL, the output of the EDL is pasted in like a media
file. Nested EDLs have 1 video track & a number of audio tracks
corresponding to the number of output channels. They allow larger
sequences composed of many smaller sequences, transitions to be applied
to the output of another EDL, & global processing on the output of an
EDL without having to manipulate each track.
+</p>
+
+
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
- <p>The insertion strategy is a recurring option in many of Cinelerra's
+<p>The insertion strategy is a recurring option in many of Cinelerra’s
functions. In each place the options do the same thing. With these
options you can almost do all your editing by loading files.
-
- <p>If you load files by passing command line arguments to Cinelerra, the
+</p>
+<p>If you load files by passing command line arguments to Cinelerra, the
files are loaded with <b>Replace current project</b> rules.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INSERTION-STRATEGY">INSERTION STRATEGY</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#LOADING-FILES">LOADING FILES</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#INSERTION-STRATEGY" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INSERTION STRATEGY</a>, Up: <a href="#LOADING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">LOADING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LOADING-MULTIPLE-FILES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.2.2 LOADING MULTIPLE FILES</h4>
<p>In the file selection box go to the list of files. Select a file. Go
selects one additional file. Go to another file and select it while
holding down <b>SHIFT</b>. This selects every intervening file. This
behavior is available in most every list box.
-
- <p>Select a bunch of mp3 files and <b>Replace current project and
+</p>
+<p>Select a bunch of mp3 files and <b>Replace current project and
concatenate tracks</b> in the insertion strategy to create a song
playlist.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LOADING-THE-BACKUP"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SAVING-FILES">SAVING FILES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LOADING-FILES">LOADING FILES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="LOADING-THE-BACKUP"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SAVING-FILES" accesskey="n" rel="next">SAVING FILES</a>, Previous: <a href="#LOADING-FILES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LOADING FILES</a>, Up: <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LOADING-THE-BACKUP-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">7.3 LOADING THE BACKUP</h3>
<p>There is one special XML file on disk at all times. After every
<b>$HOME/.bcast/backup.xml</b>. In the event of a crash go to
<b>file->load backup</b> to load the backup. It is important after a
crash to reboot Cinelerra without performing any editing operations.
-Loading the backup should be the first operation or you'll overwrite
+Loading the backup should be the first operation or you’ll overwrite
the backup.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="SAVING-FILES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP">LOADING THE BACKUP</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RENDERING-FILES" accesskey="n" rel="next">RENDERING FILES</a>, Previous: <a href="#LOADING-THE-BACKUP" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LOADING THE BACKUP</a>, Up: <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="SAVING-FILES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">7.4 SAVING FILES</h3>
<p>When Cinelerra saves a file it saves an edit decision list of the
-current project but doesn't save any media. Go to <b>File->save
+current project but doesn’t save any media. Go to <b>File->save
as...</b>. Select a file to overwrite or enter a new file. Cinelerra
automatically concatenates <b>.xml</b> to the filename if no
<b>.xml</b> extension is given.
-
- <p>The saved file contains all the project settings and locations of every
+</p>
+<p>The saved file contains all the project settings and locations of every
edit but instead of media it contains pointers to the original media
files on disk.
-
- <p>For each media file the XML file stores either an absolute path or just
+</p>
+<p>For each media file the XML file stores either an absolute path or just
the relative path. If the media is in the same directory as the XML
-file a relative path is saved. If it's in a different directory an
+file a relative path is saved. If it’s in a different directory an
absolute path is saved.
-
- <p>In order to move XML files around without breaking the media linkages
+</p>
+<p>In order to move XML files around without breaking the media linkages
you either need to keep the media in the same directory as XML file
forever or save the XML file in a different directory than the media
and not move the media ever again.
-
- <p>If you want to create an audio playlist and burn it on CD-ROM, save the
+</p>
+<p>If you want to create an audio playlist and burn it on CD-ROM, save the
XML file in the same directory as the audio files and burn the entire
directory. This keeps the media paths relative.
-
- <p>XML files are useful for saving the current state before going to sleep
-and saving audio playlists but they're limited in that they're specific
-to Cinelerra. You can't play XML files in a dedicated movie player.
+</p>
+<p>XML files are useful for saving the current state before going to sleep
+and saving audio playlists but they’re limited in that they’re specific
+to Cinelerra. You can’t play XML files in a dedicated movie player.
Realtime effects in an XML file have to be resynthesized every time you
play it back. The XML file also requires you to maintain copies of all
the source assets on hard drives, which can take up space and cost a
lot of electricity to spin. For a more persistent storage of the
-output there's rendering.
+output there’s rendering.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="RENDERING-FILES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SAVING-FILES">SAVING FILES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="RENDERING-FILES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#SAVING-FILES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SAVING FILES</a>, Up: <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="RENDERING-FILES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">7.5 RENDERING FILES</h3>
<p>Rendering takes a section of the timeline, performs all the editing,
effects and compositing, and stores it in a pure movie file. You can
then delete all the source assets, play the rendered file in a movie
-player, or bring it back into Cinelerra for more editing. It's very
+player, or bring it back into Cinelerra for more editing. It’s very
difficult to retouch any editing decisions in the pure movie file,
however, so keep the original assets and XML file around several days
after you render it.
-
- <p>All rendering operations are based on a region of the timeline to be
+</p>
+<p>All rendering operations are based on a region of the timeline to be
rendered. You need to define this region on the timeline. The
navigation section describes methods of defining regions.
See <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>. The rendering functions define the
highlighted, everything after the insertion point is rendered. Merely
by positioning the insertion point at the beginning of a track and
unsetting all in/out points, the entire track is rendered.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING">SINGLE FILE RENDERING</a>: Rendering a single file
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#BATCH-RENDERING">BATCH RENDERING</a>: Rendering several files unattended
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#THE-RENDER-FARM">THE RENDER FARM</a>: Rendering using many computers
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING">COMMAND LINE RENDERING</a>: Rendering from the command line without a GUI
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#BATCH-RENDERING">BATCH RENDERING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING" accesskey="1">SINGLE FILE RENDERING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Rendering a single file
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#BATCH-RENDERING" accesskey="2">BATCH RENDERING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Rendering several files unattended
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-RENDER-FARM" accesskey="3">THE RENDER FARM</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Rendering using many computers
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING" accesskey="4">COMMAND LINE RENDERING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Rendering from the command line without a GUI
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#BATCH-RENDERING" accesskey="n" rel="next">BATCH RENDERING</a>, Up: <a href="#RENDERING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">RENDERING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.5.1 SINGLE FILE RENDERING</h4>
<p>The fastest way to get media to disk is to use the single file
rendering function.
-
- <p>Go to <b>File->render</b> to bring up the render dialog. Select the
-magnifying glass <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify.png"> to bring up a file selection dialog. This determines
+</p>
+<p>Go to <b>File->render</b> to bring up the render dialog. Select the
+magnifying glass <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify"> to bring up a file selection dialog. This determines
the filename to write the rendered file to and the encoding parameters.
-
- <p>In the render dialog select a format from the <b>File Format</b> menu.
+</p>
+<p>In the render dialog select a format from the <b>File Format</b> menu.
The format of the file determines whether you can render audio or video
or both. Select the <b>Render audio tracks</b> toggle to generate
audio tracks and <b>Render video tracks</b> to generate video tracks.
+</p>
- <p>Select the wrench <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench.png"> next to each toggle to set compression
-parameters. If the file format can't store audio or video the
+<p>Select the wrench <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench"> next to each toggle to set compression
+parameters. If the file format can’t store audio or video the
compression parameters will be blank. If <b>Render audio tracks</b> or
-<b>Render video tracks</b> is selected and the file format doesn't
+<b>Render video tracks</b> is selected and the file format doesn’t
support it, trying to render will pop up an error.
-
- <p>The <b>Create new file at each label</b> option causes a new file to be
+</p>
+<p>The <b>Create new file at each label</b> option causes a new file to be
created when every label in the timeline is encountered. This is
useful for dividing long audio recordings into individual tracks. When
using the renderfarm, <b>Create new file at each label</b> causes one
renderfarm job to be created at every label instead of using the
internal load balancing algorithm to space jobs.
-
- <p>When <b>Create new file at each label</b> is selected, a new filename
+</p>
+<p>When <b>Create new file at each label</b> is selected, a new filename
is created for every output file. If the filename given in the render
dialog has a 2 digit number in it, the 2 digit number is overwritten
with a different incremental number for every output file. If no 2
digit number is given, Cinelerra automatically concatenates a number to
the end of the given filename for every output file.
-
- <p>In the filename <b>/hmov/track01.wav</b> the <b>01</b> would be
+</p>
+<p>In the filename <b>/hmov/track01.wav</b> the <b>01</b> would be
overwritten for every output file. The filename
<b>/hmov/track.wav</b>; however, would become <b>/hmov/track.wav001</b>
and so on and so forth. Filename regeneration is only used when either
renderfarm mode is active or creating new files for every label is
active.
-
- <p>Finally the render dialog lets you select an insertion mode. The
+</p>
+<p>Finally the render dialog lets you select an insertion mode. The
insertion modes are the same as with loading files. In this case if
you select <b>insert nothing</b> the file will be written out to disk
without changing the current project. For other insertion strategies
right position before the rendering operation is finished.
See <a href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>. Editing describes how to cause output to be inserted
at the right position.
-
- <p>It should be noted that even if you only have audio or only have video
+</p>
+<p>It should be noted that even if you only have audio or only have video
rendered, a <b>paste</b> insertion strategy will behave like a normal
paste operation, erasing any selected region of the timeline and
pasting just the data that was rendered. If you render only audio and
have some video tracks armed, the video tracks will get truncated while
the audio output is pasted into the audio tracks.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="BATCH-RENDERING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#THE-RENDER-FARM">THE RENDER FARM</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING">SINGLE FILE RENDERING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="BATCH-RENDERING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#THE-RENDER-FARM" accesskey="n" rel="next">THE RENDER FARM</a>, Previous: <a href="#SINGLE-FILE-RENDERING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SINGLE FILE RENDERING</a>, Up: <a href="#RENDERING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">RENDERING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="BATCH-RENDERING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.5.2 BATCH RENDERING</h4>
+
+
<p>If you want to render many projects to media files without having to
repeatedly attend to the <b>Render</b> dialog, <b>batch rendering</b> is the
function to use. In this function, you specify many EDL files to
Each EDL file and its output to be rendered is called a <b>batch</b>.
This allows a huge amount of media to be processed and greatly
increases the value of an expensive computer.
-
- <p>The first thing to do when preparing to do batch rendering is define
+</p>
+<p>The first thing to do when preparing to do batch rendering is define
projects to be rendered. The batch renderer requires a separate EDL
file for every batch to be rendered. Set up a project and define the
region to be rendered either by highlighting it, setting in/out points
around it, or positioning the insertion point before it. Then save the
project as an EDL. Define as many projects as needed this way. The
batch renderer takes the active region from the EDL file for rendering.
-
- <p>With all the EDL files prepared with active regions, go to
+</p>
+<p>With all the EDL files prepared with active regions, go to
<b>File->batch render</b>. This brings up the batch rendering dialog.
The interface for batch rendering is a bit more complex than for single
file rendering.
+</p>
- <p>A list of batches must be defined before starting a batch rendering
+<p>A list of batches must be defined before starting a batch rendering
operation. The table of batches appears on the bottom of the batch
render dialog and is called <b>batches to render</b>. Above this are
the configuration parameters for a single batch.
-
- <p>Set the <b>output path</b>, <b>file format</b>, <b>Audio</b>, <b>Video</b>, and
+</p>
+<p>Set the <b>output path</b>, <b>file format</b>, <b>Audio</b>, <b>Video</b>, and
<b>Create new file at each label</b> parameters as if it was a single
file. These parameters apply to only one batch. In addition to the
standard rendering parameters, you must select the source EDL to use in
the batch. Do this by setting the <b>EDL path</b>.
-
- <p>If the <b>batches to render</b> list is empty or nothing is highlighted,
+</p>
+<p>If the <b>batches to render</b> list is empty or nothing is highlighted,
click <b>New</b> to create a new batch. The new batch will contain all
the parameters you just set.
-
- <p>Repeatedly press the <b>New</b> button to create more batches with the
+</p>
+<p>Repeatedly press the <b>New</b> button to create more batches with the
same parameters. Highlight any batch and edit the configuration on the
top of the batch render window. The highlighted batch is always
synchronized to the information displayed.
-
- <p>Click and drag batches to change the order in which they're rendered.
+</p>
+<p>Click and drag batches to change the order in which they’re rendered.
Hit <b>delete</b> to permanently remove the highlighted batch.
-
- <p>In the list box is a column which enables or disables the batch. This
+</p>
+<p>In the list box is a column which enables or disables the batch. This
way batches can be skipped without being deleted. Click on the
<b>Enabled</b> column in the list box to enable or disable a batch. If it
is checked, the batch is rendered. If it is blank, the batch is
skipped.
+</p>
+<p>The other columns in the batch list are informative.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>Output</b> The output path of the batch.
+</li><li> <b>EDL</b> The source EDL of the batch.
+</li><li> <b>Elapsed</b> The amount of time taken to render the batch if it is finished.
- <p>The other columns in the batch list are informative.
-
- <ul>
-<li><b>Output</b> The output path of the batch.
-<li><b>EDL</b> The source EDL of the batch.
-<li><b>Elapsed</b> The amount of time taken to render the batch if it is finished.
-
- </ul>
-
- <p>To start rendering from the first enabled batch, hit <b>Start</b>.
+</li></ul>
- <p>Once rendering, the main window shows the progress of the batch. Once
+<p>To start rendering from the first enabled batch, hit <b>Start</b>.
+</p>
+<p>Once rendering, the main window shows the progress of the batch. Once
the batch finishes, the elapsed column in the batch list is updated and
-the next batch is rendered until all the enabled batches are finished.
+the next batch is rendered until all the enabled batches are finished.
The currently rendering batch is always highlighted red.
+</p>
- <p>To stop rendering before the batches are finished without closing the
+<p>To stop rendering before the batches are finished without closing the
batch render dialog, hit <b>Stop</b>.
-
- <p>To stop rendering before the batches are finished and close the batch
+</p>
+<p>To stop rendering before the batches are finished and close the batch
render dialog, hit <b>Cancel</b>.
-
- <p>To exit the batch render dialog whether or not anything is being
+</p>
+<p>To exit the batch render dialog whether or not anything is being
rendered, hit <b>Cancel</b>.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-RENDER-FARM"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING">COMMAND LINE RENDERING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#BATCH-RENDERING">BATCH RENDERING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-RENDER-FARM"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING" accesskey="n" rel="next">COMMAND LINE RENDERING</a>, Previous: <a href="#BATCH-RENDERING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">BATCH RENDERING</a>, Up: <a href="#RENDERING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">RENDERING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THE-RENDER-FARM-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.5.3 THE RENDER FARM</h4>
<p>When bicubic interpolation and HDTV was first done on Cinelerra, the
the fastest dual 1.7Ghz Xeon of the time. Renderfarm support even in
the simplest form brings HDTV times back in line with SD while making
SD faster than realtime.
-
- <p>While the renderfarm interface isn't spectacular, it's simple enough to
+</p>
+<p>While the renderfarm interface isn’t spectacular, it’s simple enough to
use inside an editing suite with less than a dozen nodes without going
through the same amount of hassle you would with a several hundred node
farm. Renderfarm is invoked transparently for all file->render
operations when it is enabled in the preferences.
-
- <p>Cinelerra divides the selected region of the timeline into a certain
+</p>
+<p>Cinelerra divides the selected region of the timeline into a certain
number of jobs which are then dispatched to the different nodes
depending on the load balance. The nodes process the jobs and write
their output to individual files on the filesystem. The output files
-are not concatenated. It's important for all the nodes to have access
+are not concatenated. It’s important for all the nodes to have access
to the same filesystem on the same mount point for assets.
-
- <p>If a node can't access an input asset it'll display error messages to
-its console but probably not die. If it can't access an output asset
-it'll cause the rendering to abort.
-
- <p>It should be noted that in the render dialog, the <b>Create new file at
+</p>
+<p>If a node can’t access an input asset it’ll display error messages to
+its console but probably not die. If it can’t access an output asset
+it’ll cause the rendering to abort.
+</p>
+<p>It should be noted that in the render dialog, the <b>Create new file at
each label</b> option causes a new renderfarm job to be created at each
label instead of by the load balancer. If this option is selected when
no labels exist, only one job will be created.
-
- <p>A Cinelerra renderfarm is organized into a master node and any number
+</p>
+<p>A Cinelerra renderfarm is organized into a master node and any number
of slave nodes. The master node is the computer which is running the
GUI. The slave nodes are anywhere else on the network and are run from
-the command line. Run a slave node from the command line with
-
- <p><b>cinelerra -d</b>
-
- <p>That is the simplest configuration. Type <b>cinelerra -h</b> to see more
+the command line. Run a slave node from the command line with
+</p>
+<p><b>cinelerra -d</b>
+</p>
+<p>That is the simplest configuration. Type <b>cinelerra -h</b> to see more
options. The default port number may be overridden by passing a port
number after the -d.
+</p>
- <p>Most of the time you'll want to bring in the rendered output and fine
+<p>Most of the time you’ll want to bring in the rendered output and fine
tune the timing on the timeline. Also some file formats like MPEG
-can't be direct copied. Because of this, the jobs are left in
+can’t be direct copied. Because of this, the jobs are left in
individual files.
-
- <p>You can load these by creating a new track and specifying
+</p>
+<p>You can load these by creating a new track and specifying
<b>concatenate to existing tracks</b> in the load dialog. Files which
support direct copy can be concatenated into a single file by rendering
to the same file format with renderfarm disabled. Also to get direct
copy, the track dimensions, output dimensions, and asset dimensions
must be equal.
-
- <p>MPEG files or files which don't support direct copy have to be
+</p>
+<p>MPEG files or files which don’t support direct copy have to be
concatenated with a command line utility. MPEG files can be
concatenated with <b>cat</b>.
-
- <p>Configuration of the renderfarm is described in the configuration
+</p>
+<p>Configuration of the renderfarm is described in the configuration
chapter See <a href="#RENDERFARM">RENDERFARM</a>. The slave nodes traditionally read and
-write data to a common filesystem over a network, thus they don't need
+write data to a common filesystem over a network, thus they don’t need
hard drives.
-
- <p>Ideally all the nodes on the renderfarm have similar CPU performance.
+</p>
+<p>Ideally all the nodes on the renderfarm have similar CPU performance.
Cinelerra load balances on a first come first serve basis. If the last
segment is dispatched to the slowest node, all the fastest nodes may
end up waiting for the slowest node to finish while they themselves
could have rendered it faster.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-RENDER-FARM">THE RENDER FARM</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#THE-RENDER-FARM" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE RENDER FARM</a>, Up: <a href="#RENDERING-FILES" accesskey="u" rel="up">RENDERING FILES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="COMMAND-LINE-RENDERING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">7.5.4 COMMAND LINE RENDERING</h4>
<p>The command line rendering facility consists of a way to load the
current set of batch rendering jobs and process them without a GUI.
-This is useful if you're planning on crashing X repeatedly or want to
+This is useful if you’re planning on crashing X repeatedly or want to
do rendering on the other side of a low bandwidth network. You might
have access to a supercomputer in India but still be stuck in America,
exhiled you might say. A command line interface is ideal for this.
-
- <p>To perform rendering from the command line, first run Cinelerra in
+</p>
+<p>To perform rendering from the command line, first run Cinelerra in
graphical mode. Go to <b>file->batch render</b>. Create the batches you
intend to render in the batch window and close the window. This saves
the batches in a file. Set up the desired renderfarm attributes in
<b>settings->preferences</b> and exit Cinelerra. These settings are used
the next time command line rendering is used.
+</p>
+<p>On the command line run
+</p>
+<p><b>cinelerra -r</b>
+</p>
+<p>to processes the current batch jobs without a GUI. Setting up all the
+parameters for this operation is hard. That’s why the command line
+aborts if any output files already exist.
+</p>
+<p>Other parameters exist for specifying alternative files for the
+preferences and the batches. Attempting to use anything but the
+defaults is very involved so it hasn’t been tested.
+</p>
- <p>On the command line run
-
- <p><b>cinelerra -r</b>
- <p>to processes the current batch jobs without a GUI. Setting up all the
-parameters for this operation is hard. That's why the command line
-aborts if any output files already exist.
- <p>Other parameters exist for specifying alternative files for the
-preferences and the batches. Attempting to use anything but the
-defaults is very involved so it hasn't been tested.
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="n" rel="next">EDITING</a>, Previous: <a href="#LOADING-AND-SAVING-FILES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LOADING AND SAVING FILES</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">8 NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</h2>
<p>The thing you want to do most of the time is get to a certain time and
place in the media. Internally the media is organized into tracks.
Each track extends across time. Navigation involves both getting to a
track and getting to a certain time in the track.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR">NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES">NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS">USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING">USING BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR">NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW" accesskey="1">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR" accesskey="2">NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES" accesskey="3">NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS" accesskey="4">USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING" accesskey="5">USING BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR" accesskey="n" rel="next">NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">8.1 NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</h3>
<p>The program window contains many features for navigation and displays
and extending across time horizontall. The horizontal scroll bar
allows you to scan across time. The vertical scroll bar allows you to
scan across tracks.
-
- <p>Below the timeline you'll find the zoom panel. The zoom panel contains
+</p>
+<p>Below the timeline you’ll find the zoom panel. The zoom panel contains
values for <b>sample zoom</b>, <b>amplitude</b>, <b>track zoom</b>, and
<b>curve zoom</b>. These values in addition to the scrollbars are the
main tools for positioning the timeline.
+</p>
+
+
+
- <pre class="sp">
-</pre>
-<img src="zoompanel.png" alt="zoompanel.png">
- <p>Changing the <b>sample zoom</b> causes the amount of time visible to
+<br>
+
+<img src="zoompanel.png" alt="zoompanel">
+
+
+<p>Changing the <b>sample zoom</b> causes the amount of time visible to
change. <b>If your mouse has a wheel and it works in X11 go over
the tumblers and use the wheel to zoom in and out.</b>
-
- <p>The <b>amplitude</b> only affects audio. It determines how big the
+</p>
+<p>The <b>amplitude</b> only affects audio. It determines how big the
waveform is if the waveform is drawn.
-
- <p>The <b>track zoom</b> affects all tracks. It determines the height of
+</p>
+<p>The <b>track zoom</b> affects all tracks. It determines the height of
each track. If you change the track zoom the amplitude zoom
compensates so audio waveforms look proportional.
-
- <p>The <b>curve zoom</b> affects the curves in all the tracks. It
+</p>
+<p>The <b>curve zoom</b> affects the curves in all the tracks. It
determines the amplitude and offset of the curves. The tumbler affects
curve amplitude but the only way to change curve offset is to use the
-<b>fit curves</b> button. <img src="fit_curves.png" alt="fit_curves.png">
+<b>fit curves</b> button. <img src="fit_curves.png" alt="fit_curves">
+</p>
- <p>In addition to the graphical tools, you'll probably more often use the
+<p>In addition to the graphical tools, you’ll probably more often use the
keyboard to navigate. Use <b>PAGE UP</b> and <b>PAGE DOWN</b> to
scroll up and down the tracks.
-
- <p>Use the <b>LEFT</b> and <b>RIGHT</b> arrows to move across time in
-small increments. You'll often need to scroll beyond the end of the
-timeline but scrollbars won't let you do it. Instead use the
+</p>
+<p>Use the <b>LEFT</b> and <b>RIGHT</b> arrows to move across time in
+small increments. You’ll often need to scroll beyond the end of the
+timeline but scrollbars won’t let you do it. Instead use the
<b>RIGHT</b> arrow to scroll past the end of timeline.
-
- <p>Use the <b>HOME</b> and <b>END</b> keys to instantly go to the
+</p>
+<p>Use the <b>HOME</b> and <b>END</b> keys to instantly go to the
beginning or end of the timeline. In <b>I-beam</b> mode, hold down
shift while pressing <b>HOME</b> or <b>END</b> to select the region of
the timeline between the insertion point and the key pressed.
-
- <p>Use the <b>UP</b> and <b>DOWN</b> arrows to change the sample zoom by a
+</p>
+<p>Use the <b>UP</b> and <b>DOWN</b> arrows to change the sample zoom by a
power of 2.
+</p>
+<p><b>CTRL-UP</b> and <b>CTRL-DOWN</b> cause the amplitude zoom to change.
+</p>
+<p><b>CTRL-PGUP</b> and <b>CTRL-PGDOWN</b> cause the track zoom to change.
+</p>
+<p><b>ALT-UP</b> and <b>ALT-DOWN</b> cause the curve amplitude to change.
+</p>
- <p><b>CTRL-UP</b> and <b>CTRL-DOWN</b> cause the amplitude zoom to change.
- <p><b>CTRL-PGUP</b> and <b>CTRL-PGDOWN</b> cause the track zoom to change.
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-INSERTION-POINT" accesskey="1">THE INSERTION POINT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS" accesskey="2">THE IN/OUT POINTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW" accesskey="3">USING LABELS IN THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
- <p><b>ALT-UP</b> and <b>ALT-DOWN</b> cause the curve amplitude to change.
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#THE-INSERTION-POINT">THE INSERTION POINT</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS">THE IN/OUT POINTS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">USING LABELS IN THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-INSERTION-POINT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS">THE IN/OUT POINTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-</div>
-<h4 class="subsection">8.1.1 THE INSERTION POINT</h4>
-<p>By default you'll see a flashing insertion point in the program window
-the first time you boot it up. This is where new media is pasted onto
-the timeline. It's also the starting point of all playback
-operations. When rendering, it defines the region of the timeline to
-be rendered.
- <p>The insertion point is normally moved by clicking inside the timebar.
-Any region of the timebar not obscured by labels and in/out points is a
-hotspot for repositioning the insertion point.
- <pre class="sp">
-</pre>
-<img src="main_timebar.png" alt="main_timebar.png">
-<b>The main timebar</b>
- <p>The insertion point also can be moved by clicking in the timeline
-itself, but not always. The insertion point has two modes of
-operation:
- <ul>
-<li>drag and drop mode
- <li>cut and paste mode
- </ul>
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-INSERTION-POINT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS" accesskey="n" rel="next">THE IN/OUT POINTS</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THE-INSERTION-POINT-1"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection">8.1.1 THE INSERTION POINT</h4>
- <p>The mode of operation is determined by selecting the arrow or the
-i-beam in the buttonbar.
+<p>By default you’ll see a flashing insertion point in the program window
+the first time you boot it up. This is where new media is pasted onto
+the timeline. It’s also the starting point of all playback
+operations. When rendering, it defines the region of the timeline to
+be rendered.
+</p>
+<p>The insertion point is normally moved by clicking inside the timebar.
+Any region of the timebar not obscured by labels and in/out points is a
+hotspot for repositioning the insertion point.
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="main_timebar.png" alt="main_timebar">
+<p><b>The main timebar</b>
+</p>
+<p>The insertion point also can be moved by clicking in the timeline
+itself, but not always. The insertion point has two modes of
+operation:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> drag and drop mode
- <pre class="sp">
+</li><li> cut and paste mode
-</pre>
-<img src="editing_mode.png" alt="editing_mode.png">
-<b>The editing mode buttons</b>
+</li></ul>
- <p>If the arrow is highlighted it enables <b>drag and drop</b> mode. In
-drag and drop mode, clicking in the timeline doesn't reposition the
+<p>The mode of operation is determined by selecting the arrow or the
+i-beam in the buttonbar.
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="editing_mode.png" alt="editing_mode">
+<p><b>The editing mode buttons</b>
+</p>
+<p>If the arrow is highlighted it enables <b>drag and drop</b> mode. In
+drag and drop mode, clicking in the timeline doesn’t reposition the
insertion point. Instead it selects an entire edit. Dragging in the
timeline repositions the edit, snapping it to other edit boundaries.
This is normally useful for reordering audio playlists and moving
effects around.
-
- <p>If the i-beam is highlighted it enables <b>cut and paste mode</b>. In
+</p>
+<p>If the i-beam is highlighted it enables <b>cut and paste mode</b>. In
cut and paste mode clicking in the timeline repositions the insertion
point. Dragging in the timeline highlights a region. The highlighted
region becomes the playback range during the next playback operation,
the rendered range during the next render operation, and the region
affected by cut and paste operations.
-
- <p><b>Shift-clicking</b> in the timeline extends the highlighted region.
-
- <p><b>Double-clicking</b> in the timeline selects the entire edit the
+</p>
+<p><b>Shift-clicking</b> in the timeline extends the highlighted region.
+</p>
+<p><b>Double-clicking</b> in the timeline selects the entire edit the
cursor is over.
-
- <p>It should be noted that when moving the insertion point and selecting
+</p>
+<p>It should be noted that when moving the insertion point and selecting
regions, the positions are either aligned to frames or aligned to
-samples. When editing video you'll want to align to frames. When
-editing audio you'll want to align to samples. This is set in
+samples. When editing video you’ll want to align to frames. When
+editing audio you’ll want to align to samples. This is set in
<b>settings->align cursor on frames</b>.
-
- <p>If the highlighted region is the region affected by cut and paste
+</p>
+<p>If the highlighted region is the region affected by cut and paste
operations, how do I cut and paste in <b>drag and drop</b> mode? In
this case you need to set <b>in/out points</b> to define an affected region.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-IN%2fOUT-POINTS"></a>
-<a name="THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">USING LABELS IN THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-INSERTION-POINT">THE INSERTION POINT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING LABELS IN THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>, Previous: <a href="#THE-INSERTION-POINT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE INSERTION POINT</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">8.1.2 THE IN/OUT POINTS</h4>
<p>In both editing modes you can set in/out points. The in/out points
highlighted area and in/out points are set, the highlighted area is
affected by editing operations and the in/out points are ignored. If
no region is highlighted, the in/out points are used.
-
- <p>Normally, in/out points do not affect the playback region. Only if you
+</p>
+<p>Normally, in/out points do not affect the playback region. Only if you
hold down CTRL while issuing a playback command do the in/out points
determine the playback region.
-
- <p>To set in/out points go to the timebar and position the insertion point
-somewhere. Hit the <img src="in_point_button.png" alt="in_point_button.png"> <b>in point button</b>. Go
-to a position after the in point and hit the <img src="out_point_button.png" alt="out_point_button.png">
+</p>
+<p>To set in/out points go to the timebar and position the insertion point
+somewhere. Hit the <img src="in_point_button.png" alt="in_point_button"> <b>in point button</b>. Go
+to a position after the in point and hit the <img src="out_point_button.png" alt="out_point_button">
<b>out point button</b>.
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-<img src="inout_points.png" alt="inout_points.png"> <b>Timebar with in/out points set</b>.
-
- <p>Select either the in point or the out point and the insertion point
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="inout_points.png" alt="inout_points"> <p><b>Timebar with in/out points set</b>.
+</p>
+<p>Select either the in point or the out point and the insertion point
jumps to that location. After selecting an in point, if you hit the
<b>in point button</b> the in point will be deleted. After selecting
an out point, if you hit the <b>out point button</b> the out point will
be deleted.
-
- <p>If you select a region somewhere else while in/out points already
+</p>
+<p>If you select a region somewhere else while in/out points already
exist, the existing points will be repositioned when you hit the in/out
buttons.
-
- <p><b>Shift-clicking</b> on an in/out point extends the highlighted region
+</p>
+<p><b>Shift-clicking</b> on an in/out point extends the highlighted region
to that point.
-
- <p>Instead of using the button bar you can use the <b>[</b> and <b>]</b>
+</p>
+<p>Instead of using the button bar you can use the <b>[</b> and <b>]</b>
keys to toggle in/out points.
-
- <p>The insertion point and the in/out points allow you to define an
-affected region but they don't let you jump to exact points on the
+</p>
+<p>The insertion point and the in/out points allow you to define an
+affected region but they don’t let you jump to exact points on the
timeline very easily. For this purpose there are labels.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS">THE IN/OUT POINTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#THE-IN_002fOUT-POINTS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE IN/OUT POINTS</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="USING-LABELS-IN-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">8.1.3 USING LABELS IN THE PROGRAM WINDOW</h4>
<p>Labels are an easy way to set exact locations on the timeline you want
to jump to. When you position the insertion point somewhere and hit
-the <img src="label_button.png" alt="label_button.png"> <b>label button</b> a new label appears on the
-timeline.
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-<img src="timebar_label.png" alt="timebar_label.png"> <b>Timebar with a label on it</b>
-
- <p>No matter what the zoom settings are, clicking on the label positions
+the <img src="label_button.png" alt="label_button"> <b>label button</b> a new label appears on the
+timeline.
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="timebar_label.png" alt="timebar_label"> <p><b>Timebar with a label on it</b>
+</p>
+<p>No matter what the zoom settings are, clicking on the label positions
the insertion point exactly where you set it. Hitting the label button
again when a label is selected deletes it.
-
- <p><b>Shift-clicking</b> on a label extends the highlighted region.
-
- <p><b>Double-clicking</b> between two labels highlights the region between
+</p>
+<p><b>Shift-clicking</b> on a label extends the highlighted region.
+</p>
+<p><b>Double-clicking</b> between two labels highlights the region between
the labels.
-
- <p>Hitting the <b>l</b> key has the same effect as the label button.
-
- <p>If you hit the label button when a region is highlighted, two labels
+</p>
+<p>Hitting the <b>l</b> key has the same effect as the label button.
+</p>
+<p>If you hit the label button when a region is highlighted, two labels
are toggled at each end of the highlighted region. If one end already
has a label, then the existing label is deleted and a label is created
at the opposite end.
-
- <p>Labels can reposition the insertion point when they are selected but
-they can also be traversed with the <img src="label_traversal.png" alt="label_traversal.png"> <b>label
+</p>
+<p>Labels can reposition the insertion point when they are selected but
+they can also be traversed with the <img src="label_traversal.png" alt="label_traversal"> <b>label
traversal</b> buttons. When a label is out of view, the label traversal
buttons reposition the timeline so the label is visible. There are
keyboard shortcuts for label traversal, too.
-
- <p><b>CTRL-LEFT</b> repositions the insertion point on the previous label.
-
- <p><b>CTRL-RIGHT</b> repositions the insertion point on the next label.
-
- <p>With label traversal you can quickly seek back and forth on the
+</p>
+<p><b>CTRL-LEFT</b> repositions the insertion point on the previous label.
+</p>
+<p><b>CTRL-RIGHT</b> repositions the insertion point on the next label.
+</p>
+<p>With label traversal you can quickly seek back and forth on the
timeline but you can also select regions.
-
- <p><b>SHIFT-CTRL-LEFT</b> extends the highlighted region to the previous
+</p>
+<p><b>SHIFT-CTRL-LEFT</b> extends the highlighted region to the previous
label.
-
- <p><b>SHIFT-CTRL-RIGHT</b> extends the highlighted region to the next label.
-
- <p>Manually hitting the label button or <b>l</b> key over and over again
+</p>
+<p><b>SHIFT-CTRL-RIGHT</b> extends the highlighted region to the next label.
+</p>
+<p>Manually hitting the label button or <b>l</b> key over and over again
to delete a series of labels can get tedious. For deleting a set of
labels, first highlight a region and second use the <b>Edit->Clear
labels</b> function. If in/out points exist, the labels between the
in/out points are cleared and the highlighted region ignored.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES">NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES" accesskey="n" rel="next">NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a>, Previous: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROGRAM-WINDOW" accesskey="p" rel="prev">NAVIGATING THE PROGRAM WINDOW</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">8.2 NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</h3>
<p>The navigation features of the Viewer and Compositor behave very
similarly. Each has a timebar and slider below the video output. The
timebar and slider are critical for navigation.
+</p>
+<br>
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-
-<img src="timebarslider.png" alt="timebarslider.png">
+<img src="timebarslider.png" alt="timebarslider">
- <p>The timebar represents the entire time covered by the program. When
+<p>The timebar represents the entire time covered by the program. When
you define labels and in/out points it defines those, too. Finally the
timebar defines a region known as the <b>preview region</b>.
-
- <p>The <b>preview region</b> is the region of the timeline which the
+</p>
+<p>The <b>preview region</b> is the region of the timeline which the
slider effects. The slider only covers the time covered by the preview
region. By using a preview region inside the entire program and using
the slider inside the preview region you can quickly and precisely seek
in the compositor and viewer.
-
- <p>When you replace the current project with a file the preview region
+</p>
+<p>When you replace the current project with a file the preview region
automatically resizes to cover the entire file. When you append data
or change the size of the current project, the preview region stays the
same size and shrinks. Therefore, you need to resize the preview
region.
-
- <p>Load a file and then slide around it using the compositor slider. The
+</p>
+<p>Load a file and then slide around it using the compositor slider. The
insertion point in the main window follows the compositor. Move the
-pointer over the compositor's timebar until it turns into a left resize
+pointer over the compositor’s timebar until it turns into a left resize
pointer. The click and drag right. The preview region should have
changed and the slider resized proportionally.
-
- <p>Go to the right of the timebar until a right resize pointer appears.
+</p>
+<p>Go to the right of the timebar until a right resize pointer appears.
Drag left so the preview region shrinks.
-
- <p>Go to the center of the preview region in the timebar and drag it
+</p>
+<p>Go to the center of the preview region in the timebar and drag it
around to convince yourself if can be moved.
+</p>
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
+<br>
-<img src="previewregion.png" alt="previewregion.png">
+<img src="previewregion.png" alt="previewregion">
- <p><b>Preview region in compositor</b>
-
- <p>If you go to the slider and slide it around with the preview region
-shrunk, you'll see the slider only affects the preview region. The
+<p><b>Preview region in compositor</b>
+</p>
+<p>If you go to the slider and slide it around with the preview region
+shrunk, you’ll see the slider only affects the preview region. The
timebar and slider in the viewer window work exactly the same.
-
- <p>Labels and in/out points are fully supported in the viewer and
+</p>
+<p>Labels and in/out points are fully supported in the viewer and
compositor. The only difference between the viewer and compositor is
the compositor reflects the state of the program while the viewer
reflects the state of a clip but not the program.
-
- <p>When you hit the <b>label button</b> in the compositor, the label
+</p>
+<p>When you hit the <b>label button</b> in the compositor, the label
appears both in the compositor timebar and the program timebar.
-
- <p>When you select a label or in/out point in the compositor, the program
+</p>
+<p>When you select a label or in/out point in the compositor, the program
window jumps to that position.
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-<img src="viewer_labels.png" alt="viewer_labels.png"> <b>Labels and in/out points in the viewer</b>.
-
- <p>In the viewer and compositor, labels and in/out points are displayed in
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="viewer_labels.png" alt="viewer_labels"> <p><b>Labels and in/out points in the viewer</b>.
+</p>
+<p>In the viewer and compositor, labels and in/out points are displayed in
the timebar. Instead of displaying just a region of the program, the
timebar displays the entire program here.
+</p>
+
- <p>Like the Program window, the Compositor has a zoom capability. First,
+<p>Like the Program window, the Compositor has a zoom capability. First,
the pulldown menu on the bottom of the compositor window has a number
of zoom options. When set to <b>Auto</b> the video is zoomed to match
the compositor window size as closely as possible. When set to any
than the window size, not only do scrollbars scan around it but
<b>middle mouse button</b> dragging in the video output scans around
it. This is exactly when The Gimp does.
+</p>
+<p>Furthermore, the zoom <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify"> toggle causes the Compositor
+window to enter zoom mode. In zoom mode, clicking in the video output
+zooms in while <b>ctrl-clicking</b> in the video output zooms out. If
+you have a wheel mouse, rotating the wheel zooms in or out too.
+</p>
+<p>Zooming in or out with the zoom tool does not change the rendered
+output, mind you. It’s merely for scrutinizing video or fitting it in
+the desktop.
+</p>
+
+
- <p>Furthermore, the zoom <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify.png"> toggle causes the Compositor
-window to enter zoom mode. In zoom mode, clicking in the video output
-zooms in while <b>ctrl-clicking</b> in the video output zooms out. If
-you have a wheel mouse, rotating the wheel zooms in or out too.
- <p>Zooming in or out with the zoom tool does not change the rendered
-output, mind you. It's merely for scrutinizing video or fitting it in
-the desktop.
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS">USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR">NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a>, Previous: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-VIEWER-AND-COMPOSITOR" accesskey="p" rel="prev">NAVIGATING THE VIEWER AND COMPOSITOR</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">8.3 NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</h3>
<p>The resource window is divided into two areas. One area lists folders
and another area lists folder contents. Going into the folder list and
clicking on a folder updates the contents area with the contents of
that folder.
-
- <p>The folder and contents can be displayed as icons or text.
-
- <p><b>Right clicking</b> in the folder or contents area brings up a menu
+</p>
+<p>The folder and contents can be displayed as icons or text.
+</p>
+<p><b>Right clicking</b> in the folder or contents area brings up a menu
containing formatting options. Select <b>Display text</b> to display a
text listing. Select <b>Sort items</b> to sort the contents of the
folder alphabetically.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING">USING BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES">NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING BACKGROUND RENDERING</a>, Previous: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-RESOURCES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">NAVIGATING THE RESOURCES</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">8.4 USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</h3>
<p>Transport controls are just as useful in navigation as they are in
playing back footage, hence they are described here in the navigation
section. Each of the Viewer, Compositor, and Program windows has a
transport panel.
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-<img src="transport_panel.png" alt="transport_panel.png"> <b>The transport panel</b>.
-
- <p>The transport panel is controlled by the keyboard as well as the
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="transport_panel.png" alt="transport_panel"> <p><b>The transport panel</b>.
+</p>
+<p>The transport panel is controlled by the keyboard as well as the
graphical interface. For each of the operations it performs, the
starting position is the position of the insertion point in the Program
window and the slider in the Compositor window. The ending position is
either the end or start of the timeline or the end or start of the
selected region if there is one.
-
- <p>The orientation of the end or start depends on the direction of
-playback. If it's forward the end position is the end of the selected
-region. If it's backward the end position is the start of the selected
+</p>
+<p>The orientation of the end or start depends on the direction of
+playback. If it’s forward the end position is the end of the selected
+region. If it’s backward the end position is the start of the selected
region.
-
- <p>The insertion point moves to track playback. When playback stops, the
+</p>
+<p>The insertion point moves to track playback. When playback stops, the
insertion point stays where playback stopped. Thus, by playing back
you change the position of the insertion point.
-
- <p>The keyboard interface is usually the fastest and has more speeds. The
+</p>
+<p>The keyboard interface is usually the fastest and has more speeds. The
transport keys are arranged in a sideways <b>T</b> on the number pad.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>+</b> Fast reverse
+</li><li> <b>6</b> Normal reverse
+</li><li> <b>5</b> Slow reverse
+</li><li> <b>4</b> Frame reverse
+</li><li> <b>1</b> Frame forward
+</li><li> <b>2</b> Slow forward
+</li><li> <b>3</b> Normal forward
+</li><li> <b>Enter</b> Fast forward
+</li><li> <b>0</b> Stop
+</li><li> <b>Spacebar</b> Normal forward
+</li></ul>
- <ul>
-<li><b>+</b> Fast reverse
-<li><b>6</b> Normal reverse
-<li><b>5</b> Slow reverse
-<li><b>4</b> Frame reverse
-<li><b>1</b> Frame forward
-<li><b>2</b> Slow forward
-<li><b>3</b> Normal forward
-<li><b>Enter</b> Fast forward
-<li><b>0</b> Stop
-<li><b>Spacebar</b> Normal forward
-</ul>
-
- <p>Hitting any key on the keyboard twice pauses it.
-
- <p>When using frame advance functions the behavior may seem odd. If you
+<p>Hitting any key on the keyboard twice pauses it.
+</p>
+<p>When using frame advance functions the behavior may seem odd. If you
frame advance forward and then frame advance backward, the displayed
-frame doesn't change. This is because the playback position isn't the
+frame doesn’t change. This is because the playback position isn’t the
frame but the time between two frames. The rendered frame is the area
that the playback position crosses. When you increment the time
between two frames by one and decrement it by one, you cross the same
frame both times and so the same frame is displayed.
-
- <p>The transport behavior changes if you hold down CTRL when issuing any
+</p>
+<p>The transport behavior changes if you hold down CTRL when issuing any
of the transport commands. This causes the starting point to be the in
point if playing forward and the out point if playing backward. If
playing forward, the out point becomes the ending point and if playing
backward, the in point becomes the ending point. If no in/out points
are specified, the behavior falls back to using the insertion point and
track boundaries as the starting and ending points.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS">USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#USING-THE-TRANSPORT-CONTROLS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">USING THE TRANSPORT CONTROLS</a>, Up: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="u" rel="up">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="USING-BACKGROUND-RENDERING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">8.5 USING BACKGROUND RENDERING</h3>
+
+
<p>Background rendering allows impossibly slow effects to play back in
realtime shortly after the effect is pasted in the timeline. It
continuously renders temporary output. When renderfarm is enabled,
background rendering uses the renderfarm continuously. This way, any
size video can be seen in realtime merely by creating a fast enough
network with enough nodes.
-
- <p>Background rendering is enabled in settings->preferences->performance.
+</p>
+<p>Background rendering is enabled in settings->preferences->performance.
It has one interactive function: <b>settings->set background render</b>. This
sets the point where background rendering begins to where the in point
is. If any video exists, a red bar appears in the time bar showing
what has been background rendered.
-
- <p>It's often useful to insert an effect or a transition and then select
+</p>
+<p>It’s often useful to insert an effect or a transition and then select
settings->set background render right before the effect to preview it
in full framerates.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="EDITING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="EDITING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING EFFECTS</a>, Previous: <a href="#NAVIGATING-THE-PROJECT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">NAVIGATING THE PROJECT</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="EDITING-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">9 EDITING</h2>
+
<p>Editing comprises both the time domain and the track domain. Since the
timeline consists of a stack of tracks, you need to worry about how to
sort and create tracks in addition to what time certain media appears
on a track.
-
- <p>In the time domain, Cinelerra offers many ways to approach the editing
+</p>
+<p>In the time domain, Cinelerra offers many ways to approach the editing
process. The three main methods are two screen editing, drag and drop
editing, and cut and paste editing.
-
- <p>There are several concepts Cinelerra uses when editing which apply to
+</p>
+<p>There are several concepts Cinelerra uses when editing which apply to
all the methods. The <b>timeline</b> is where all editing decisions are
represented. This is a stack of tracks in the center of the main
window. It can be scrolled up, down, left and right with the
scrollbars on the right and bottom of it. It can also be scrolled up
and down with a mouse wheel.
-
- <p>The <b>active region</b> is the range of time which is affected by editing
+</p>
+<p>The <b>active region</b> is the range of time which is affected by editing
commands on the timeline. The active region is determined first by the
-presence of in/out points in the timeline. If those don't exist the
+presence of in/out points in the timeline. If those don’t exist the
highlighted region is used. If no highlighted region exists the
insertion point is used as the start of the active region. Some
commands treat all the space to the right of the insertion point as
active, like <b>Render</b>, while others treat the active length as 0 if no
end point for the active region is defined.
-
- <p>Finally, editing decisions never affect source material. This is
+</p>
+<p>Finally, editing decisions never affect source material. This is
<b>non destructive editing</b> and it became popular with audio because it
was much faster than if you had to copy all the media affected by an
edit. Editing only affects pointers to source material, so if you want
to have a media file at the end of your editing session which
-represents the editing decisions, you need to <b>render</b> it.
+represents the editing decisions, you need to <b>render</b> it.
See <a href="#RENDERING-FILES">RENDERING FILES</a>.
-
- <p>Every track on the timeline has a set of attributes on
+</p>
+<p>Every track on the timeline has a set of attributes on
the left, the most important of which is the <b>arm track</b>
attribute.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#THE-PATCHBAY">THE PATCHBAY</a>: Enabling different features on different tracks
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#NUDGING-TRACKS">NUDGING TRACKS</a>: Move entire tracks horizontally
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#PANNING-TRACKS">PANNING TRACKS</a>: Changing the audio output channels
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING">AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a>: Panning tracks to common speaker arrangements
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS">STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a>: Making audio panning that works on other players.
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS">MANIPULATING TRACKS</a>: Moving whole tracks around
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING">TWO SCREEN EDITING</a>: Using two video windows to edit
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING">DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a>: Dragging objects to edit
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING">CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a>: Editing media like text
-<li><a href="#TRIMMING">TRIMMING</a>: Changing in and out points
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-PATCHBAY" accesskey="1">THE PATCHBAY</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Enabling different features on different tracks
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#NUDGING-TRACKS" accesskey="2">NUDGING TRACKS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Move entire tracks horizontally
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PANNING-TRACKS" accesskey="3">PANNING TRACKS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Changing the audio output channels
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING" accesskey="4">AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Panning tracks to common speaker arrangements
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS" accesskey="5">STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Making audio panning that works on other players.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS" accesskey="6">MANIPULATING TRACKS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Moving whole tracks around
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING" accesskey="7">TWO SCREEN EDITING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using two video windows to edit
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING" accesskey="8">DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Dragging objects to edit
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING" accesskey="9">CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Editing media like text
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TRIMMING">TRIMMING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Changing in and out points
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="THE-PATCHBAY"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#NUDGING-TRACKS">NUDGING TRACKS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#NUDGING-TRACKS" accesskey="n" rel="next">NUDGING TRACKS</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="THE-PATCHBAY-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.1 THE PATCHBAY</h3>
+
<p>On the left of the timeline is a region affectionately known as the
patchbay. The patchbay enables features specific to each track. All
tracks have a text area for naming the track.
-
- <p>All tracks have an <b>expander</b> <img src="expandpatch_checked.png" alt="expandpatch_checked.png"> for viewing
+</p>
+<p>All tracks have an <b>expander</b> <img src="expandpatch_checked.png" alt="expandpatch_checked"> for viewing
more options and for viewing the effects on the track. Click on the
-expander to expand or collapse the track. If it's pointing sideways,
-the track is collapsed. If it's pointing down, the track is expanded.
+expander to expand or collapse the track. If it’s pointing sideways,
+the track is collapsed. If it’s pointing down, the track is expanded.
The effects appear below the media for the track if they exist.
-
- <p>All tracks have the following row of toggles for several features.
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-<img src="track_attributes.png" alt="track_attributes.png">
-<b>Track attributes</b>
-
- <p>If the toggle is colored, it is enabled. If the toggle is the
+</p>
+<p>All tracks have the following row of toggles for several features.
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="track_attributes.png" alt="track_attributes">
+<p><b>Track attributes</b>
+</p>
+
+<p>If the toggle is colored, it is enabled. If the toggle is the
background color of most of the windows, it is disabled. Click on the
toggle to enable or disable the feature. Several mouse operations
speed up the configuration of several tracks at a time.
-
- <p>Click on an attribute and drag across adjacent tracks to copy the same
+</p>
+<p>Click on an attribute and drag across adjacent tracks to copy the same
attribute to those tracks.
-
- <p>Hold down <b>shift</b> while clicking a track's attribute to enable the
+</p>
+<p>Hold down <b>shift</b> while clicking a track’s attribute to enable the
attribute in the current track and toggle the attribute in all the
other tracks.
-
- <p>Hold down <b>shift</b> while clicking an attribute. Click until all the
+</p>
+<p>Hold down <b>shift</b> while clicking an attribute. Click until all the
tracks except the selected one are disabled. Then drag the cursor over
the adjacent track to enable the attribute in the adjacent track.
+</p>
- <p>The other attributes affect the output of the track.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+<p>The other attributes affect the output of the track.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>Play track</b> determines whether the track is rendered or not. If
-it's off, the track is not rendered. However, if the track is chained
+it’s off, the track is not rendered. However, if the track is chained
to any other tracks, the other tracks perform all the effects in the
chained track, regardless of play status.
- <pre class="sp">
-
- </pre>
-
-<li>
+<br>
+
+</li><li>
<b>Arm track</b> determines whether the track is armed or not. Only the
<b>armed tracks</b> are affected by editing operations. Make sure you
have enough armed destination tracks when you paste or splice material
or some tracks in the material will get left out.
- <p>In addition to restricting editing operations, the armed tracks in
+<p>In addition to restricting editing operations, the armed tracks in
combination with the active region determine where material is inserted
when loading files. If the files are loaded with one of the insertion
-strategies which doesn't delete the existing project, the armed tracks
+strategies which doesn’t delete the existing project, the armed tracks
will be used as destination tracks.
-
- <p>Press <b>Tab</b> while the cursor is anywhere over a track to toggle the
+</p>
+<p>Press <b>Tab</b> while the cursor is anywhere over a track to toggle the
track arming status.
-
- <p>Press <b>Shift-Tab</b> while the cursor is over a track to toggle the
+</p>
+<p>Press <b>Shift-Tab</b> while the cursor is over a track to toggle the
arming status of every other track.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
<b>Gang fader</b> causes the fader to track the movement of whatever other
-fader you're adjusting. A fader is only ganged if the <b>arm track</b> is
+fader you’re adjusting. A fader is only ganged if the <b>arm track</b> is
also on. This is normally used to adjust audio levels on all the
tracks simultaneously. Gang also causes <b>Nudge</b> parameters to
synchronise across all the ganged tracks.
- <pre class="sp">
-
- </pre>
-
-<li>
+
+<br>
+
+</li><li>
<b>Draw media</b> determines if picons or waveforms are drawn on the
track. By default, some file formats load with this off while other
file formats load with it on. This depends on whether the file format
takes a long time to draw on the timeline. Merely set it to on if you
want to see picons for any file format.
- <pre class="sp">
-
- </pre>
-
-<li>
+<br>
+
+</li><li>
<b>Mute track</b> causes the output to be thrown away once the track is
completely rendered. This happens whether or not <b>play track</b> is
on. If the track is part of an effect chain, the output of the effect
-chain track is overlayed on the final output even though it's routed
+chain track is overlayed on the final output even though it’s routed
back to another track. Mute track is used to keep the effect chain
track from overlapping the output of the source track.
- <pre class="sp">
-
- </pre>
-
-<li>
+<br>
+
+</li><li>
<b>Fader</b> All tracks have a fader, but the units of each fader depend
-on whether it's audio or video. Click and drag the fader to fade the
+on whether it’s audio or video. Click and drag the fader to fade the
track in and out. If it is ganged to other tracks of the same media
type, with the <b>arm</b> option enabled, the other faders should follow.
- <p>Hold down <b>shift</b> and drag a fader to center it on 0.
+<p>Hold down <b>shift</b> and drag a fader to center it on 0.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="NUDGING-TRACKS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PANNING-TRACKS">PANNING TRACKS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-PATCHBAY">THE PATCHBAY</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="NUDGING-TRACKS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PANNING-TRACKS" accesskey="n" rel="next">PANNING TRACKS</a>, Previous: <a href="#THE-PATCHBAY" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE PATCHBAY</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="NUDGING-TRACKS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.2 NUDGING TRACKS</h3>
<p>Each track has a nudge textbox in its patchbay. You may have to expand
the track to see it. These are views of the patchbays when expanded.
+</p>
+<img src="apatches.png" alt="apatches">
- <div class="block-image"><img src="apatches.png" alt="apatches.png"></div>
+<p>Pan and nudge for an audio track.
+</p>
+<img src="vpatches.png" alt="vpatches">
- <p>Pan and nudge for an audio track.
+<p>Overlay mode and nudge for a video track.
+</p>
- <div class="block-image"><img src="vpatches.png" alt="vpatches.png"></div>
-
- <p>Overlay mode and nudge for a video track.
-
- <p>The nudge is the amount the track is shifted left or right during
+<p>The nudge is the amount the track is shifted left or right during
playback. The track is not displayed shifted on the timeline, but it
-is shifted when it's played back. This is useful for synchronizing
+is shifted when it’s played back. This is useful for synchronizing
audio with video, creating fake stereo, or compensating for an effect
which shifts time, all without tampering with any edits.
-
- <p>Merely enter in the amount of time to shift by to instantly shift the
+</p>
+<p>Merely enter in the amount of time to shift by to instantly shift the
track. Negative numbers make the track play later. Positive numbers
make the track play sooner. The nudge units are either <b>seconds</b> or
the native units for the track. Select the units by <b>right clicking</b>
on the nudge textbox and using the context sensitive menu.
-
- <p>Nudge settings are ganged with the <b>Gang faders</b> toggle and the
+</p>
+<p>Nudge settings are ganged with the <b>Gang faders</b> toggle and the
<b>Arm track</b> toggle.
-
- <p>Use the mouse wheel over the nudge textbox to increment and decriment
+</p>
+<p>Use the mouse wheel over the nudge textbox to increment and decriment
it.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="PANNING-TRACKS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING">AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#NUDGING-TRACKS">NUDGING TRACKS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="PANNING-TRACKS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING" accesskey="n" rel="next">AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a>, Previous: <a href="#NUDGING-TRACKS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">NUDGING TRACKS</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="PANNING-TRACKS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.3 PANNING TRACKS</h3>
<p>Audio tracks have a panning box in their patchbay. It may have to be
expanded to see it. The panning box is shown here.
+</p>
+<img src="apatches.png" alt="apatches">
- <div class="block-image"><img src="apatches.png" alt="apatches.png"></div>
-
- <p>Pan and nudge for an audio track.
-
- <p>Position the pointer in the panning box and click/drag to reposition
+<p>Pan and nudge for an audio track.
+</p>
+<p>Position the pointer in the panning box and click/drag to reposition
the audio output among the speaker arrangement. The loudness of each
speaker is printed during the dragging operation. The panning box uses
a special algorithm to try to allow audio to be focused through one
speaker or branched between the nearest speakers when more than 2
speakers are used.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS">STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PANNING-TRACKS">PANNING TRACKS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS" accesskey="n" rel="next">STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a>, Previous: <a href="#PANNING-TRACKS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PANNING TRACKS</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.4 AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</h3>
+
<p>Several convenience functions are provided for automatically setting
the panning to several common standards. They are listed in the
<b>Audio</b> menu. These functions only affect audio tracks with
<b>recording</b> enabled.
-
- <p><b>Audio->Map 1:1</b> - This maps every track to its own channel and wraps
-around when all the channels are allocated. It's most useful for
+</p>
+<p><b>Audio->Map 1:1</b> - This maps every track to its own channel and wraps
+around when all the channels are allocated. It’s most useful for
making 2 tracks with 2 channels map to stereo and for making 6 tracks
with 6 channels map to a 6 channel soundcard.
-
- <p><b>Audio->Map 5.1:2</b> - This maps 6 tracks to 2 channels. The project
+</p>
+<p><b>Audio->Map 5.1:2</b> - This maps 6 tracks to 2 channels. The project
should have 2 channels when using this function. Go to
<b>Settings->format</b> to set the output channels to 2. This is most
useful for downmixing 5.1 audio to stereo.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS">MANIPULATING TRACKS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING">AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS" accesskey="n" rel="next">MANIPULATING TRACKS</a>, Previous: <a href="#AUTOMATIC-TRACK-PANNING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AUTOMATIC TRACK PANNING</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.5 STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</h3>
<p>Although Cinelerra lets you map any audio track to any speaker, there
are standard mappings you should use to ensure the media can be played
back elsewhere. Also, most audio encoders require the audio tracks to
-be mapped to standard speaker numbers or they won't work.
-
- <p>In the <b>channel position</b> widget See <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>,
+be mapped to standard speaker numbers or they won’t work.
+</p>
+<p>In the <b>channel position</b> widget See <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>,
the channels are numbered to correspond to the output tracks they are
rendered to. For stereo, the source of channel 1 needs to be the left
track and the source of channel 2 needs to be the right track.
-
- <p>For 5.1 surround sound, the sources of the 6 channels need to be in the
+</p>
+<p>For 5.1 surround sound, the sources of the 6 channels need to be in the
order of center, front left, front right, back left, back right, low
-frequency effects. If the right tracks aren't mapped to the right
-speakers, most audio encoders won't encode the right information if
+frequency effects. If the right tracks aren’t mapped to the right
+speakers, most audio encoders won’t encode the right information if
they encode anything at all. The low frequency effects track
-specifically can't store high frequencies in most cases.
+specifically can’t store high frequencies in most cases.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MANIPULATING-TRACKS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING">TWO SCREEN EDITING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS">STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="MANIPULATING-TRACKS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING" accesskey="n" rel="next">TWO SCREEN EDITING</a>, Previous: <a href="#STANDARD-AUDIO-MAPPINGS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">STANDARD AUDIO MAPPINGS</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="MANIPULATING-TRACKS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.6 MANIPULATING TRACKS</h3>
<p>Tracks in Cinelerra either contain audio or video. There is no special
The <b>Tracks</b> menu contains a number of options for dealing with
multiple tracks simultaneously. Each track itself has a popup menu
which affects one track.
-
- <p>Bring up the popup menu by moving over a track and right clicking. The
-popup menu affects the track whether it's armed or not.
-
- <p><b>Move up</b> and <b>move down</b> moves the one track up or down in
+</p>
+<p>Bring up the popup menu by moving over a track and right clicking. The
+popup menu affects the track whether it’s armed or not.
+</p>
+<p><b>Move up</b> and <b>move down</b> moves the one track up or down in
the stack. <b>Delete track</b> deletes the track.
-
- <p>Operations in the <b>Tracks</b> menu affect only tracks which are
+</p>
+<p>Operations in the <b>Tracks</b> menu affect only tracks which are
armed.
-
- <p><b>Move tracks up</b> and <b>Move tracks down</b> shift all the armed
+</p>
+<p><b>Move tracks up</b> and <b>Move tracks down</b> shift all the armed
tracks up or down the stack.
-
- <p><b>Delete tracks</b> deletes the armed tracks.
-
- <p><b>Delete last track</b> deletes the last track, whether it's armed or
+</p>
+<p><b>Delete tracks</b> deletes the armed tracks.
+</p>
+<p><b>Delete last track</b> deletes the last track, whether it’s armed or
not. Holding down the <b>d</b> key quickly deletes all the tracks.
-
- <p><b>Concatenate tracks</b> is more complicated. It takes every
+</p>
+<p><b>Concatenate tracks</b> is more complicated. It takes every
<b>playable</b> track and concatenates it to the end of the first
<b>armed tracks</b>. If there are two armed tracks followed by two
playable tracks, the concatenate operation puts the two playable tracks
instead, two tracks are put after the armed tracks and a third track is
put on the end of the first armed track. The destination track wraps
around until all the playable tracks are concatenated.
-
- <p>Finally, you'll want to create new tracks. The <b>Audio</b> and
+</p>
+<p>Finally, you’ll want to create new tracks. The <b>Audio</b> and
<b>Video</b> menus each contain an option to add a track of their
specific type. In the case of audio, the new track is put on the
bottom of the timeline and the output channel of the audio track is
incremented by one. In the case of video, the new track is put on the
top of the timeline. This way, video has a natural compositing order.
New video tracks are overlayed on top of old tracks.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TWO-SCREEN-EDITING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING">DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS">MANIPULATING TRACKS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="TWO-SCREEN-EDITING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING" accesskey="n" rel="next">DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a>, Previous: <a href="#MANIPULATING-TRACKS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MANIPULATING TRACKS</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TWO-SCREEN-EDITING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.7 TWO SCREEN EDITING</h3>
<p>This is the fastest way to construct a program out of movie files. The
program in another window. Sections of the movie file are defined in
one window and transferred to the end of the program in the other
window.
-
- <p>The way to begin a two screen editing session is to load some
+</p>
+<p>The way to begin a two screen editing session is to load some
resources. In <b>file->load</b> load some movies with the insertion
mode <b>create new resources</b>. You want the timeline to stay
unchanged while new resources are brought in. Go to the Resource
Window and select the <b>media</b> folder. The newly loaded resources
should appear. Drag a resource from the media side of the window over
the Viewer window.
-
- <p>There should be enough armed tracks on the timeline to put the sections
-of source material that you want. If there aren't, create new tracks
+</p>
+<p>There should be enough armed tracks on the timeline to put the sections
+of source material that you want. If there aren’t, create new tracks
or arm more tracks.
-
- <p>In the viewer window seek to the starting point of a clip you want to
+</p>
+<p>In the viewer window seek to the starting point of a clip you want to
use. Use either the <b>slider</b> or the <b>transport controls</b>.
Use the <b>preview region</b> to narrow down the search. Set the
-starting point with the <img src="in_point_button.png" alt="in_point_button.png"> <b>in point button</b>.
-
- <p>Seek to the ending point of the clip you want to use. Set the ending
-point with the <img src="out_point_button.png" alt="out_point_button.png"> <b>out point button</b>. The
+starting point with the <img src="in_point_button.png" alt="in_point_button"> <b>in point button</b>.
+</p>
+<p>Seek to the ending point of the clip you want to use. Set the ending
+point with the <img src="out_point_button.png" alt="out_point_button"> <b>out point button</b>. The
two points should now appear on the timebar and define a clip.
-
- <p>There are several things you can do with the clip now.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
-Splice <img src="splice_button.png" alt="splice_button.png"> inserts the clip in the timeline, pushing
+</p>
+<p>There are several things you can do with the clip now.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
+Splice <img src="splice_button.png" alt="splice_button"> inserts the clip in the timeline, pushing
everything back. If an <b>in point</b> or <b>out point</b> exists on
-the timeline it's inserted there, otherwise it's inserted after the
+the timeline it’s inserted there, otherwise it’s inserted after the
insertion point. After that, the insertion point moves to the end of
the clip. If there is no in/out point, the insertion point will be
used as the next splice location. This way you can continuously build
up the program by splicing.
- <li>
-Overwrite <img src="overwrite_button.png" alt="overwrite_button.png"> overwrites the region of the
+</li><li>
+Overwrite <img src="overwrite_button.png" alt="overwrite_button"> overwrites the region of the
timeline with the clip. If an <b>in point</b> or <b>out point</b>
-exists on the timeline it's overwritten there, otherwise it's
+exists on the timeline it’s overwritten there, otherwise it’s
overwritten after the insertion point. If a region is highlighted or
both in and out points exist the difference between the active region
and the clip length is deleted.
- <li>
-Create a clip <img src="toclip_button.png" alt="toclip_button.png"> generates a new clip for the
-resource window containing the affected region but doesn't change the
+
+
+</li><li>
+Create a clip <img src="toclip_button.png" alt="toclip_button"> generates a new clip for the
+resource window containing the affected region but doesn’t change the
timeline. Every clip has a title and a description. These are
optional.
- <li>
+</li><li>
Copy behaves the same as in cut and paste editing.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
- <p>Two screen editing can be done purely by keybard shortcuts. When you
+<p>Two screen editing can be done purely by keybard shortcuts. When you
move the pointer over any button a tooltip should appear, showing what
key is bound to that button. In the Viewer window, the number pad keys
control the transport and the <b>[ ] v</b> keys perform in/out points
and splicing.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING">CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING">TWO SCREEN EDITING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING" accesskey="n" rel="next">CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a>, Previous: <a href="#TWO-SCREEN-EDITING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TWO SCREEN EDITING</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.8 DRAG AND DROP EDITING</h3>
<p>The answer is yes, you can you create a bunch of clips and drag them on
the timeline. You can also drag edits around the timeline.
-
- <p>Load some files using <b>file->load</b>. Set the insertion mode to
+</p>
+<p>Load some files using <b>file->load</b>. Set the insertion mode to
<b>Create new resources</b>. This loads the files into the Resource
Window. Create some audio and video tracks on the timeline using the
video and audio menus.
-
- <p>Open the <b>Media</b> folder in the resource window. Drag a media file
+</p>
+<p>Open the <b>Media</b> folder in the resource window. Drag a media file
from the resource window to the timeline. If the media has video, drag
it onto a video track. If the media is pure audio, drag it onto an
audio track.
-
- <p>Cinelerra fills out the audio and video tracks below the dragging
+</p>
+<p>Cinelerra fills out the audio and video tracks below the dragging
cursor with data from the file. This affects what tracks you should
create initially and which track to drag the media onto. If the media
-has one video track and two audio tracks, you'll need one video track
+has one video track and two audio tracks, you’ll need one video track
and two audio tracks on the timeline and the media should be dragged
-over the first video track. If the media has audio only you'll need
+over the first video track. If the media has audio only you’ll need
one audio track on the timeline for every audio track in the media and
the media should be dragged over the first audio track.
-
- <p>When dragging, the media snaps to the start of track if the track is
+</p>
+<p>When dragging, the media snaps to the start of track if the track is
empty. If there are edits on the track, the media snaps to the nearest
edit boundary.
-
- <p>You can also drag multiple files from the resource window. Either draw
+</p>
+<p>You can also drag multiple files from the resource window. Either draw
a box around the files, use SHIFT, or use CTRL when selecting files.
When you drop the files in the timeline, they are concatenated. The
behavior of SHIFT and CTRL changes depending on if the resources are in
text or icons.
-
- <p>To display the resources as text or icons, right click inside the media
+</p>
+<p>To display the resources as text or icons, right click inside the media
list. Select either <b>display icons</b> or <b>display text</b> to
change the list format.
-
- <p>When displaying text in the resource window <b>SHIFT-clicking</b> on
+</p>
+<p>When displaying text in the resource window <b>SHIFT-clicking</b> on
media files extends the number of highlighted selections.
<b>CTRL-clicking</b> on media files in text mode selects additional
files one at a time.
-
- <p>When displaying icons in the resource window <b>SHIFT-clicking</b> or
+</p>
+<p>When displaying icons in the resource window <b>SHIFT-clicking</b> or
<b>CTRL-clicking</b> selects media files one at a time.
-
- <p>In addition to dragging media files, if you create clips and open the
+</p>
+<p>In addition to dragging media files, if you create clips and open the
<b>clip</b> folder you can drag clips on the timeline.
-
- <p>In the timeline there is further dragging functionality. To enable the
+</p>
+<p>In the timeline there is further dragging functionality. To enable the
dragging functionality of the timeline, select the arrow toggle
-<img src="arrow.png" alt="arrow.png">. Move over an edit and drag it. If more than one
+<img src="arrow.png" alt="arrow">. Move over an edit and drag it. If more than one
track is armed, Cinelerra will drag any edits which start on the same
position as the edit the cursur is currently over. During a dragging
operation the edit snaps to the nearest boundary.
-
- <p>Dragging edits around the timeline allows you to sort music playlists,
+</p>
+<p>Dragging edits around the timeline allows you to sort music playlists,
sort movie scenes, and give better NAB demos but not much else.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TRIMMING">TRIMMING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING">DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TRIMMING" accesskey="n" rel="next">TRIMMING</a>, Previous: <a href="#DRAG-AND-DROP-EDITING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DRAG AND DROP EDITING</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.9 CUT AND PASTE EDITING</h3>
<p>This is the traditional method of editing in audio editors. In the
case of Cinelerra, you either need to start a second copy of Cinelerra
and copy from one copy to the other, copy from different tracks in the
same copy, or load a media file into the Viewer and copy from there.
-
- <p>Load some files onto the timeline. To perform cut and paste editing
-select the <img src="ibeam.png" alt="ibeam.png"> i-beam toggle. Select a region of the
-timeline and select the <img src="cut.png" alt="cut.png"> cut button to cut it. Move the
+</p>
+<p>Load some files onto the timeline. To perform cut and paste editing
+select the <img src="ibeam.png" alt="ibeam"> i-beam toggle. Select a region of the
+timeline and select the <img src="cut.png" alt="cut"> cut button to cut it. Move the
insertion point to another point in the timeline and select the
-<img src="paste.png" alt="paste.png"> paste button. Assuming no in/out points are defined on
+<img src="paste.png" alt="paste"> paste button. Assuming no in/out points are defined on
the timeline this performs a cut and paste operation.
-
- <p>If in/out points are defined, the insertion point and highlighted
+</p>
+<p>If in/out points are defined, the insertion point and highlighted
region are overridden by the in/out points for clipboard operations.
Thus, with in/out points you can perform cut and paste in drag and drop
mode as well as cut and paste mode.
-
- <p>When editing audio, it is customary to cut from one part of a waveform
+</p>
+<p>When editing audio, it is customary to cut from one part of a waveform
into the same part of another waveform. The start and stop points of
the cut are identical in each waveform and might be offset slightly,
while the wave data is different. It would be very hard to highlight
one waveform to cut it and highlight the second waveform to paste it
without changing the relative start and stop positions.
-
- <p>One option for simplifying this is to open a second copy of Cinelerra,
+</p>
+<p>One option for simplifying this is to open a second copy of Cinelerra,
cutting and pasting to transport media between the two copies. This
way two highlighed regions can exist simultanously.
-
- <p>Another option is to set in/out points for the source region of the
+</p>
+<p>Another option is to set in/out points for the source region of the
source waveform and set labels for the destination region of the
destination waveform. Perform a cut, clear the in/out points, select
the region between the labels, and perform a paste.
+</p>
+
- <p>A final operation in cut and paste editing is the <b>edit->clear</b>
+<p>A final operation in cut and paste editing is the <b>edit->clear</b>
operation. If a region is highlighted or in/out points exist, the
affected region is cleared by <b>edit->clear</b>. But if the insertion
point is over an edit boundary and the edits on each side of the edit
comprised by the resource. The start of this one edit is the start of
the first edit and the end of this one edit is the end of the second
edit. This either results in the edit expanding or shrinking.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TRIMMING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING">CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="TRIMMING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#CUT-AND-PASTE-EDITING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CUT AND PASTE EDITING</a>, Up: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">EDITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TRIMMING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">9.10 TRIMMING</h3>
-<p>With some edits on the timeline it's possible to do trimming. By
+<p>With some edits on the timeline it’s possible to do trimming. By
trimming you shrink or grow the edit boundaries by dragging them. In
either drag and drop mode or cut and paste mode, move the cursor over
an edit boundary until it changes shape. The cursor will either be an
expand left or an expand right. If the cursor is an expand left, the
dragging operation affects the beginning of the edit. If the cursor is
an expand right, the dragging operation affects the end of the edit.
-
- <p>When you click on an edit boundary to start dragging, the mouse button
+</p>
+<p>When you click on an edit boundary to start dragging, the mouse button
number determines which dragging behavior is going to be followed. 3
possible behaviors are bound to mouse buttons in the interface
preferences. See <a href="#INTERFACE">INTERFACE</a>.
-
- <p>The effect of each drag operation not only depends on the behavior
-button but whether the beginning or end of the edit is being dragged.
+</p>
+<p>The effect of each drag operation not only depends on the behavior
+button but whether the beginning or end of the edit is being dragged.
When you release the mouse button, the trimming operation is performed.
-
- <p>In a <b>Drag all following edits</b> operation, the beginning of the
+</p>
+<p>In a <b>Drag all following edits</b> operation, the beginning of the
edit either cuts data from the edit if you move it forward or pastes
new data from before the edit if you move it backward. The end of the
edit pastes data into the edit if you move it forward or cuts data from
the end of the edit if you move it backward. All the edits thereafter
shift. Finally, if you drag the end of the edit past the start of the
edit, the edit is deleted.
-
- <p>In a <b>Drag only one edit</b> operation, the behavior is the same when
+</p>
+<p>In a <b>Drag only one edit</b> operation, the behavior is the same when
you drag the beginning or end of an edit. The only difference is none
of the other edits in the track shift. Instead, anything adjacent to
the current edit expands or shrinks to fill gaps left by the drag
operation.
-
- <p>In a <b>Drag source only</b> operation, nothing is cut or pasted. If
+</p>
+<p>In a <b>Drag source only</b> operation, nothing is cut or pasted. If
you move the beginning or end of the edit forward, the source reference
in the edit shifts forward. If you move the beginning or end of the
edit backward, the source reference shifts backward. Where the edit
appears in the timeline remains the same but the source shifts.
-
- <p>For all file formats besides still images, the extent of the trimming
+</p>
+<p>For all file formats besides still images, the extent of the trimming
operation is clamped to the source file length. Attempting to drag the
start of the edit beyond the start of the source clamps it to the
source start.
-
- <p>In all trimming operations, all edits which start on the same position
+</p>
+<p>In all trimming operations, all edits which start on the same position
as the cursor when the drag operation begins are affected. Unarm
tracks to prevent edits from getting affected.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="USING-EFFECTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#EDITING">EDITING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="USING-EFFECTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="n" rel="next">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>, Previous: <a href="#EDITING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">EDITING</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="USING-EFFECTS-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">10 USING EFFECTS</h2>
<p>It would be sufficient to perform all changes to the timeline using
-editing operations, but this isn't very extensible. Certain timeline
+editing operations, but this isn’t very extensible. Certain timeline
changes should produce a different effect in the output without
involving a unique procedure to apply each change. This is why we have
effects.
-
- <p>Effects fall into three categories, and each effect in a category is
+</p>
+<p>Effects fall into three categories, and each effect in a category is
applied using the same procedure.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS">REALTIME EFFECTS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS">RENDERED EFFECTS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#TRANSITIONS">TRANSITIONS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS">LADSPA EFFECTS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#EFFECT-PRESETS">EFFECT PRESETS</a>
-</ul>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS" accesskey="1">REALTIME EFFECTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS" accesskey="2">RENDERED EFFECTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TRANSITIONS" accesskey="3">TRANSITIONS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS" accesskey="4">LADSPA EFFECTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#EFFECT-PRESETS" accesskey="5">EFFECT PRESETS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="REALTIME-EFFECTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS">RENDERED EFFECTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="REALTIME-EFFECTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS" accesskey="n" rel="next">RENDERED EFFECTS</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="REALTIME-EFFECTS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">10.1 REALTIME EFFECTS</h3>
<p>These are layered under the track they apply to. They process the
track when the track is played back, with no permanent storage of the
output except when the project is rendered.
-
- <p><b>APPLYING REALTIME EFFECTS</b>
-
- <p>All the realtime effects are listed in the resource window, divided
+</p>
+<p><b>APPLYING REALTIME EFFECTS</b>
+</p>
+<p>All the realtime effects are listed in the resource window, divided
into two groups: audio effects and video effects. Audio effects should
be dragged from the resource window onto audio tracks. Video effects
should be dragged onto video tracks.
-
- <p>If there is data on the destination track, the effect is applied to the
+</p>
+<p>If there is data on the destination track, the effect is applied to the
entire track. If there is no data on the track the effect is deleted.
Finally, if a region of the track is selected the effect is pasted into
the region, regardless of whether there is data.
-
- <p>Some of the effects don't process data but synthesize data. In the
-case of a synthesis effect, you'll want to select a region of the
+</p>
+<p>Some of the effects don’t process data but synthesize data. In the
+case of a synthesis effect, you’ll want to select a region of the
track so the dragging operation pastes it without deleting it.
-
- <p>When dragging more than one effect onto a track, you'll see the effects
+</p>
+<p>When dragging more than one effect onto a track, you’ll see the effects
layering from top to bottom, on the bottom of the track. When the
track is played back, effects are processed from top to bottom. The
output of the top effect becomes the input of the bottom effect and so
on and so forth.
-
- <p>In addition to dragging from the resource window, there are 2 other
+</p>
+<p>In addition to dragging from the resource window, there are 2 other
methods of applying them:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>APPLYING FROM THE TRACK POPUP MENU:</b>
- <ul>
-<li><b>APPLYING FROM THE TRACK POPUP MENU:</b>
-
- <p>Right click on a track and select <b>Attach effect</b> from the popup. The attach effect
+<p>Right click on a track and select <b>Attach effect</b> from the popup. The attach effect
dialog gives you more control than pure dragging and dropping. For one
thing, the attach effect dialog lets you attach two more types of
effects: shared effects and shared tracks. Select a plugin from the
<b>Plugins</b> column and hit <b>Attach</b> under the plugins column to attach
it. The effect is the same as if the effect was dragged from the
resource window.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>APPLYING FROM THE AUDIO AND VIDEO MENUS:</b>
- <li><b>APPLYING FROM THE AUDIO AND VIDEO MENUS:</b>
-
- <p>Select <b>Audio->Attach effect...</b> or <b>Video->Attach effect</b> to attach
+<p>Select <b>Audio->Attach effect...</b> or <b>Video->Attach effect</b> to attach
a realtime effect to all the recordable tracks simultaneously. The
advantage with this is most of the time you want to attach the same
effect to all the audio tracks and the other two methods require
repeating the same work for every track.
-
- <p>The menu interface has an option called <b>Attach single standalone and
+</p>
+<p>The menu interface has an option called <b>Attach single standalone and
share others</b>. Enable this to make the first track get a standalone
effect and to have the other tracks share the standalone effect. Most
of the time, you want this to be on.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
- <p>When an effect exists under a track, it most often needs to be
+<p>When an effect exists under a track, it most often needs to be
configured. Go to the effect and right click on it to bring up the
effect popup. In the effect popup is a <b>show</b> option. The show
option causes the GUI for the effect to appear under the cursor. Most
-effects have GUI's but some don't. If the effect doesn't have a GUI,
+effects have GUI’s but some don’t. If the effect doesn’t have a GUI,
nothing pops up when the <b>show</b> option is selected. When you
tweek parameters in the effect GUI, the parameters normally effect the
entire duration of the effect.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES">REALTIME EFFECT TYPES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS">EDITING REALTIME EFFECTS</a>
-</ul>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES" accesskey="1">REALTIME EFFECT TYPES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS" accesskey="2">EDITING REALTIME EFFECTS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS">EDITING REALTIME EFFECTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS">REALTIME EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS" accesskey="n" rel="next">EDITING REALTIME EFFECTS</a>, Up: <a href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">REALTIME EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">10.1.1 REALTIME EFFECT TYPES</h4>
<p>The two other effect types supported by the Attach Effect dialog are
recycled effects. In order to use a recycled effect, three requiremenets
must be met:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> There must be other effects in the timeline.
- <ul>
-<li>There must be other effects in the timeline.
-
- <li>
-The other effects must be of the same type as the track you're
+</li><li>
+The other effects must be of the same type as the track you’re
attaching an effect to. If the track is an audio track, the effects
must be audio effects. If the track is a video track, the effects must
be video effects.
- <li>
+</li><li>
The insertion point or selected region must start inside the other effects.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
- <p>In the case of a shared effect, these conditions must be true. In the
+<p>In the case of a shared effect, these conditions must be true. In the
case of a shared track, there merely must be another track on the
-timeline of the same type as the track you're applying an effect to.
-If you right clicked on a video track to attach an effect, there won't
+timeline of the same type as the track you’re applying an effect to.
+If you right clicked on a video track to attach an effect, there won’t
be anything in the <b>shared tracks</b> column if no other video track
-exists. If you right clicked on an audio track there won't be anything
+exists. If you right clicked on an audio track there won’t be anything
in the shared track column if no other audio track exists.
-
- <p>If shared effects or shared tracks are available, they appear in the
+</p>
+<p>If shared effects or shared tracks are available, they appear in the
<b>shared effects</b> and <b>shared tracks</b> columns. The
<b>attach</b> button under each column causes anything highlighted in
the column to be attached under the current track.
-
- <p>Shared effects and shared tracks allow very unique things to be done.
+</p>
+<p>Shared effects and shared tracks allow very unique things to be done.
In the case of a shared effect, the shared effect is treated like a
-copy of the original effect except in the shared effect the GUI can't
+copy of the original effect except in the shared effect the GUI can’t
be brought up. All configuration of the shared effect is determined by
the GUI of the original effect and only the GUI of the original effect
can be brought up.
-
- <p>When a shared effect is played back, it's processed just like a normal
+</p>
+<p>When a shared effect is played back, it’s processed just like a normal
effect except the configuration is copied from the original effect.
Some effects detect when they are being shared, like the reverb effects
and the compressor. These effects determine what tracks are sharing
them and either mix the two tracks together or use one track to stage
some value. The reverb mixes tracks together to simulate ambience.
The compressor uses one of the sharing tracks as the trigger.
-
- <p>When an original track has a <b>shared track</b> as one of its effects,
+</p>
+<p>When an original track has a <b>shared track</b> as one of its effects,
the shared track itself is used as a realtime effect. This is more
commonly known as <b>bouncing tracks</b> but Cinelerra achieves the
same operation by attaching shared tracks. The fade and any effects in
the shared track are applied to the original track. Once the shared
track has processed the data, the original track performs any effects
which come below the shared track and then composites it on the output.
-
- <p>In addition, once the shared track has processed the output of the
+</p>
+<p>In addition, once the shared track has processed the output of the
original track like a realtime effect, the shared track mixes itself
-into the output with it's settings for pan, mode, and projector. Thus,
+into the output with it’s settings for pan, mode, and projector. Thus,
two tracks are mixing the same data on the output. Most of the time
-you don't want the shared track to mix the same data as the original
+you don’t want the shared track to mix the same data as the original
track on the output. You want it to stop right before the mixing stage
and give the data back to the original track. Do this by enabling the
-<img src="mutepatch_up.png" alt="mutepatch_up.png"> mute toggle next to each track for whom you don't
+<img src="mutepatch_up.png" alt="mutepatch_up"> mute toggle next to each track for whom you don’t
want to mix on the output.
-
- <p>Suppose you were making video and you did want the shared track to
-composite the original track's data on the output a second time. In
+</p>
+<p>Suppose you were making video and you did want the shared track to
+composite the original track’s data on the output a second time. In
the case of video, the video from the shared track would always appear
under the video from the original track, regardless of whether it was
on top of the original track. This is because shared tracks are
-composited in order of their attachment. Since it's part of the original
+composited in order of their attachment. Since it’s part of the original
track it has to be composited before the original track is composited.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES">REALTIME EFFECT TYPES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS">REALTIME EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#REALTIME-EFFECT-TYPES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">REALTIME EFFECT TYPES</a>, Up: <a href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">REALTIME EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="EDITING-REALTIME-EFFECTS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">10.1.2 EDITING REALTIME EFFECTS</h4>
<p>Many operations exist for manipulating effects once they are in the
timeline. Because mixing effects and media is such complex business,
-the methods used in editing effects aren't as concise as cutting and
+the methods used in editing effects aren’t as concise as cutting and
pasting. Some of the editing happens by dragging in/out points, some
of the editing happens through popup menus, and some of it happens by
dragging effects.
-
- <p>Normally when you edit tracks, the effects follow the editing
+</p>
+<p>Normally when you edit tracks, the effects follow the editing
decisions. If you cut from a track, the effect shrinks. If you drag
edit in/out points, the effect changes length. This behavior can be
disabled by selecting <b>Settings->edit effects</b> in the project
window. This decouples effects from editing operations, but what if
you just want to edit the effects?
-
- <p>Move the timeline cursor over the effect borders until it changes to a
+</p>
+<p>Move the timeline cursor over the effect borders until it changes to a
resize left or resize right icon. In this state, if you drag the end
of the effect, it performs an edit just like dragging the end of a
-track does.
-
- <p>The three editing behaviors of track trimming apply to effect trimming
+track does.
+</p>
+<p>The three editing behaviors of track trimming apply to effect trimming
and they are bound to the mouse buttons that you set in <b>interface
preferences</b>. See <a href="#INTERFACE">INTERFACE</a>. When you perform a trim edit on an
effect, the effect boundary is moved by dragging on it. Unlike track
editing, the effect has no source length. You can extend the end of an
effect as much as desired without being limited.
-
- <p>Also unlike track editing, the starting position of the drag operation
-doesn't bind the edit decision to media. The media the effect is bound
-to doesn't follow effect edits. Other effects; however, do follow
+</p>
+<p>Also unlike track editing, the starting position of the drag operation
+doesn’t bind the edit decision to media. The media the effect is bound
+to doesn’t follow effect edits. Other effects; however, do follow
editing decisions made on an effect. If you drag the end of an effect
which is lined up to effects on other tracks, the effects on the other
tracks will be edited while the media stays the same.
-
- <p>What happens if you trim the end of an effect in, leaving a lot of
+</p>
+<p>What happens if you trim the end of an effect in, leaving a lot of
unaffected time near the end of the track? When you drag an effect in
from the Resource Window you can insert the effect in the portion of
the row unoccupied by the trimming operation. Realtime effects are
organized into rows under the track. Each row can have multiple
effects.
-
- <p>In some cases you'll want a trimming operation to change only one row
+</p>
+<p>In some cases you’ll want a trimming operation to change only one row
of effects. This can be achieved by first positioning the insertion
point on the start or end of the effect. Then press <b>shift</b> while
beginning the trimming operation. This causes the operation to change
only one row of effects.
-
- <p>In addition to trimming, you can move effects up or down. Every track
+</p>
+<p>In addition to trimming, you can move effects up or down. Every track
can have a stack of effects under it. By moving an effect up or down
you change the order in which effects are processed in the stack. Go
to an effect and right click to bring up the effect menu. The
<b>Move up</b> and <b>Move down</b> options move the effect up or down.
-
- <p>When you're moving effects up or down, be aware that if they're shared
+</p>
+<p>When you’re moving effects up or down, be aware that if they’re shared
as <b>shared effects</b>, any references will be pointing to a
different effect after the move operation.
-
- <p>Finally, there's dragging of effects. Dragging effects works just like
-dragging edits. You must select the <img src="arrow.png" alt="arrow.png"> arrow to enter drag and
+</p>
+<p>Finally, there’s dragging of effects. Dragging effects works just like
+dragging edits. You must select the <img src="arrow.png" alt="arrow"> arrow to enter drag and
drop mode before dragging effects. The effects snap to media
boundaries, effect boundaries, and tracks. Be aware if you drag a
reference to a shared effect, the reference will usually point to the
wrong effect afterwards.
-
- <p>Right click on an effect to bring up a menu for the effect. Select
+</p>
+<p>Right click on an effect to bring up a menu for the effect. Select
<b>attach...</b> to change the effect or change the reference if it is
a shared effect.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="RENDERED-EFFECTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TRANSITIONS">TRANSITIONS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS">REALTIME EFFECTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="RENDERED-EFFECTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TRANSITIONS" accesskey="n" rel="next">TRANSITIONS</a>, Previous: <a href="#REALTIME-EFFECTS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">REALTIME EFFECTS</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="RENDERED-EFFECTS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">10.2 RENDERED EFFECTS</h3>
+
<p>Another type of effect is performed on a section of the track and the
result stored somewhere before it is played back. The result is
usually pasted into the track to replace the original data.
-
- <p>In 15 years, the only effect we actually ever rendered with this feature
-was <b>normalize</b>. We've never rendered an effect which could be
+</p>
+<p>In 15 years, the only effect we actually ever rendered with this feature
+was <b>normalize</b>. We’ve never rendered an effect which could be
applied on the timeline, even though this feature supports rendering
realtime effects.
-
- <p>This feature was implemented back when computers were too slow to play
+</p>
+<p>This feature was implemented back when computers were too slow to play
back anything in realtime. Decent sounding reverb took a long time &
was considered major number crunching.
-
- <p>The rendered effects are not listed in the resource window but instead
+</p>
+<p>The rendered effects are not listed in the resource window but instead
are accessed through the <b>Audio->Render effect</b> and
<b>Video->Render effect</b> menu options. Each of these menu options
brings up a dialog for the rendered effect. Rendered effects apply to
only one type of track, either audio or video. If no tracks of the
type exist, an error pops up.
-
- <p>A region of the timeline to apply the effect to must be defined before
+</p>
+<p>A region of the timeline to apply the effect to must be defined before
selecting <b>Render effect...</b>. If no in/out points and no
highlighted region exists, the entire region after the insertion point
is treated as the affected region. Otherwise, the region between the
in/out points or the highlighted region is the affected region.
-
- <p>Secondly, the tracks to apply the rendered affect to need to be
+</p>
+<p>Secondly, the tracks to apply the rendered affect to need to be
<b>armed</b>. All other tracks are ignored.
-
- <p>Finally, the rendered affect processes certain track attributes when it
+</p>
+<p>Finally, the rendered affect processes certain track attributes when it
reads its input data but not others. Transitions in the affected track
are applied. Nudge is not and effects are not. This allows the new
data to be pasted into the existing position without changing the nudge
value.
-
- <p>In the render effect dialog is a list of all the realtime and all the
+</p>
+<p>In the render effect dialog is a list of all the realtime and all the
rendered effects. The difference here is that the realtime effects are
rendered to disk and not applied under the track. Highlight an effect
in the list to designate it as the one being performed.
-
- <p>Define a file to render the effect to in the <b>Select a file to
-render to</b> box. The <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify.png"> magnifying glass allows file
-selection from a list.
-
- <p>Select a file format which can handle the track type. The
-<img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench.png"> wrench allows configuration specific to the file format.
-
- <p>There is also an option for creating a new file at each label. If you
+</p>
+<p>Define a file to render the effect to in the <b>Select a file to
+render to</b> box. The <img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify"> magnifying glass allows file
+selection from a list.
+</p>
+<p>Select a file format which can handle the track type. The
+<img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench"> wrench allows configuration specific to the file format.
+</p>
+<p>There is also an option for creating a new file at each label. If you
have a CD rip on the timeline which you want to divide into different
files, the labels would become dividing points between the files if
this option were selected. When the timeline is divided by labels, the
effect is re-initialized at every label. Normalize operations take the
peak in the current file and not in the entire timeline.
-
- <p>Finally there is an insertion strategy just like in the render dialog.
+</p>
+<p>Finally there is an insertion strategy just like in the render dialog.
It should be noted that even though the effect applies only to audio or
video, the insertion strategy applies to all tracks just like a
clipboard operation.
-
- <p>When you click <b>OK</b> in the effect dialog, it calls the GUI of the
+</p>
+<p>When you click <b>OK</b> in the effect dialog, it calls the GUI of the
effect. If the effect is also a realtime effect, a second GUI appears
to prompt for acceptance or rejection of the current settings. After
accepting the settings, the effect is processed.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TRANSITIONS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS">LADSPA EFFECTS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS">RENDERED EFFECTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="TRANSITIONS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS" accesskey="n" rel="next">LADSPA EFFECTS</a>, Previous: <a href="#RENDERED-EFFECTS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">RENDERED EFFECTS</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TRANSITIONS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">10.3 TRANSITIONS</h3>
<p>When one edit ends and another edit begins, the default behaviour is to
-have the first edit's output immediately become the output of the
+have the first edit’s output immediately become the output of the
second edit when played back. Transitions are a way for the first
-edit's output to become the second edit's output with different
+edit’s output to become the second edit’s output with different
variations.
-
- <p>Cinelerra supports audio and video transitions, all of which are listed
+</p>
+<p>Cinelerra supports audio and video transitions, all of which are listed
in the resource window. Transitions may only apply to the matching
track type. Transitions under <b>audio transitions</b> can only apply
to audio tracks. Transitions under <b>video transitions</b> can only
apply to video tracks.
-
- <p>Load a video file and cut a section from the center so the edit point
+</p>
+<p>Load a video file and cut a section from the center so the edit point
is visible on the timeline. Go the resource window and click on the
<b>Video transitions</b> folder. Drag a transition from the transition
list onto the second video edit on the timeline. A box highlights over
where the transition will appear. Releasing it over the second edit
applies the transition between the first and second edit.
-
- <p>You can now scrub over the transition with the transport controls and
+</p>
+<p>You can now scrub over the transition with the transport controls and
watch the output in the <b>Compositor window</b>. Scrubbing with the
-insertion point doesn't normally show transitions because the
+insertion point doesn’t normally show transitions because the
transition durations are usually too short. The exact point in time
-when the transition takes effect isn't straightforward. It starts when
+when the transition takes effect isn’t straightforward. It starts when
the second edit begins and lasts a certain amount of time into the
second edit. Therefore, the first asset needs to have enough data
after the edit point to fill the transition into the second edit.
-
- <p>Once the transition is in place, it can be edited similarly to an
+</p>
+<p>Once the transition is in place, it can be edited similarly to an
effect. Move the pointer over the transition and right click to bring
up the transition menu. The <b>show</b> option brings up specific
parameters for the transition in question if there are any. The
Once these two parameters are set, they are applied to future
transitions until they are changed again. Finally, the <b>detach</b>
option removes the transition from the timeline.
-
- <p>Dragging and dropping transitions from the Resource window to the
+</p>
+<p>Dragging and dropping transitions from the Resource window to the
Program window can be really slow and tiring. Fortunately, once you
drag a transition from the Resource window, the <b>U</b> and <b>u</b>
keys will paste the same transition. The <b>U</b> key pastes the last
video transition and the <b>u</b> key pastes the last audio transition
on all the recordable tracks. If the insertion point or in point is
-over an edit, the beginning of the edit is covered by the transition.
-
- <p>It should be noted that when playing transitions from the timeline to a
+over an edit, the beginning of the edit is covered by the transition.
+</p>
+<p>It should be noted that when playing transitions from the timeline to a
hardware accelerated video device, the hardware acceleration will
usually be turned off momentarily during the transition and on after
the transition in order to render the transition. Using an
unaccelerated video device for the entire timeline normally removes the
disturbance.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LADSPA-EFFECTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#EFFECT-PRESETS">EFFECT PRESETS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TRANSITIONS">TRANSITIONS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="LADSPA-EFFECTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#EFFECT-PRESETS" accesskey="n" rel="next">EFFECT PRESETS</a>, Previous: <a href="#TRANSITIONS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TRANSITIONS</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LADSPA-EFFECTS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">10.4 LADSPA EFFECTS</h3>
+
<p>LADSPA effects are supported in realtime and rendered mode for audio.
The LADSPA plugins you get from the internet vary in quality. Most
-can't be tweeked in realtime very easily and work better when
+can’t be tweeked in realtime very easily and work better when
rendered. Some crash and some can only be applied to one track due to
a lack of reentrancy. Although Cinelerra implements the LADSPA
interface as accurately as possible, multiple tracks of realtime,
simultaneous processing go beyond the majority of LADSPA users. LADSPA
effects appear in the audio folder as the hammer and screwdriver, to
signify that they are Plugins for Linux Audio Developers.
-
- <p>LADSPA Effects are enabled merely by setting the <b>LADSPA_PATH</b>
+</p>
+<p>LADSPA Effects are enabled merely by setting the <b>LADSPA_PATH</b>
environment variable to the location of your LADSPA plugins or putting
them in the <b>/usr/lib/cinelerra</b> directory.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="EFFECT-PRESETS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS">LADSPA EFFECTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="EFFECT-PRESETS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#LADSPA-EFFECTS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LADSPA EFFECTS</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="EFFECT-PRESETS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">10.5 EFFECT PRESETS</h3>
<p>Save and recall all the settings for an effect by using the <b>presets</b>
title</b> and clicking <b>save</b>. Recall the settings in a preset by
highlighting it and clicking <b>Apply</b>. Delete a preset by highlighting
it and clicking <b>Delete</b>.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#USING-EFFECTS">USING EFFECTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="n" rel="next">COMPOSITING</a>, Previous: <a href="#USING-EFFECTS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">USING EFFECTS</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">11 SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</h2>
<p>When you play media files in Cinelerra, the media files have a certain
number of tracks, a certain frame size, a certain sample size, and so
on and so forth. No matter what the media file has; however, it is
still played back according to the project attributes. If an audio
-file's samplerate is different than the project attributes, it is
-resampled. If a video file's frame size is different than the project
+file’s samplerate is different than the project attributes, it is
+resampled. If a video file’s frame size is different than the project
attributes, it is composited on a black frame, either cropped or
bordered with black.
-
- <p>The project attributes are adjusted in <b>Settings->Set Format</b> and in
+</p>
+<p>The project attributes are adjusted in <b>Settings->Set Format</b> and in
to a more limited extent in <b>File->New</b>. When you adjust project
settings in <b>file->new</b> a new timeline is created with no data.
Every timeline created from this point uses the same settings. When
you adjust settings in <b>settings->format</b>, the timeline is not
recreated with no data but every timeline created from this point uses
the same settings.
-
- <p>In addition to the traditional settings for sample rate, frame rate,
+</p>
+<p>In addition to the traditional settings for sample rate, frame rate,
frame size, Cinelerra uses some unusual settings like <b>channel
positions, color model, and aspect ratio.</b>
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS">AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#COLOR-MODEL">COLOR MODEL</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#ASPECT-RATIO">ASPECT RATIO</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COLOR-MODEL">COLOR MODEL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>
-</div>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS" accesskey="1">AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COLOR-MODEL" accesskey="2">COLOR MODEL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ASPECT-RATIO" accesskey="3">ASPECT RATIO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<h3 class="section">11.1 AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</h3>
-<p>The currently enabled audio channels and their positions in the user
-interface boxes are displayed in the channel position widget.
- <pre class="sp">
-</pre>
-<img src="channelpositions.png" alt="channelpositions.png">
- <pre class="sp">
+<hr>
+<a name="AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COLOR-MODEL" accesskey="n" rel="next">COLOR MODEL</a>, Up: <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="u" rel="up">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">11.1 AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</h3>
+<p>The currently enabled audio channels and their positions in the user
+interface boxes are displayed in the channel position widget.
+</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<img src="channelpositions.png" alt="channelpositions">
+<br>
+<br>
-</pre>
- <p>The channels are numbered. When rendered, the output from channel 1 is
+<p>The channels are numbered. When rendered, the output from channel 1 is
rendered to the first output track in the file or the first soundcard
channel of the soundcard. Later channels are rendered to their
successively numbered output tracks.
-
- <p>The audio channel locations correspond to where in the panning widgets
+</p>
+<p>The audio channel locations correspond to where in the panning widgets
each of the audio outputs is. The closer the panning position is to
one of the audio outputs, the more signal that speaker gets. Click on
a speaker icon and drag to change the audio channel location.
-
- <p>The speakers can be in any orientation. A different speaker
+</p>
+<p>The speakers can be in any orientation. A different speaker
arrangement is stored for every number of audio channels since normally
-you don't want the same speaker arrangement for different numbers of
+you don’t want the same speaker arrangement for different numbers of
channels.
-
- <p>Channel positions is the only setting which doesn't affect the output
+</p>
+<p>Channel positions is the only setting which doesn’t affect the output
necessarily. Click on a speaker icon and drag to change the position
of a channel. It is merely a convenience so when more than 2 channels
are used, the pan controls on the timeline can distinguish between
them. It has nothing to do with the actual arrangement of speakers.
+</p>
- <p>But different channels can be positioned very close together to make
+<p>But different channels can be positioned very close together to make
them have the same output.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="COLOR-MODEL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ASPECT-RATIO">ASPECT RATIO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS">AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="COLOR-MODEL"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ASPECT-RATIO" accesskey="n" rel="next">ASPECT RATIO</a>, Previous: <a href="#AUDIO-CHANNEL-POSITIONS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AUDIO CHANNEL POSITIONS</a>, Up: <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="u" rel="up">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="COLOR-MODEL-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">11.2 COLOR MODEL</h3>
<p>Color model is very important for video playback because video has the
-disadvantage of being very slow. Although it isn't noticable, audio
+disadvantage of being very slow. Although it isn’t noticable, audio
intermediates contain much more information than the audio on disk and
the audio which is played. Audio always uses the highest bandwidth
-intermediate because it's fast.
-
- <p>Video intermediates must use the least amount of data for the required
-quality because it's slow, but video intermediates still use a higher
+intermediate because it’s fast.
+</p>
+<p>Video intermediates must use the least amount of data for the required
+quality because it’s slow, but video intermediates still use a higher
bandwidth color model than video which is stored and video which is
played. This allows more processing to be done with less destruction
-of the original data.
-
- <p>The video is stored on disk in one colormodel, normally compressed
+of the original data.
+</p>
+<p>The video is stored on disk in one colormodel, normally compressed
using a YUV derivative. When played back, Cinelerra decompresses it
from the file format directly into the format of the output device. If
effects are processed, the decompression is into an intermediate
colormodel first and the intermediate colormodel is then converted to
the format of the output device. The selection of intermediate
colormodel determines how accurate and fast the effects are.
-
- <p>Cinelerra colormodels are described using a certain packing order of
+</p>
+<p>Cinelerra colormodels are described using a certain packing order of
components and a certain number of bits for each component. The
packing order is printed on the left and the bit allocation is printed
on the right.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<b>RGB-888</b>
- <ul>
-<li>
-<b>RGB-888</b>
-
- <p>This allocates 8 bits for the R, G, and B channels and no alpha. This
+<p>This allocates 8 bits for the R, G, and B channels and no alpha. This
is normally used for uncompressed media with low dynamic range.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+<b>RGBA-8888</b>
- <li>
-<b>RGBA-8888</b>
-
- <p>This allocates an alpha channel to the 8 bit RGB colormodel. It's used
+<p>This allocates an alpha channel to the 8 bit RGB colormodel. It’s used
for overlaying multiple tracks.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+<b>YUV-888</b>
- <li>
-<b>YUV-888</b>
-
- <p>This allocates 8 bits for Y, U, and V. This is used for low dynamic
+<p>This allocates 8 bits for Y, U, and V. This is used for low dynamic
range operations in which the media is compressed in the YUV color
space. Most compressed media is in YUV and this allows it to be
-processed fast with the least color degradation.
+processed fast with the least color degradation.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+<b>YUVA-8888</b>
- <li>
-<b>YUVA-8888</b>
-
- <p>This allocates an alpha channel to the 8 bit YUV colormodel for
+<p>This allocates an alpha channel to the 8 bit YUV colormodel for
transparency.
+</p>
+</li><li>
+<b>RGB-Float</b>
- <li>
-<b>RGB-Float</b>
-
- <p>This allocates a 32 bit float for the R, G, and B channels and no
+<p>This allocates a 32 bit float for the R, G, and B channels and no
alpha. This is used for high dynamic range processing with no
transparency.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
<b>RGBA-Float</b> This adds a 32 bit float for alpha to RGB-Float. This
is used for high dynamic range processing with transparency.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
+
+
- <p>In order to do effects which involve alpha channels, a colormodel with
+<p>In order to do effects which involve alpha channels, a colormodel with
an alpha channel must be selected. These are RGBA8888, YUVA8888, and
RGBA Float. The 4 channel colormodels are notoriously slower than 3
channel colormodels, with the slowest being RGBA Float. Some effects,
like fade, work around the need for alpha channels while other effects,
-like chromakey, require an alpha channel to do anything, so it's a good
+like chromakey, require an alpha channel to do anything, so it’s a good
idea to try the effect without alpha channels to see if it works before
settling on an alpha channel and slowing it down.
-
- <p>The YUV colormodels are usually faster than RGB colormodels when using
+</p>
+<p>The YUV colormodels are usually faster than RGB colormodels when using
compressed footage. They also destroy fewer colors than RGB
colormodels. If footage stored as JPEG or MPEG is processed many times
-in RGB, the colors will fade while they won't if processed in YUV.
-
- <p>Years of working with high dynamic range footage have shown floating
+in RGB, the colors will fade while they won’t if processed in YUV.
+</p>
+<p>Years of working with high dynamic range footage have shown floating
point RGB to be the best format for high dynamic range. While 16 bit
integers were used in the past, these were too lossy and slow for the
amount of improvement.
-
- <p>RGB float doesn't destroy information when used with YUV source
+</p>
+<p>RGB float doesn’t destroy information when used with YUV source
footage. It also supports brightness above 100%. Be aware that some
effects, like Histogram, still clip above 100% when in floating point.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="ASPECT-RATIO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COLOR-MODEL">COLOR MODEL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#COLOR-MODEL" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COLOR MODEL</a>, Up: <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="u" rel="up">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="ASPECT-RATIO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">11.3 ASPECT RATIO</h3>
<p>Aspect ratio determines the shape of the video output when using the
X11 video output. The numbers in each direction can be any floating
point number. When drawn on the screen, video pixels are stretched to
match the aspect ratio.
-
- <p>Some file formats, like MPEG video, write the project aspect ratio to
+</p>
+<p>Some file formats, like MPEG video, write the project aspect ratio to
the file.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="COMPOSITING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="COMPOSITING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">KEYFRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#SETTING-PROJECT-ATTRIBUTES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SETTING PROJECT ATTRIBUTES</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="COMPOSITING-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">12 COMPOSITING</h2>
-<p>A large amount of Cinelerra's binary size is directed towards
+
+<p>A large amount of Cinelerra’s binary size is directed towards
compositing. When you remove the letterboxing from a widescreen show,
-you're compositing. Changing the resolution of a show, making a split
+you’re compositing. Changing the resolution of a show, making a split
screen, and fading in and out among other things are all compositing
-operations in Cinelerra. Cinelerra detects when it's in a compositing
+operations in Cinelerra. Cinelerra detects when it’s in a compositing
operation and plays back through the compositing engine only then.
Otherwise, it uses the fastest decoder available in the hardware.
-
- <p>Compositing operations are done on the timeline and in the Compositor
+</p>
+<p>Compositing operations are done on the timeline and in the Compositor
window. Shortcuts exist in the Resource window for changing some
compositing attributes. Once some video files are on the timeline, the
compositor window is a good place to try compositing.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#MASKS">MASKS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#CROPPING">CROPPING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#SAFE-REGIONS">SAFE REGIONS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#OVERLAY-MODES">OVERLAY MODES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES">TRACK AND OUTPUT SIZES</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MASKS">MASKS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR" accesskey="1">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MASKS" accesskey="2">MASKS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CROPPING" accesskey="3">CROPPING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SAFE-REGIONS" accesskey="4">SAFE REGIONS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#OVERLAY-MODES" accesskey="5">OVERLAY MODES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES" accesskey="6">TRACK AND OUTPUT SIZES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MASKS" accesskey="n" rel="next">MASKS</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">12.1 THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</h3>
<p>In the compositor window, the most important functions are the
-<img src="camera.png" alt="camera.png"> camera button and the <img src="projector.png" alt="projector.png"> projector
+<img src="camera.png" alt="camera"> camera button and the <img src="projector.png" alt="projector"> projector
button. These control operation of the camera and projector. Inside
-Cinelerra's compositing pipeline, the camera determines where in the
+Cinelerra’s compositing pipeline, the camera determines where in the
source video the temporary is copied from. The projector determines
where in the output the temporary is copied to. The temporary is a
-frame of video in Cinelerra's memory where all graphics processing is
+frame of video in Cinelerra’s memory where all graphics processing is
done. Each track has a different temporary which is defined by the
track size. By resizing the tracks you can create splitscreens, pans,
and zooms.
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-
-</pre>
-<img src="compositing_pipeline.png" alt="compositing_pipeline.png">
- <pre class="sp">
-
-
-</pre>
-<b>Visual representation of the compositing pipeline</b>.
-
- <p>When editing the camera and projector in the compositing window, the
+</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<img src="compositing_pipeline.png" alt="compositing_pipeline">
+<br>
+<br>
+<p><b>Visual representation of the compositing pipeline</b>.
+</p>
+<p>When editing the camera and projector in the compositing window, the
first track with <b>record</b> enabled is the track affected. Even if
-the track is completely transparent, it's still the affected track. If
+the track is completely transparent, it’s still the affected track. If
multiple video tracks exist, the easiest way to select one track for
editing is to <b>shift-click</b> on the record icon of the track. This
solos the track.
-
- <p>When the <b>projector</b> button is enabled in the compositor window,
-you're in projector editing mode. A guide box appears in the video
+</p>
+<p>When the <b>projector</b> button is enabled in the compositor window,
+you’re in projector editing mode. A guide box appears in the video
window. Dragging anywhere in the video window causes the guide box to
move, hopefully along with the video. <b>shift-dragging</b> anywhere
in the video window causes the guide box to shrink and grow along with
-the video. Once you've positioned the video with the projector, you're
+the video. Once you’ve positioned the video with the projector, you’re
ready to master the camera.
-
- <p>Select the <img src="camera.png" alt="camera.png"> camera button to enable camera editing mode.
+</p>
+<p>Select the <img src="camera.png" alt="camera"> camera button to enable camera editing mode.
In this mode, the guide box shows where the camera position is in
relation to past and future camera positions but not where it is in
relation to the source video. Dragging the camera box in the
-compositor window doesn't move the box but instead moves the location
+compositor window doesn’t move the box but instead moves the location
of the video inside the box.
-
- <p>For example, when you drag the camera left, the video moves right.
+</p>
+<p>For example, when you drag the camera left, the video moves right.
When you drag the camera up, the video moves down. When you shift-drag
the camera, the effect is the same as if you zoomed in or out of the
source. The intention of the camera is to produce still photo panning,
while the intention of the projector is to composite several sources in
the same scene.
-
- <p>In the compositing window, there is a popup menu of options for the
+</p>
+<p>In the compositing window, there is a popup menu of options for the
camera and projector. Right click over the video portion of the
compositing window to bring up the menu.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> Reset Camera causes the camera to return to the center position.
- <ul>
-<li>Reset Camera causes the camera to return to the center position.
+</li><li> Reset Projector causes the projector to return to the center.
- <li>Reset Projector causes the projector to return to the center.
+</li></ul>
- </ul>
- <p>The camera and projector have shortcut operations neither in the popup
+<p>The camera and projector have shortcut operations neither in the popup
menu or represented in video overlays. These are accessed in the
<b>Tool window</b>. Most operations in the Compositor window have a
-tool window which is enabled by activating the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png">
+tool window which is enabled by activating the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow">
question mark.
-
- <p>In the case of the camera and projector, the tool window shows x, y,
+</p>
+<p>In the case of the camera and projector, the tool window shows x, y,
and z coordinates. By either tumbling or entering text directly, the
camera and projector can be precisely positioned. 9 justification
types are also defined for easy access. A popular justification
operation is upper left projection after image reduction. This is used
when reducing the size of video with aspect ratio adjustment.
-
- <p>The translation effect allows simultaneous aspect ratio conversion and
+</p>
+<p>The translation effect allows simultaneous aspect ratio conversion and
reduction but is easier to use if the reduced video is put in the upper
left of the temporary instead of in the center. The track size is set
to the original size of the video and the camera is centered. The
output size is set to the reduced size of the video. Without any
effects, this produces just the cropped center portion of the video in
the output.
-
- <p>The translation effect is dropped onto the video track. The input
+</p>
+<p>The translation effect is dropped onto the video track. The input
dimensions of the translation effect are set to the original size and
the output dimensions are set to the reduced size. To put the reduced
video in the center section that the projector shows would require
offsetting <b>out x and out y</b> by a complicated calculation.
-Instead, we leave <b>out x and out y</b> at 0 and use the projector's
+Instead, we leave <b>out x and out y</b> at 0 and use the projector’s
tool window.
-
- <p>Merely by selecting <img src="left_justify.png" alt="left_justify.png"> left justify and
-<img src="top_justify.png" alt="top_justify.png"> top justify, the projector displays the reduced
+</p>
+<p>Merely by selecting <img src="left_justify.png" alt="left_justify"> left justify and
+<img src="top_justify.png" alt="top_justify"> top justify, the projector displays the reduced
image from the top left corner of the temporary in the center of the
output.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MASKS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CROPPING">CROPPING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="MASKS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CROPPING" accesskey="n" rel="next">CROPPING</a>, Previous: <a href="#THE-CAMERA-AND-PROJECTOR" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE CAMERA AND PROJECTOR</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="MASKS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">12.2 MASKS</h3>
<p>Masks select a region of the video for either displaying or hiding.
Masks are also used in conjunction with another effect to isolate the
effect to a certain region of the frame. A copy of one video track may
be delayed slightly and unmasked in locations where the one copy has
-interference but the other copy doesn't. Color correction may be
+interference but the other copy doesn’t. Color correction may be
needed in one section of a frame but not another. A mask can be
applied to just a section of the color corrected track while the
vanilla track shows through. Removal of boom microphones, airplanes,
and housewives are other mask uses.
-
- <p>The order of the compositing pipeline affects what can be done with
+</p>
+<p>The order of the compositing pipeline affects what can be done with
masks. Mainly, masks are performed on the temporary after effects and
before the projector. This means multiple tracks can be bounced to a
masked track and projected with the same mask.
-
- <p>Our compositing pipeline graph now has a masking stage. There are 8
+</p>
+<p>Our compositing pipeline graph now has a masking stage. There are 8
possible masks per track. Each mask is defined separately, although
-they each perform the same operation, whether it's addition or
+they each perform the same operation, whether it’s addition or
subtraction.
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-
-</pre>
-<img src="compositing_pipeline2.png" alt="compositing_pipeline2.png">
- <pre class="sp">
-
-
-</pre>
-<b>Compositing pipeline with masks</b>
-
- <p>To define a mask, go into the Compositor window and enable the
-<img src="mask.png" alt="mask.png"> <b>mask</b> toggle. Now go over the video and
+</p>
+<br>
+<br>
+<img src="compositing_pipeline2.png" alt="compositing_pipeline2">
+<br>
+<br>
+<p><b>Compositing pipeline with masks</b>
+</p>
+<p>To define a mask, go into the Compositor window and enable the
+<img src="mask.png" alt="mask"> <b>mask</b> toggle. Now go over the video and
click-drag. Click-drag again in another part of the image to create
-each new point of the mask. While it isn't the conventional bezier
+each new point of the mask. While it isn’t the conventional bezier
curve behavior, this masking interface performs in realtime what the
effect of the mask is going to be. Creating each point of the mask
-expands a rubber band curve.
-
- <p>Once points are defined, they can be moved by <b>ctrl-dragging</b> in
-the vicinity of the corner. This; however, doesn't smooth out the
+expands a rubber band curve.
+</p>
+<p>Once points are defined, they can be moved by <b>ctrl-dragging</b> in
+the vicinity of the corner. This; however, doesn’t smooth out the
curve. The in-out points of the bezier curve are accessed by
<b>shift-dragging</b> in the vicinity of the corner. Then
<b>shift-dragging</b> near the in or out point causes the point to
move.
-
- <p>Finally, once you have a mask, the mask can be translated in one piece
+</p>
+<p>Finally, once you have a mask, the mask can be translated in one piece
by <b>alt-dragging</b> the mask. Mask editing in Cinelerra is
identical to how The Gimp edits masks except in this case the effect of
the mask is always on.
-
- <p>The masks have many more parameters which couldn't be represented with
+</p>
+<p>The masks have many more parameters which couldn’t be represented with
video overlays. These are represented in the tool window for masks.
-Selecting the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"> question mark when the <img src="mask.png" alt="mask.png">
+Selecting the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow"> question mark when the <img src="mask.png" alt="mask">
mask toggle is highlighted brings up the mask options.
-
- <p>The <b>mode</b> of the mask determines if the mask removes data or
+</p>
+<p>The <b>mode</b> of the mask determines if the mask removes data or
makes data visible. If the mode is subtractive, the mask causes video
to disappear. If the mode is additive, the mask causes video to appear
and everything outside the mask to disappear.
-
- <p>The <b>value</b> of the mask determines how extreme the addition or
+</p>
+<p>The <b>value</b> of the mask determines how extreme the addition or
subtraction is. In the subtractive mode, higher values subtract more
alpha. In the additive mode, higher values make the region in the mask
brighter while the region outside the mask is always hidden.
-
- <p>The mask number determines which one of the 8 possible masks we're
+</p>
+<p>The mask number determines which one of the 8 possible masks we’re
editing. Each track has 8 possible masks. When you click-drag in the
-compositor window, you're only editing one of the masks. Change the
+compositor window, you’re only editing one of the masks. Change the
value of <b>mask number</b> to cause another mask to be edited. The
previous mask is still active but only the curve overlay for the
currently selected mask is visible.
-
- <p>When multiple masks are used, their effects are ORed together. Every
+</p>
+<p>When multiple masks are used, their effects are ORed together. Every
mask in a single track uses the same value and mode.
-
- <p>The edges of a mask are hard by default but this rarely is desired.
+</p>
+<p>The edges of a mask are hard by default but this rarely is desired.
The <b>feather</b> parameter determines how many pixels to feather the
mask. This creates softer edges but takes longer to render.
-
- <p>Finally, there are parameters which affect one point on the current
+</p>
+<p>Finally, there are parameters which affect one point on the current
mask instead of the whole mask. These are <b>Delete, x, y</b>. The
active point is defined as the last point dragged in the compositor
window. Any point can be activated merely by <b>ctrl-clicking</b> near
it without moving the pointer. Once a point is activated,
<b>Delete</b> deletes it and <b>x, y</b> allow repositioning by numeric
entry.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CROPPING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SAFE-REGIONS">SAFE REGIONS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MASKS">MASKS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="CROPPING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SAFE-REGIONS" accesskey="n" rel="next">SAFE REGIONS</a>, Previous: <a href="#MASKS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MASKS</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CROPPING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">12.3 CROPPING</h3>
+
+
<p>Cropping changes the value of the output dimensions and the projector
-to reduce the visible picture area. Enable the <img src="crop.png" alt="crop.png"> crop
-toggle and the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow.png"> tool window in the <b>compositing
+to reduce the visible picture area. Enable the <img src="crop.png" alt="crop"> crop
+toggle and the <img src="toolwindow.png" alt="toolwindow"> tool window in the <b>compositing
window</b> to perform cropping.
-
- <p>This draws a rectangle over the video. Click-drag anywhere in the
+</p>
+<p>This draws a rectangle over the video. Click-drag anywhere in the
video to start a new rectangle. Click-drag over any corner of the
rectangle to reposition the corner.
-
- <p>Alt-click in the cropping rectangle to translate the rectangle to any
+</p>
+<p>Alt-click in the cropping rectangle to translate the rectangle to any
position without resizing it.
-
- <p>The tool window allows text entry of the coordinates and executes the
+</p>
+<p>The tool window allows text entry of the coordinates and executes the
cropping operation. When the rectangle is positioned, hit the <b>do
it</b> button in the tool window to execute the cropping operation.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SAFE-REGIONS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#OVERLAY-MODES">OVERLAY MODES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CROPPING">CROPPING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="SAFE-REGIONS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#OVERLAY-MODES" accesskey="n" rel="next">OVERLAY MODES</a>, Previous: <a href="#CROPPING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CROPPING</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SAFE-REGIONS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">12.4 SAFE REGIONS</h3>
<p>On consumer displays the borders of the image are cut off and within
-the cutoff point is a region which isn't always square like it is in
+the cutoff point is a region which isn’t always square like it is in
the compositor window. The borders are intended for scratch room and
vertical blanking data. You can show where these borders are by
-enabling the <img src="titlesafe.png" alt="titlesafe.png"> safe regions toggle. Keep titles inside
+enabling the <img src="titlesafe.png" alt="titlesafe"> safe regions toggle. Keep titles inside
the inner rectangle and keep action inside the outer rectangle.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="OVERLAY-MODES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES">TRACK AND OUTPUT SIZES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SAFE-REGIONS">SAFE REGIONS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="OVERLAY-MODES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES" accesskey="n" rel="next">TRACK AND OUTPUT SIZES</a>, Previous: <a href="#SAFE-REGIONS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SAFE REGIONS</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="OVERLAY-MODES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">12.5 OVERLAY MODES</h3>
<p>Every video track has an overlay mode, accessible by expanding the
track. The overlay mode is a pulldown menu on the left under the
fader. When collapsed, it displays an icon representing the current
overlay mode.
-
- <p>Select the <img src="expandpatch_checked.png" alt="expandpatch_checked.png"> expand track toggle to view all
-the options for a video track if you can't see the overlay mode. The
+</p>
+<p>Select the <img src="expandpatch_checked.png" alt="expandpatch_checked"> expand track toggle to view all
+the options for a video track if you can’t see the overlay mode. The
overlay mode of video tracks is <b>normal</b> by default. Select other
modes by clicking the overlay button and selecting an item from the
popup menu.
-
- <p>Overlay modes are processed inside the projector stage of compositing.
+</p>
+<p>Overlay modes are processed inside the projector stage of compositing.
The different modes are summarized below.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>Normal</b> uses a traditional Porter-Diff equation to blend tracks with
alpha. When no alpha exists in the project color model, the new track
always replaces the output.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Addition</b> In this mode, whatever is in the output is added to the
-current track. The result is blended based on the current track's
+current track. The result is blended based on the current track’s
alpha onto the output.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Subtraction</b> In this mode, the current track is subtracted from the
output and the result is alpha blended onto the output.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Multiply</b> is the most useful operation. The current track is multiplied
by the output and the result blended onto the output. Usually a black
and white image with no alpha channel or a white title on a black image
is used as the current track. With the multiply operation, only the
output portions under the white area show.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Divide</b> divides the current track by the output and the result is
blended into the output. It usually results in overloaded levels.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Replace</b> does no blending and overwrites the output with the current
track.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#OVERLAY-MODES">OVERLAY MODES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#OVERLAY-MODES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">OVERLAY MODES</a>, Up: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMPOSITING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TRACK-AND-OUTPUT-SIZES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">12.6 TRACK AND OUTPUT SIZES</h3>
<p>The size of the temporary and the size of the output in our compositing
pipeline are independant and variable. This fits into everything
-covered so far. The camera's viewport is the temporary size. Effects
+covered so far. The camera’s viewport is the temporary size. Effects
are processed in the temporary and are affected by the temporary size.
Projectors are rendered to the output and are affected by the output
size. If the temporary is smaller than the output, the temporary is
bordered by blank regions in the output. If the temporary is bigger
than the output, the temporary is cropped.
-
- <p>The temporary size is defined as the track size. Each track has a
-different size. Right click on a track to bring up the track's menu.
+</p>
+<p>The temporary size is defined as the track size. Each track has a
+different size. Right click on a track to bring up the track’s menu.
Select <b>Resize Track</b> to resize the track to any arbitrary size.
Alternatively you can select <b>Match output size</b> to make the track
the same size as the output.
-
- <p>The output size is set in either <b>New</b> when creating a new project
+</p>
+<p>The output size is set in either <b>New</b> when creating a new project
or <b>Settings->Format</b>. In the Resource window there is another
way to change the output size. Right click on a video asset and select
<b>Match project size</b> to conform the output to the asset. When new
tracks are created, the track size always conforms to the output size
specified by these methods.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMPOSITING">COMPOSITING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="KEYFRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA" accesskey="n" rel="next">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>, Previous: <a href="#COMPOSITING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMPOSITING</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">13 KEYFRAMES</h2>
+
<p>When you change the fade, camera, projector, or other parameters for a
track, they stay by default the same for the entire durection of the
-timeline. Setting static parameters isn't very useful sometimes.
+timeline. Setting static parameters isn’t very useful sometimes.
Normally you need to move the camera around over time or change mask
positions. Masks need to follow objects. We create dymanic changes by
defining keyframes. A keyframe is a certain point in time when the
settings for one operation change. In Cinelerra, there are keyframes
for almost every compositing parameter and effect parameter.
-
- <p>Whenever you adjust any parameter, the value is stored in a keyframe.
-If the value is stored in a keyframe, why doesn't it always change?
+</p>
+<p>Whenever you adjust any parameter, the value is stored in a keyframe.
+If the value is stored in a keyframe, why doesn’t it always change?
The keyframe it is stored in by default is known as the <b>default
keyframe</b>. The default keyframe applies to the entire duration if no
other keyframes are present. The default keyframe is not drawn
anywhere because it always exists. The only way change occurs over
time is if non-default keyframes are created.
-
- <p>Display keyframes for any parameter by using the <b>view</b> menu. A
+</p>
+<p>Display keyframes for any parameter by using the <b>view</b> menu. A
faster way to toggle multiple keyframe types is to bring up
<b>window->overlays</b>. This window allows toggling of every parameter
in the view menu. When keyframes are selected, they are drawn on the
timeline over the tracks they apply to.
-
- <p>Keyframes come in many forms: curves, toggles, modes, and so on.
+</p>
+<p>Keyframes come in many forms: curves, toggles, modes, and so on.
How to handle the different types of keyframes is described here.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#CURVE-KEYFRAMES">CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>: Using rubber band curves
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE">CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a>: Change curves from linear to curved
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES">SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES">NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES">TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES">AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES">COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES">EDITING KEYFRAMES</a>: Moving keyframes around
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#KEYFRAME-SPANNING">KEYFRAME SPANNING</a>: How to change 1 parameter in many keyframes simultaneously
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CURVE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="1">CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Using rubber band curves
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE" accesskey="2">CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change curves from linear to curved
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="3">SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="4">NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="5">TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="6">AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="7">COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="8">EDITING KEYFRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Moving keyframes around
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#KEYFRAME-SPANNING" accesskey="9">KEYFRAME SPANNING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to change 1 parameter in many keyframes simultaneously
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="CURVE-KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE">CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE" accesskey="n" rel="next">CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="CURVE-KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.1 CURVE KEYFRAMES</h3>
<p>Many parameters are stored in rubber band curves. Go to <b>view->fade</b> or
over the curves in the timeline until it changes shape. Then merely by
clicking and dragging on the curve you can create a keyframe at the
position.
-
- <p>After the keyframe is created, click drag on it again to reposition
+</p>
+<p>After the keyframe is created, click drag on it again to reposition
it. When you click-drag a second keyframe on the curve, it creates a
smooth ramp.
-
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CHANGING-BEZIER-%26-LINEAR-MODE"></a>
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES">SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CURVE-KEYFRAMES">CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#CURVE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.2 CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</h3>
<p>The curve keyframes have bezier and linear modes. In linear mode, the
keyframe looks like a square and the lines emanating from it are
straight. In bezier mode, the keyframe is rounded and has 2 control
lines in addition to the rubber band curve lines.
+</p>
+<p>These are keyframes in linear mode.
+</p>
+<img src="linear.png" alt="linear">
- <p>These are keyframes in linear mode.
-
- <div class="block-image"><img src="linear.png" alt="linear.png"></div>
+<p>These are keyframes in bezier mode.
+</p>
+<img src="bezier.png" alt="bezier">
- <p>These are keyframes in bezier mode.
-
- <div class="block-image"><img src="bezier.png" alt="bezier.png"></div>
-
- <p>Change the mode of an existing keyframe by right clicking on it to bring
+<p>Change the mode of an existing keyframe by right clicking on it to bring
up the context menu and selecting <b>make linear</b> or <b>make bezier</b>.
+</p>
- <p>Change the mode of several keyframes by highlighting the entire region of the
+<p>Change the mode of several keyframes by highlighting the entire region of the
timeline and selecting <b>Keyframes->change to linear</b> or
<b>Keyframes->change to bezier</b>.
-
- <p>When keyframes are created, they can be linear or bezier by default.
+</p>
+<p>When keyframes are created, they can be linear or bezier by default.
Change the default mode by checking or unchecking <b>Keyframes->create
bezier</b>.
+</p>
- <p>For bezier keyframes, <b>ctrl-dragging</b> on the control lines of a
+<p>For bezier keyframes, <b>ctrl-dragging</b> on the control lines of a
keyframe changes the value of either the input control or the output
control. Without <b>ctrl</b> the cursor only affects the central
keyframe. This affects the sharpness of the curve. The input and
output controls can only be moved vertically.
-
- <p>If the control lines aren't visible, <b>ctrl-drag</b> on the left or right
+</p>
+<p>If the control lines aren’t visible, <b>ctrl-drag</b> on the left or right
of the keyframe.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES">NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE">CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#CHANGING-BEZIER-_0026-LINEAR-MODE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CHANGING BEZIER & LINEAR MODE</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.3 SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</h3>
<p><b>shift-drag</b> on a curve keyframe to make the keyframe snap to the
value of either the next or previous keyframe, depending on which
exists. This lets you set a constant curve value without having to copy
the next or previous keyframe.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES">TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES">SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#SNAPPING-TO-NEIGHBOR-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SNAPPING TO NEIGHBOR KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.4 NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</h3>
-<p>There isn't much room on the timeline for a wide range of curve
+<p>There isn’t much room on the timeline for a wide range of curve
values. You need to zoom the curves in and out vertically to have any
variability. This is done by 2 tools: the automation fit button
-<img src="fitautos.png" alt="fitautos.png"> and automation zoom menu <img src="autozoom.png" alt="autozoom.png">.
-
- <p>The automation fit button scales and offsets the vertical range so the
+<img src="fitautos.png" alt="fitautos"> and automation zoom menu <img src="autozoom.png" alt="autozoom">.
+</p>
+<p>The automation fit button scales and offsets the vertical range so the
selected curve area appears in the timeline. If a region of the
timeline is highlighted by the cursor, only that region is scaled.
-In/out points don't affect the zoomed region. <b>Alt-f</b> also performs
+In/out points don’t affect the zoomed region. <b>Alt-f</b> also performs
automation fitting.
-
- <p>The automation zoom menu manually changes the vertical scaling of the
+</p>
+<p>The automation zoom menu manually changes the vertical scaling of the
curves in multiples of 2. Click on its tumbler to change the zoom.
<b>Alt-Up and Alt-Dn</b> change the automation zoom from the keyboard.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES">AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES">NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#NAVIGATING-CURVE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">NAVIGATING CURVE KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.5 TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</h3>
<p>Mute is the only toggle keyframe. Mute keyframes determine where the
curves to create a keyframe. Unlike curves, the toggle keyframe has
only two values: on or off. Ctrl and shift do nothing on toggle
keyframes.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES">COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES">TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#TOGGLE-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TOGGLE KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.6 AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</h3>
<p>You may have noticed when a few fade curves are set up, moving the
insertion point around the curves causes the faders to reflect the
-curve value under the insertion point. This isn't just to look cool.
+curve value under the insertion point. This isn’t just to look cool.
The faders themselves can set keyframes in automatic keyframe mode.
Automatic keyframe mode is usually more useful than dragging curves.
-
- <p>Enable automatic keyframe mode by enabling the automatic keyframe
-toggle <img src="autokeyframe.png" alt="autokeyframe.png">. In automatic keyframe mode, every time
+</p>
+<p>Enable automatic keyframe mode by enabling the automatic keyframe
+toggle <img src="autokeyframe.png" alt="autokeyframe">. In automatic keyframe mode, every time
you tweek a keyframeable parameter it creates a keyframe on the
-timeline. Since automatic keyframes affect many parameters, it's best
+timeline. Since automatic keyframes affect many parameters, it’s best
enabled just before you need a keyframe and disabled immediately
thereafter.
-
- <p>It's useful to go into the <b>View</b> menu and make the desired
+</p>
+<p>It’s useful to go into the <b>View</b> menu and make the desired
parameter visible before performing a change. The location where the
automatic keyframe is generated is under the insertion point. If the
timeline is playing back during a tweek, several automatic keyframes
will be generated as you change the parameter.
-
- <p>When automatic keyframe mode is disabled, a similarly strange thing
+</p>
+<p>When automatic keyframe mode is disabled, a similarly strange thing
happens. Adjusting a parameter adjusts the keyframe immediately
preceeding the insertion point. If two fade keyframes exist and the
insertion point is between them, changing the fader changes the first
keyframe.
-
- <p>There are many parameters which can only be keyframed in automatic
+</p>
+<p>There are many parameters which can only be keyframed in automatic
keyframe mode. These are parameters for which curves would take up too
-much space on the track or which can't be represented easily by a
+much space on the track or which can’t be represented easily by a
curve.
-
- <p>Effects are only keyframable in automatic mode because of the number of
-parameters in each individual effect.
-
- <p>Camera and projector translation can only be keyframed in automatic
+</p>
+<p>Effects are only keyframable in automatic mode because of the number of
+parameters in each individual effect.
+</p>
+<p>Camera and projector translation can only be keyframed in automatic
keyframe mode while camera and projector zoom can be keyframed with
curves. It is here that we conclude the discussion of compositing,
since compositing is highly dependant on the ability to change over
time.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES">EDITING KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES">AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">EDITING KEYFRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#AUTOMATIC-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AUTOMATIC KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.7 COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</h3>
<p>Camera and projector translation is represented by two parameters: x
solves this problem by relying on automatic keyframes. With a video
track loaded, move the insertion point to the beginning of the track
and enable automatic keyframe mode.
-
- <p>Move the projector slightly in the compositor window to create a
+</p>
+<p>Move the projector slightly in the compositor window to create a
keyframe. Then go forward several seconds. Move the projector a long
distance to create another keyframe and emphasize motion. This creates
a second projector box in the compositor, with a line joining the two
boxes. The joining line is the motion path. If you create more
keyframes, more boxes are created. Once all the desired keyframes are
created, disable automatic keyframe mode.
-
- <p>Now when scrubbing around with the compositor window's slider, the
+</p>
+<p>Now when scrubbing around with the compositor window’s slider, the
video projection moves over time. At any point between two keyframes,
the motion path is read for all time before the insertion point and
-green for all time after the insertion point. It's debatable if this
+green for all time after the insertion point. It’s debatable if this
is a very useful feature but it makes you feel good to know what
keyframe is going to be affected by the next projector tweek.
-
- <p>Click-drag when automatic keyframes are off to adjust the preceeding
-keyframe. If you're halfway between two keyframes, the first projector
+</p>
+<p>Click-drag when automatic keyframes are off to adjust the preceeding
+keyframe. If you’re halfway between two keyframes, the first projector
box is adjusted while the second one stays the same. Furthermore, the
-video doesn't appear to move in step with the first keyframe. This is
+video doesn’t appear to move in step with the first keyframe. This is
because, halfway between two keyframes the projector translation is
-interpolated. In order to set the second keyframe you'll need to scrub
+interpolated. In order to set the second keyframe you’ll need to scrub
after the second keyframe.
-
- <p>By default the motion path is a straight line, but it can be curved
+</p>
+<p>By default the motion path is a straight line, but it can be curved
with control points. <b>Ctrl-drag</b> to set either the in or out
control point of the preceeding keyframe. Once again, we depart from
The Gimp because <b>shift</b> is already used for zoom. After the in
<b>Ctrl-dragging</b> anywhere in the video adjusts the nearest control
point. A control point can be out of view entirely yet still
controllable.
-
- <p>When editing the camera translation, the behavior of the camera boxes
+</p>
+<p>When editing the camera translation, the behavior of the camera boxes
is slightly different. Camera automation is normally used for still
-photo panning. The current camera box doesn't move during a drag, but
+photo panning. The current camera box doesn’t move during a drag, but
if multiple keyframes are set, every camera box except the current
keyframe appears to move. This is because the camera display shows
every other camera position relative to the current one.
-
- <p>The situation becomes more intuitive if you bend the motion path
+</p>
+<p>The situation becomes more intuitive if you bend the motion path
between two keyframes and scrub between the two keyframes. The
division between red and green, the current position between the
keyframes, is always centered while the camera boxes move.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="EDITING-KEYFRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#KEYFRAME-SPANNING">KEYFRAME SPANNING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES">COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="EDITING-KEYFRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#KEYFRAME-SPANNING" accesskey="n" rel="next">KEYFRAME SPANNING</a>, Previous: <a href="#COMPOSITOR-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMPOSITOR KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="EDITING-KEYFRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.8 EDITING KEYFRAMES</h3>
<p>Keyframes can be shifted around and moved between tracks on the
timeline using similar cut and paste operations to editing media. Only
the keyframes selected in the <b>view</b> menu are affected by keyframe
editing operations, however.
-
- <p>The most popular keyframe editing operation is replication of some
+</p>
+<p>The most popular keyframe editing operation is replication of some
curve from one track to the other, to make a stereo pair. The first
-step is to solo the source track's record <img src="recordpatch.png" alt="recordpatch.png"> patch
+step is to solo the source track’s record <img src="recordpatch.png" alt="recordpatch"> patch
by <b>shift-clicking</b> on it. Then either set in/out points or
highlight the desired region of keyframes. Go to <b>keyframes->copy
-keyframes</b> to copy them to the clipboard. Solo the destination track's
-record <img src="recordpatch.png" alt="recordpatch.png"> patch by <b>shift-clicking</b> on it and
+keyframes</b> to copy them to the clipboard. Solo the destination track’s
+record <img src="recordpatch.png" alt="recordpatch"> patch by <b>shift-clicking</b> on it and
go to <b>keyframes->paste keyframes</b> to paste the clipboard.
-
- <p>The media editing commands are mapped to the keyframe editing commands
-by using the <b>shift</b> key instead of just the keyboard shortcut.
-
- <p>This leads to the most complicated part of keyframe editing, the
+</p>
+<p>The media editing commands are mapped to the keyframe editing commands
+by using the <b>shift</b> key instead of just the keyboard shortcut.
+</p>
+<p>This leads to the most complicated part of keyframe editing, the
default keyframe. Remember that when no keyframes are set at all,
there is still a default keyframe which stores a global parameter for
-the entire duration. The default keyframe isn't drawn because it
+the entire duration. The default keyframe isn’t drawn because it
always exists. What if the default keyframe is a good value which you
want to transpose between other non-default keyframes? The
<b>keyframes->copy default keyframe</b> and <b>keyframes->paste
default keyframe</b> allow conversion of the default keyframe to a
non-default keyframe.
-
- <p><b>Keyframes->copy default keyframe</b> copies the default keyframe to
+</p>
+<p><b>Keyframes->copy default keyframe</b> copies the default keyframe to
the clipboard, no matter what region of the timeline is selected. The
<b>keyframes->paste keyframes</b> function may then be used to paste
the clipboard as a non-default keyframe.
-
- <p>If you've copied a non-default keyframe, it can be stored as the
+</p>
+<p>If you’ve copied a non-default keyframe, it can be stored as the
default keyframe by calling <b>keyframes->paste default keyframe</b>.
After using paste default keyframe to convert a non-default keyframe
-into a default keyframe, you won't see the value of the default
+into a default keyframe, you won’t see the value of the default
keyframe reflected until all the non-default keyframes are removed.
-
- <p>Finally, there is a convenient way to delete keyframes besides
+</p>
+<p>Finally, there is a convenient way to delete keyframes besides
selecting a region and calling <b>keyframes->clear keyframes</b>.
Merely click-drag a keyframe before its preceeding keyframe or after
its following keyframe on the track.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="KEYFRAME-SPANNING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES">EDITING KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="KEYFRAME-SPANNING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#EDITING-KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">EDITING KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="u" rel="up">KEYFRAMES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="KEYFRAME-SPANNING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">13.9 KEYFRAME SPANNING</h3>
+
+
<p>To change a single parameter in multiple keyframes without changing the
other parameters, highlight a region on the timeline and adjust the
parameter. Instead of a new keyframe being created, the existing
keyframes are modified and only the changed parameter is modified.
+</p>
+<p>It doesn’t matter if <img src="autokeyframe.png" alt="autokeyframe"> auto keyframe is enabled. It
+only works when the keyframe stores multiple parameters. Only mask and
+effect keyframes do this. Other types of keyframes are generated as usual.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
- <p>It doesn't matter if <img src="autokeyframe.png" alt="autokeyframe.png"> auto keyframe is enabled. It
-only works when the keyframe stores multiple parameters. Only mask and
-effect keyframes do this. Other types of keyframes are generated as usual.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CAPTURING-MEDIA"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#KEYFRAMES">KEYFRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="CAPTURING-MEDIA"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="n" rel="next">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>, Previous: <a href="#KEYFRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">KEYFRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CAPTURING-MEDIA-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">14 CAPTURING MEDIA</h2>
<p>Ideally, all media would be stored on hard drives, CD-ROM, flash, or
but instead rely on tape transport mechanisms and dumb I/O mechanisms
to transfer the data to computers. These media types are imported into
Cinelerra through the Record dialog.
-
- <p>The first step in recording is to configure the input device. In
+</p>
+<p>The first step in recording is to configure the input device. In
<b>Settings->preferences</b> are a number of recording parameters
described in configuration See <a href="#RECORDING">RECORDING</a>. These parameters apply to
recording no matter what the project settings are, because the
recording parameters are usually the maximum capability of the
recording hardware while project settings come and go.
-
- <p>Go to <b>File->record</b> to record a dumb I/O source. This prompts
-for an output format much like rendering does. Once that's done, the
+</p>
+<p>Go to <b>File->record</b> to record a dumb I/O source. This prompts
+for an output format much like rendering does. Once that’s done, the
record window and the record monitor pop up.
-
- <p>The record window has discrete sections. While many parameters change
+</p>
+<p>The record window has discrete sections. While many parameters change
depending on if the file has audio or video, the discrete sections are
always the same.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
The output format area describes the format of the output file and the
current position within it.
- <li>
+
+</li><li>
The edit batch area lets you change parameters in the current batch.
- <li>
+</li><li>
The transport controls start and stop recording different ways.
- <li>
+</li><li>
The batch list displays all the defined batches.
- <li>
+</li><li>
The confirmation area lets you determine how the output files are
imported into the timeline and quit.
- </ul>
-
- <div class="block-image"><img src="recording.png" alt="recording.png"></div>
- <pre class="sp">
-
+</li></ul>
-</pre>
-<b>Recording window areas</b>
+<img src="recording.png" alt="recording">
+<br>
+<br>
+<p><b>Recording window areas</b>
+</p>
- <p>Recording in Cinelerra is organized around batches. A batch
+<p>Recording in Cinelerra is organized around batches. A batch
essentially defines a distinct output file for the recording. For now
you can ignore the batch concept entirely and record merely by hitting
-the record button <img src="record.png" alt="record.png">.
-
- <p>The record button opens the current output file if it isn't opened and
+the record button <img src="record.png" alt="record">.
+</p>
+<p>The record button opens the current output file if it isn’t opened and
writes captured data to it. Use the stop button to stop the
recording. Recording can be resumed with the record button without
erasing the file at this point. In the case of a video file, there is
-a single frame record button <img src="singleframe.png" alt="singleframe.png"> which records a single
+a single frame record button <img src="singleframe.png" alt="singleframe"> which records a single
frame.
-
- <p>When enough media is recorded, choose an insertion method from the
+</p>
+<p>When enough media is recorded, choose an insertion method from the
<b>Insertion Strategy</b> menu and hit <b>close</b>.
+</p>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#BATCHES">BATCHES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION">EDITING TUNER INFORMATION</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="BATCHES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION">EDITING TUNER INFORMATION</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>
-</div>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#BATCHES" accesskey="1">BATCHES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION" accesskey="2">EDITING TUNER INFORMATION</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="BATCHES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION" accesskey="n" rel="next">EDITING TUNER INFORMATION</a>, Up: <a href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA" accesskey="u" rel="up">CAPTURING MEDIA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="BATCHES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">14.1 BATCHES</h3>
<p>Now we come to the concept of batches. Batches try to make the dumb
Because of the high cost of developing frame-accurate deck control
mechanisms, the only use of batches now is recording different programs
during different times of day. This is still useful for recording TV
-shows or time lapse movies as anyone who can't afford proper appliances
+shows or time lapse movies as anyone who can’t afford proper appliances
knows.
-
- <p>The record window supports a list of batches and two recording modes:
+</p>
+<p>The record window supports a list of batches and two recording modes:
interactive and batch recording. Interactive recording happens when
the record button is pressed. Interactive recording starts immediately
and uses the current batch to determine everything except start time.
By default, the current batch is configured to behave like tape.
-
- <p>Batch recording happens when the <b>start</b> button is pressed. In
+</p>
+<p>Batch recording happens when the <b>start</b> button is pressed. In
batch recording, the <b>start time</b> is the time the batch starts
recording.
+</p>
+<p>First, you’ll want to create some batches. Each batch has certain
+parameters and methods of adjustment.
+</p>
+
- <p>First, you'll want to create some batches. Each batch has certain
-parameters and methods of adjustment.
- <ul>
-<li>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>On</b> determines whether the batch is included in batch recording
operations. Click the list row under <b>On</b> to enable or disable
batches.
- <li>
+
+</li><li>
<b>Path</b> is the file the batch is going to be recorded to. The
filename specified in the record dialog is the name of the first batch,
to simplify interactive recording, but the filename may be changed in
the record window for any batch in the <b>edit batch</b> area.
- <li>
+
+</li><li>
<b>News</b> shows whether the file exists or not. This is a very
important attribute since there is no confirmation dialog if the file
exists. The first time you hit record, the file is opened. If the
-file exists at this point it's erased. News says <b>File exists</b> if
-it exists and <b>OK</b> if it doesn't. Every time you resume recording
+file exists at this point it’s erased. News says <b>File exists</b> if
+it exists and <b>OK</b> if it doesn’t. Every time you resume recording
in the same batch, the news should say <b>Open</b>, indicating the file
-is already opened and won't be erased in the next record button press.
+is already opened and won’t be erased in the next record button press.
- <p>If you change out of the current batch after recording, the file is
+<p>If you change out of the current batch after recording, the file is
closed. Next time you change into the batch, the file will be erased.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
<b>Start time</b> is the 24 hour time of day the batch will start
recording if in batch mode. The start time may become a time of tape
-and reel number if deck control is implemented but for now it's a time
+and reel number if deck control is implemented but for now it’s a time
of day.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Duration</b> is the length of the batch. It only has meaning if the
<b>Mode</b> of the batch is <b>Timed</b>. Once the recording length
reaches <b>duration</b> the recording stops, whether in interactive or
batch mode.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Source</b> has meaning only when the capturing hardware has multiple
sources. Usually the source is a tuner channel or input. When the
current batch finishes and the next batch begins recording, the source
is changed to what the next batch is set to. This way multiple TV
stations can be recorded at different times.
- </ul>
- <p>The record window has a notion of the <b>current batch</b>. The
+</li></ul>
+
+<p>The record window has a notion of the <b>current batch</b>. The
current batch is not the same as the batch which is highlighted in the
batch list. The current batch text is colored red in the batch list.
The highlighted batch is merely displayed in the edit batch section for
editing.
-
- <p>By coloring the current batch red, any batch can be edited by
+</p>
+<p>By coloring the current batch red, any batch can be edited by
highlighting it, without changing the batch to be recorded.
-
- <p>All recording operations take place in the current batch. If there
+</p>
+<p>All recording operations take place in the current batch. If there
are multiple batches, highlight the desired batch and hit
<b>activate</b> to make it the current batch. If the <b>start</b>
-button is pressed, the current batch flashes to indicate it's waiting
+button is pressed, the current batch flashes to indicate it’s waiting
for the start time in batch mode. If the <b>record</b> button is
pressed, the current batch is recorded immediately in interactive mode.
-
- <p>In batch and interactive recording modes, when the current batch
+</p>
+<p>In batch and interactive recording modes, when the current batch
finishes recording the next batch is activated and performed. All
future recording is done in batch mode. When the first batch finishes,
the next batch flashes until its start time is reached.
-
- <p>Interrupt either the batch or the interactive operation by hitting the
+</p>
+<p>Interrupt either the batch or the interactive operation by hitting the
stop button.
-
- <p>Finally there is the <img src="rewind.png" alt="rewind.png"> rewind button. In either
+</p>
+<p>Finally there is the <img src="rewind.png" alt="rewind"> rewind button. In either
interactive or batch recording, the rewind button causes the current
batch to close its file. The next recording operation in the current
batch deletes the file.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#BATCHES">BATCHES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#BATCHES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">BATCHES</a>, Up: <a href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA" accesskey="u" rel="up">CAPTURING MEDIA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="EDITING-TUNER-INFORMATION-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">14.2 EDITING TUNER INFORMATION</h3>
+
<p>Sometimes in the recording process and the configuration process,
-you'll need to define and select tuner channels to either record or
+you’ll need to define and select tuner channels to either record or
play back to. In the case of the Video4Linux and Buz recording
drivers, tuner channels define the source. When the Buz driver is also
-used for playback, tuner channels define the destination.
-
- <p>Defining tuner channels is accomplished by pushing the <img src="channel.png" alt="channel.png">
+used for playback, tuner channels define the destination.
+</p>
+<p>Defining tuner channels is accomplished by pushing the <img src="channel.png" alt="channel">
channel button. This brings up the channel editing window. In this
window you add, edit, and sort channels. Also, for certain video
drivers, you can adjust the picture quality.
-
- <p>The <b>add</b> operation brings up a channel editing box. The title of
+</p>
+<p>The <b>add</b> operation brings up a channel editing box. The title of
the channel appears in the channel list. The source of the channel is
-the entry in the physical tuner's frequency table corresponding to the
-title.
-
- <p>Fine tuning in the channel edit dialog adjusts the physical frequency
+the entry in the physical tuner’s frequency table corresponding to the
+title.
+</p>
+<p>Fine tuning in the channel edit dialog adjusts the physical frequency
slightly if the driver supports it. The norm and frequency table
together define which frequency table is selected for defining
sources. If the device supports multiple inputs, the input menu
selects these.
-
- <p>To sort channels, highlight the channel in the list and push <b>move
+</p>
+<p>To sort channels, highlight the channel in the list and push <b>move
up</b> or <b>move down</b> to move it.
-
- <p>Once channels are defined, the <b>source</b> item in the record window
+</p>
+<p>Once channels are defined, the <b>source</b> item in the record window
can be used to select channels for recording. The same channel
selecting ability also exists in the record monitor window. Be aware
channel selections in the record monitor window and the record window
are stored in the current batch.
-
- <p>For some drivers an option to <b>swap fields</b> may be visible. These
-drivers don't get the field order right every time without human
+</p>
+<p>For some drivers an option to <b>swap fields</b> may be visible. These
+drivers don’t get the field order right every time without human
intervention. Toggle this to get the odd and even lines to record in
the right order.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING" accesskey="n" rel="next">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>, Previous: <a href="#CAPTURING-MEDIA" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CAPTURING MEDIA</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">15 IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</h2>
-<p>Let's get one thing perfectly clear. Linux is not a very good
-desktop. It's a server. Most of what you'll find on modern Linux
+
+<p>Let’s get one thing perfectly clear. Linux is not a very good
+desktop. It’s a server. Most of what you’ll find on modern Linux
distributions are faceless, network-only programs strategicly designed
to counteract one Microsoft server feature or another and not to
perform very well at user interaction. There are a number of
parameters on Linux, which ordinary people can adjust to make it behave
more like a thoroughbred in desktop usage.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE">DISABLING SWAP SPACE</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS">ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY">FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE">SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#DISABLING-CRON">DISABLING CRON</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY">REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a>
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS">ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a>
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM">SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a>
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO">IMPROVING ZORAN VIDEO</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE" accesskey="1">DISABLING SWAP SPACE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS" accesskey="2">ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY" accesskey="3">FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE" accesskey="4">SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DISABLING-CRON" accesskey="5">DISABLING CRON</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY" accesskey="6">REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS" accesskey="7">ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM" accesskey="8">SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO" accesskey="9">IMPROVING ZORAN VIDEO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
<a name="DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS">ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS" accesskey="n" rel="next">ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.1 DISABLING SWAP SPACE</h3>
<p>On systems with lots of memory, Cinelerra sometimes runs better without
-a swap space. If you have 4 GB of RAM, you're probably better off
+a swap space. If you have 4 GB of RAM, you’re probably better off
without a swap space. If you have 512MB of RAM, you should keep the
swap. If you want to do recording, you should probably disable swap
-space in any case. There's a reason for this. Linux only allows half
+space in any case. There’s a reason for this. Linux only allows half
the available memory to be used. Beyond that, it starts searching for
free pages to swap, in order to cache more disk access. In a 4 GB
-system, you start waiting for page swaps after using only 2 GB.
-
- <p>The question then is how to make Linux run without a swap space.
+system, you start waiting for page swaps after using only 2 GB.
+</p>
+<p>The question then is how to make Linux run without a swap space.
Theoretically it should be a matter of running
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">swapoff -a
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> swapoff -a
-</pre>
- <p>Unfortunately, without a swap space the <b>kswapd</b> tasklet normally
-spins at 100%. To eliminate this problem, edit <b>linux/mm/vmscan.c</b>.
-In this file, put a line saying <b>return 0;</b> before it says
+<p>Unfortunately, without a swap space the <b>kswapd</b> tasklet normally
+spins at 100%. To eliminate this problem, edit <b>linux/mm/vmscan.c</b>.
+In this file, put a line saying <b>return 0;</b> before it says
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> /*
+ * Kswapd main loop.
+ */
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> /*
- * Kswapd main loop.
- */
-</pre>
- <p>Then recompile the kernel.
+<p>Then recompile the kernel.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY">FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE">DISABLING SWAP SPACE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY" accesskey="n" rel="next">FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a>, Previous: <a href="#DISABLING-SWAP-SPACE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DISABLING SWAP SPACE</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.2 ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</h3>
<p>In order to improve realtime performance, the audio buffers for all the
Linux sound drivers were limited from 128k to 64k. For recording audio
and video simultaneously and for most audio recording this causes
dropouts. Application of low latency and preemtible kernel patches
-make it possible to record more audio recordings but it doesn't improve
+make it possible to record more audio recordings but it doesn’t improve
recording video with audio. This is where you need to hack the kernel.
-
- <p>To see if your sound buffers are suitable, run the included
+</p>
+<p>To see if your sound buffers are suitable, run the included
<b>soundtest</b> program with nothing playing or recording. This
allocates the largest possible buffers and displays them. If the
<b>TOTAL BYTES AVAILABLE</b> is under 131072, you need to see about
getting the buffers enlarged in the driver. While many drivers differ,
we have a hack for at least one driver.
-
- <p>This only applies to the OSS version of the Soundblaster Live driver.
+</p>
+<p>This only applies to the OSS version of the Soundblaster Live driver.
Since every sound card and every sound driver derivative has a
-different implementation you'll need to do some searching for other
+different implementation you’ll need to do some searching for other
sound cards. Edit <b>linux/drivers/sound/emu10k1/audio.c</b>
-
- <p>Where is says
-
-<pre class="example"> if (bufsize >= 0x10000)
-</pre>
- <p>change it to say
-
-<pre class="example"> if (bufsize > 0x40000)
-</pre>
- <p>Where is says
-
-<pre class="example"> for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
-</pre>
- <p>change it to say
-
-<pre class="example"> for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
- for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
-</pre>
- <p>In <b>linux/drivers/sound/emu10k1/hwaccess.h</b>
-
- <p>Change
-
- <p><b>#define MAXBUFSIZE 65536</b>
-
- <p>to
-
- <p><b>#define MAXBUFSIZE 262144</b>
-
- <p>Finally, in <b>linux/drivers/sound/emu10k1/cardwi.h</b>
-
- <p><b>#define WAVEIN_MAXBUFSIZE 65536</b>
-
- <p>to
-
- <p><b>#define WAVEIN_MAXBUFSIZE 262144</b>
-
- <p>Then recompile the kernel modules.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<p>Where is says
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">if (bufsize >= 0x10000)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>change it to say
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">if (bufsize > 0x40000)
+</pre></div>
+
+
+
+<p>Where is says
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>change it to say
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
+</pre></div>
+
+
+
+<p>In <b>linux/drivers/sound/emu10k1/hwaccess.h</b>
+</p>
+<p>Change
+</p>
+<p><b>#define MAXBUFSIZE 65536</b>
+</p>
+<p>to
+</p>
+<p><b>#define MAXBUFSIZE 262144</b>
+</p>
+<p>Finally, in <b>linux/drivers/sound/emu10k1/cardwi.h</b>
+</p>
+<p><b>#define WAVEIN_MAXBUFSIZE 65536</b>
+</p>
+<p>to
+</p>
+<p><b>#define WAVEIN_MAXBUFSIZE 262144</b>
+</p>
+<p>Then recompile the kernel modules.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE">SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS">ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE" accesskey="n" rel="next">SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a>, Previous: <a href="#ENLARGING-SOUND-BUFFERS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ENLARGING SOUND BUFFERS</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.3 FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</h3>
<p>The Linux kernel only allows 32MB of shared memory to be allocated by
default. This needs to be increased to do anything useful. Run the
following command:
+</p>
+<p><b>echo "0x7fffffff" > /proc/sys/kernel/shmmax</b>
+</p>
- <p><b>echo "0x7fffffff" > /proc/sys/kernel/shmmax</b>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DISABLING-CRON">DISABLING CRON</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY">FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DISABLING-CRON" accesskey="n" rel="next">DISABLING CRON</a>, Previous: <a href="#FREEING-MORE-SHARED-MEMORY" accesskey="p" rel="prev">FREEING MORE SHARED MEMORY</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.4 SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</h3>
<p>This is a very popular command sequence among Linux gurus, which is not
done by default on Linux distributions.
-
- <p><b>hdparm -c3 -d1 -u1 -k1 /dev/hda</b>
-
- <p><b>-c3</b> puts the hard drive into 32 bit I/O with sync. This normally
-doesn't work due to inept kernel support for most IDE controllers. If
+</p>
+<p><b>hdparm -c3 -d1 -u1 -k1 /dev/hda</b>
+</p>
+<p><b>-c3</b> puts the hard drive into 32 bit I/O with sync. This normally
+doesn’t work due to inept kernel support for most IDE controllers. If
you get lost interrupt or SeekComplete errors, quickly use <b>-c0</b>
instead of <b>-c3</b> in your command.
-
- <p><b>-d1</b> enables DMA of course. This frees up the CPU partially during
+</p>
+<p><b>-d1</b> enables DMA of course. This frees up the CPU partially during
data transfers.
-
- <p><b>-u1</b> allows multiple interrupts to be handled during hard drive
+</p>
+<p><b>-u1</b> allows multiple interrupts to be handled during hard drive
transactions. This frees up even more CPU time.
-
- <p><b>-k1</b> prevents Linux from resetting your settings in case of a
+</p>
+<p><b>-k1</b> prevents Linux from resetting your settings in case of a
glitch.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DISABLING-CRON"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY">REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE">SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="DISABLING-CRON"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY" accesskey="n" rel="next">REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a>, Previous: <a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-HARD-DRIVE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SPEEDING UP THE HARD DRIVE</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="DISABLING-CRON-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.5 DISABLING CRON</h3>
<p>Linux runs some daily operations like compressing man pages. These may
be acceptable background tasks while compiling or word processing but
not while playing video. Disable these operations by editing
<b>/etc/rc.d/init.d/anacron</b>.
+</p>
+<p>Put <b>exit</b> before the first line not beginning in <b>#</b>.
+</p>
+<p>In <b>/etc/rc.d/init.d/crond</b> put <b>exit</b> before the first line not
+beginning in <b>#</b>. Then make like Win 2000 and reboot.
+</p>
+<p>You can’t use the <b>at</b> command anymore, but who uses that command
+anyways?
+</p>
+
+
- <p>Put <b>exit</b> before the first line not beginning in <b>#</b>.
- <p>In <b>/etc/rc.d/init.d/crond</b> put <b>exit</b> before the first line not
-beginning in <b>#</b>. Then make like Win 2000 and reboot.
- <p>You can't use the <b>at</b> command anymore, but who uses that command
-anyways?
-<div class="node">
-<a name="REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS">ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DISABLING-CRON">DISABLING CRON</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS" accesskey="n" rel="next">ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a>, Previous: <a href="#DISABLING-CRON" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DISABLING CRON</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.6 REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</h3>
<p>Gamers like high resolution mice, but this can be painful for precisely
positioning the mouse on a timeline or video screen. XFree86 once
allowed you to reduce PS/2 mouse sensitivity using commands like
-<b>xset m 1 1</b> but you're out of luck with USB mice or KVM's.
-
- <p>We have a way to reduce USB mouse sensitivity but it requires editing
+<b>xset m 1 1</b> but you’re out of luck with USB mice or KVM’s.
+</p>
+<p>We have a way to reduce USB mouse sensitivity but it requires editing
the kernel source code. Even though USB mice have been supported for
years, the kernel source code for USB mice is constantly being
rewritten. These instructions were relevant for 2.6.12.3. Edit
-<b>/usr/src/linux/drivers/input/mousedev.c</b>.
-
- <p>After the line saying
-
-<pre class="example"> struct mousedev_hw_data {
-</pre>
- <p>put
-
-<pre class="example"> #define DOWNSAMPLE_N 100
- #define DOWNSAMPLE_D 350
- int x_accum, y_accum;
-</pre>
- <p>Next, the section which says something like:
-
-<pre class="example"> switch (code) {
- case REL_X: mousedev->packet.dx += value; break;
- case REL_Y: mousedev->packet.dy -= value; break;
- case REL_WHEEL: mousedev->packet.dz -= value; break;
- }
-</pre>
- <p>must be replaced by
-
-<pre class="example">
- switch (code) {
- case REL_X:
- mousedev->packet.x_accum += value * DOWNSAMPLE_N;
- mousedev->packet.dx += (int)mousedev->packet.x_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
- mousedev->packet.x_accum -= ((int)mousedev->packet.x_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D) * (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
- break;
- case REL_Y:
- mousedev->packet.y_accum += value * DOWNSAMPLE_N;
- mousedev->packet.dy -= (int)mousedev->packet.y_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
- mousedev->packet.y_accum -= ((int)mousedev->packet.y_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D) * (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
- break;
- case REL_WHEEL: mousedev->packet.dz -= value; break;
- }
-
-
-
-</pre>
- <p>Change the value of <b>DOWNSAMPLE_N</b> to change the mouse sensitivity.
-
-<div class="node">
-<a name="ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM">SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY">REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
+<b>/usr/src/linux/drivers/input/mousedev.c</b>.
+</p>
+<p>After the line saying
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">struct mousedev_hw_data {
+</pre></div>
-</div>
-<h3 class="section">15.7 ASSORTED X TWEEKS</h3>
+<p>put
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">#define DOWNSAMPLE_N 100
+#define DOWNSAMPLE_D 350
+int x_accum, y_accum;
+</pre></div>
-<p>XFree86 by default can't display Cinelerra's advanced pixmap rendering
-very fast. The X server stalls during list box drawing. Fix this by
-adding a line to your XF86Config* files.
+<p>Next, the section which says something like:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">switch (code) {
+ case REL_X: mousedev->packet.dx += value; break;
+ case REL_Y: mousedev->packet.dy -= value; break;
+ case REL_WHEEL: mousedev->packet.dz -= value; break;
+}
+</pre></div>
- <p>In the <b>Section "Device"</b> area, add a line saying:
+<p>must be replaced by
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+ switch (code) {
+ case REL_X:
+ mousedev->packet.x_accum += value * DOWNSAMPLE_N;
+ mousedev->packet.dx += (int)mousedev->packet.x_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
+ mousedev->packet.x_accum -= ((int)mousedev->packet.x_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D) * (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
+ break;
+ case REL_Y:
+ mousedev->packet.y_accum += value * DOWNSAMPLE_N;
+ mousedev->packet.dy -= (int)mousedev->packet.y_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
+ mousedev->packet.y_accum -= ((int)mousedev->packet.y_accum / (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D) * (int)DOWNSAMPLE_D;
+ break;
+ case REL_WHEEL: mousedev->packet.dz -= value; break;
+ }
- <p><b>Option "XaaNoOffscreenPixmaps"</b>
- <p>and restart the X server.
- <p>Screen blanking is really annoying, unless you're fabulously rich and
-can afford to leave your monitor on 24 hours a day without power saving
-mode. In <b>/etc/X11/xinit/xinitrc</b> put
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Change the value of <b>DOWNSAMPLE_N</b> to change the mouse sensitivity.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM" accesskey="n" rel="next">SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a>, Previous: <a href="#REDUCING-USB-MOUSE-SENSITIVITY" accesskey="p" rel="prev">REDUCING USB MOUSE SENSITIVITY</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">15.7 ASSORTED X TWEEKS</h3>
-<pre class="example"> xset s off
- xset s noblank
-</pre>
- <p>before the first <b>if</b> statement.
- <p>How about those windows keys which no Linux distribution even thinks to
+<p>XFree86 by default can’t display Cinelerra’s advanced pixmap rendering
+very fast. The X server stalls during list box drawing. Fix this by
+adding a line to your XF86Config* files.
+</p>
+<p>In the <b>Section "Device"</b> area, add a line saying:
+</p>
+<p><b>Option "XaaNoOffscreenPixmaps"</b>
+</p>
+<p>and restart the X server.
+</p>
+
+
+<p>Screen blanking is really annoying, unless you’re fabulously rich and
+can afford to leave your monitor on 24 hours a day without power saving
+mode. In <b>/etc/X11/xinit/xinitrc</b> put
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">xset s off
+xset s noblank
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>before the first <b>if</b> statement.
+</p>
+<p>How about those windows keys which no Linux distribution even thinks to
use. You can make the window keys provide ALT functionality by editing
<b>/etc/X11/Xmodmap</b>. Append the following to it.
-
-<pre class="example"> keycode 115 = Hyper_L
- keycode 116 = Hyper_R
- add mod4 = Hyper_L
- add mod5 = Hyper_R
-</pre>
- <p>The actual changes to a window manager to make it recognize window keys
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">keycode 115 = Hyper_L
+keycode 116 = Hyper_R
+add mod4 = Hyper_L
+add mod5 = Hyper_R
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The actual changes to a window manager to make it recognize window keys
for ALT are complex. In <b>FVWM</b> at least, you can edit
<b>/etc/X11/fvwm/system.fvwm2rc</b> and put
-
-<pre class="example"> Mouse 0 T A move-and-raise-or-raiselower
- #Mouse 0 W M move
- Mouse 0 W 4 move
- Mouse 0 W 5 move
- Mouse 0 F A resize-or-raiselower
- Mouse 0 S A resize-or-raiselower
-</pre>
- <p>in place of the default section for moving and resizing. Your best
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Mouse 0 T A move-and-raise-or-raiselower
+#Mouse 0 W M move
+Mouse 0 W 4 move
+Mouse 0 W 5 move
+Mouse 0 F A resize-or-raiselower
+Mouse 0 S A resize-or-raiselower
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>in place of the default section for moving and resizing. Your best
performance is going to be on FVWM. Other window managers seem to slow
-down video with extra event trapping and aren't as efficient in layout.
+down video with extra event trapping and aren’t as efficient in layout.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO">IMPROVING ZORAN VIDEO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS">ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO" accesskey="n" rel="next">IMPROVING ZORAN VIDEO</a>, Previous: <a href="#ASSORTED-X-TWEEKS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ASSORTED X TWEEKS</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.8 SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</h3>
-<p>You'll often store video on an expensive, gigantic disk array separate
-from your boot disk. You'll thus have to manually install an EXT
+<p>You’ll often store video on an expensive, gigantic disk array separate
+from your boot disk. You’ll thus have to manually install an EXT
filesystem on this disk array, using the <b>mke2fs</b> command. By far
-the fastest file system is
-
-<pre class="example">
- mke2fs -i 65536 -b 4096 my_device
- tune2fs -r0 -c10000 my_device
-
-</pre>
- <p>This has no journaling, reserves as few blocks as possible for
-filenames, and accesses the largest amount of data per block possible.
+the fastest file system is
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+mke2fs -i 65536 -b 4096 my_device
+tune2fs -r0 -c10000 my_device
+
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>This has no journaling, reserves as few blocks as possible for
+filenames, and accesses the largest amount of data per block possible.
A slightly slower file system, which is easier to recover after power
failures is
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+mke2fs -j -i 65536 -b 4096 my_device
+tune2fs -r0 -c10000 my_device
-<pre class="example">
- mke2fs -j -i 65536 -b 4096 my_device
- tune2fs -r0 -c10000 my_device
-
-</pre>
- <p>This adds a journal which slows down the writes but makes us immune to
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>This adds a journal which slows down the writes but makes us immune to
power failures.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM">SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#SPEEDING-UP-THE-FILE-SYSTEM" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SPEEDING UP THE FILE SYSTEM</a>, Up: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="u" rel="up">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="IMPROVING-ZORAN-VIDEO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">15.9 IMPROVING ZORAN VIDEO</h3>
<p>Video recorded from the ZORAN inputs is normally unaligned or not
completely encoded on the right. This can be slightly compensated by
adjusting parameters in the driver sourcecode.
-
- <p>In <b>/usr/src/linux/drivers/media/video/zr36067.c</b> the structures
+</p>
+<p>In <b>/usr/src/linux/drivers/media/video/zr36067.c</b> the structures
defined near line 623 affect alignment. At least for NTSC, the 2.4.20
-version of the driver could be improved by changing
-
-<pre class="example"> static struct tvnorm f60ccir601 = { 858, 720, 57, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
-</pre>
- <p>to
+version of the driver could be improved by changing
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">static struct tvnorm f60ccir601 = { 858, 720, 57, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> static struct tvnorm f60ccir601 = { 858, 720, 57, 788, 525, 480, 17 };
-</pre>
- <p>In <b>/usr/src/linux/drivers/media/video/bt819.c</b> more structures near
-line 76 affect alignment and encoding.
+<p>to
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">static struct tvnorm f60ccir601 = { 858, 720, 57, 788, 525, 480, 17 };
+</pre></div>
- <p>For NTSC
-<pre class="example"> {858 - 24, 2, 523, 1, 0x00f8, 0x0000},
-</pre>
- <p>could be changed to
-<pre class="example"> {868 - 24, 2, 523, 1, 0x00f8, 0x0000},
-</pre>
- <p>Adjusting these parameters may or may not move your picture closer to
-the center. More of the time, they'll cause the driver to lock up
+<p>In <b>/usr/src/linux/drivers/media/video/bt819.c</b> more structures near
+line 76 affect alignment and encoding.
+</p>
+<p>For NTSC
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">{858 - 24, 2, 523, 1, 0x00f8, 0x0000},
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>could be changed to
+</p><div class="example">
+<pre class="example">{868 - 24, 2, 523, 1, 0x00f8, 0x0000},
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Adjusting these parameters may or may not move your picture closer to
+the center. More of the time, they’ll cause the driver to lock up
before capturing the first frame.
+</p>
+<a name="NEW-IN-2_002e6_002e5"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">15.9.1 NEW IN 2.6.5</h4>
<p>In the 2.6 kernels, the video subsystem was rewritten again from
scratch. To adjust the Zoran parameters go to
<b>drivers/media/video/zoran_card.c</b> and look for a group of lines like
-
-<pre class="example"> static struct tvnorm f50sqpixel = { 944, 768, 83, 880, 625, 576, 16 };
- static struct tvnorm f60sqpixel = { 780, 640, 51, 716, 525, 480, 12 };
- static struct tvnorm f50ccir601 = { 864, 720, 75, 804, 625, 576, 18 };
- static struct tvnorm f60ccir601 = { 858, 720, 57, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
-
- static struct tvnorm f50ccir601_lml33 = { 864, 720, 75+34, 804, 625, 576, 18 };
- static struct tvnorm f60ccir601_lml33 = { 858, 720, 57+34, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
-
- /* The DC10 (57/16/50) uses VActive as HSync, so HStart must be 0 */
- static struct tvnorm f50sqpixel_dc10 = { 944, 768, 0, 880, 625, 576, 0 };
- static struct tvnorm f60sqpixel_dc10 = { 780, 640, 0, 716, 525, 480, 12 };
-
- /* FIXME: I cannot swap U and V in saa7114, so i do one
- * pixel left shift in zoran (75 -> 74)
- * (Maxim Yevtyushkin <max@linuxmedialabs.com>) */
- static struct tvnorm f50ccir601_lm33r10 = { 864, 720, 74+54, 804, 625, 576, 18 };
- static struct tvnorm f60ccir601_lm33r10 = { 858, 720, 56+54, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
-</pre>
- <p>These seem to control the image position. At least for the LML33 the
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">static struct tvnorm f50sqpixel = { 944, 768, 83, 880, 625, 576, 16 };
+static struct tvnorm f60sqpixel = { 780, 640, 51, 716, 525, 480, 12 };
+static struct tvnorm f50ccir601 = { 864, 720, 75, 804, 625, 576, 18 };
+static struct tvnorm f60ccir601 = { 858, 720, 57, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
+
+static struct tvnorm f50ccir601_lml33 = { 864, 720, 75+34, 804, 625, 576, 18 };
+static struct tvnorm f60ccir601_lml33 = { 858, 720, 57+34, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
+
+/* The DC10 (57/16/50) uses VActive as HSync, so HStart must be 0 */
+static struct tvnorm f50sqpixel_dc10 = { 944, 768, 0, 880, 625, 576, 0 };
+static struct tvnorm f60sqpixel_dc10 = { 780, 640, 0, 716, 525, 480, 12 };
+
+/* FIXME: I cannot swap U and V in saa7114, so i do one
+ * pixel left shift in zoran (75 -> 74)
+ * (Maxim Yevtyushkin <max@linuxmedialabs.com>) */
+static struct tvnorm f50ccir601_lm33r10 = { 864, 720, 74+54, 804, 625, 576, 18 };
+static struct tvnorm f60ccir601_lm33r10 = { 858, 720, 56+54, 788, 525, 480, 16 };
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>These seem to control the image position. At least for the LML33 the
following definition for <b>f60ccir601_lml33</b> does the trick.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">static struct tvnorm f60ccir601_lml33 = { 858, 720, 67+34, 788, 525, 480, 13 };
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> static struct tvnorm f60ccir601_lml33 = { 858, 720, 67+34, 788, 525, 480, 13 };
-</pre>
- <div class="node">
-<a name="TROUBLESHOOTING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
-<h2 class="chapter">16 TROUBLESHOOTING</h2>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES">BUZ DRIVER CRASHES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK">DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES">LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING">SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK">APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN'T WORK</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK">DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="TROUBLESHOOTING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="n" rel="next">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>, Previous: <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
+<a name="TROUBLESHOOTING-1"></a>
+<h2 class="chapter">16 TROUBLESHOOTING</h2>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES" accesskey="1">BUZ DRIVER CRASHES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK" accesskey="2">DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES" accesskey="3">LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING" accesskey="4">SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK" accesskey="5">APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN'T WORK</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK" accesskey="n" rel="next">DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</a>, Up: <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING" accesskey="u" rel="up">TROUBLESHOOTING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">16.1 BUZ DRIVER CRASHES</h3>
<p>First, Zoran capture boards must be accessed using the <b>Buz</b> video
driver in <b>Preferences->Recording</b> and <b>Preferences->Playback</b>.
Some performance tweeks are available in another section.
See <a href="#IMPROVING-PERFORMANCE">IMPROVING PERFORMANCE</a>.
-
- <p>Once tweeked, the Buz driver seems to crash if the number of recording
+</p>
+<p>Once tweeked, the Buz driver seems to crash if the number of recording
buffers is too high. Make sure <b>Preferences->Recording->Frames to
buffer in device</b> is below 10.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN'T-WORK"></a>
+<hr>
<a name="DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES">LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES">BUZ DRIVER CRASHES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES" accesskey="n" rel="next">LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a>, Previous: <a href="#BUZ-DRIVER-CRASHES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">BUZ DRIVER CRASHES</a>, Up: <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING" accesskey="u" rel="up">TROUBLESHOOTING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
+<a name="DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">16.2 DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN’T WORK</h3>
-<h3 class="section">16.2 DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</h3>
<p>Sometimes there will be two edits really close together. The point
selected for dragging may be next to the indended edit on an edit too
small to see at the current zoom level. Zoom in horizontally.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING">SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK">DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING" accesskey="n" rel="next">SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a>, Previous: <a href="#DRAGGING-IN-AND-OUT-POINTS-DOESN_0027T-WORK" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DRAGGING IN AND OUT POINTS DOESN'T WORK</a>, Up: <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING" accesskey="u" rel="up">TROUBLESHOOTING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">16.3 LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</h3>
+
<p>The most common reason loading files locks up is because the codec
-isn't supported. Another reason is because Cinelerra is building
+isn’t supported. Another reason is because Cinelerra is building
picons for the Resources window. If you load a large number of images,
it needs to decompress every single image to build a picon. Go into
settings->preferences->interface and disable <b>Use thumbnails in
resource window</b> to skip this process.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK">APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN'T WORK</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES">LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK" accesskey="n" rel="next">APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN'T WORK</a>, Previous: <a href="#LOCKING-UP-WHEN-LOADING-FILES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LOCKING UP WHEN LOADING FILES</a>, Up: <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING" accesskey="u" rel="up">TROUBLESHOOTING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">16.4 SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</h3>
<p>If the framerate of the recording is much lower than the framerate of
<b>number of frames to buffer in the device</b> in
<b>preferences->recording</b> so the excess frames are dropped instead of
buffered.
-
-<div class="node">
-<a name="APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN'T-WORK"></a>
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING">SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#SYNCHRONIZATION-LOST-WHILE-RECORDING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SYNCHRONIZATION LOST WHILE RECORDING</a>, Up: <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING" accesskey="u" rel="up">TROUBLESHOOTING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
-<h3 class="section">16.5 APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN'T WORK</h3>
+<a name="APPLYING-LINEARIZE-FOLLOWED-BY-BLUR-DOESN_0027T-WORK-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">16.5 APPLYING LINEARIZE FOLLOWED BY BLUR DOESN’T WORK</h3>
<p>The linearize effect uses the pow function while the blur effect uses a
number of exp functions in the math library. For some reason, using
the pow function breaks later calls to the exp functions in the math
library. You need to apply linearize after blur to get it to work.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TROUBLESHOOTING">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="n" rel="next">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>, Previous: <a href="#TROUBLESHOOTING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TROUBLESHOOTING</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">17 SECRETS OF CINELERRA</h2>
-<p>In this section, you'll find ways to apply Cinelerra to common
+<p>In this section, you’ll find ways to apply Cinelerra to common
problems. Other sections are arranged in order of the tools and what
the tools are used for. This section is arranged in order of the
problems and what tools are used to solve the problems.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING">DOLBY PRO LOGIC ENCODING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING">ANALOG TV CLEANING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING">DEFEATING INTERLACING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM">MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE">CLEARING OUT HAZE</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#MAKING-A-DVD">MAKING A DVD</a>
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE">MAKING A RINGTONE</a>
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO">TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a>
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO">PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a>
-<li><a href="#TEXT-TO-MOVIE">TEXT TO MOVIE</a>
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING" accesskey="1">DOLBY PRO LOGIC ENCODING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING" accesskey="2">ANALOG TV CLEANING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING" accesskey="3">DEFEATING INTERLACING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM" accesskey="4">MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE" accesskey="5">CLEARING OUT HAZE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MAKING-A-DVD" accesskey="6">MAKING A DVD</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE" accesskey="7">MAKING A RINGTONE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO" accesskey="8">TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO" accesskey="9">PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TEXT-TO-MOVIE">TEXT TO MOVIE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING">ANALOG TV CLEANING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING" accesskey="n" rel="next">ANALOG TV CLEANING</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.1 DOLBY PRO LOGIC ENCODING</h3>
<p>Dolby pro logic is an easy way to output 6 channel audio from a 2
channel soundcard with degraded but useful results. Rudimentary Dolby
pro logic encoding can be achieved with clever usage of the effects.
-
- <p>Create 2 audio tracks with the same audio. Apply <b>invert audio</b> to
+</p>
+<p>Create 2 audio tracks with the same audio. Apply <b>invert audio</b> to
one track. The signal comes out of the back speakers.
-
- <p>Create a single audio track with monaural audio of a different source.
+</p>
+<p>Create a single audio track with monaural audio of a different source.
Center it in the <b>pan</b> control. The signal comes out of the center
speaker.
-
- <p>Create other tracks with different signals and pan them left or right
+</p>
+<p>Create other tracks with different signals and pan them left or right
to put signals in the front left or right speaker.
-
- <p>Finally, if a copy of the signal in the back speakers is desired in any
+</p>
+<p>Finally, if a copy of the signal in the back speakers is desired in any
single front speaker, the signal in the back speakers must be delayed
by at least 0.05 seconds and a single new track should be created. Pan
the new track to orient the signal in the front speakers.
-
- <p>If the same signal is desired in all the speakers except the center
+</p>
+<p>If the same signal is desired in all the speakers except the center
speaker, delay the back speakers by 0.5 seconds and delay either the
front left or front right by 0.2 seconds.
-
- <p>If you want to hear something from the subwoofer, create a new track,
+</p>
+<p>If you want to hear something from the subwoofer, create a new track,
select a range, drop a synthesizer effect, and set the frequency below
60 Hz. The subwoofer merely plays anything below around 60Hz.
-
- <p>Other tricks you can perform to separate the speakers are parametric
+</p>
+<p>Other tricks you can perform to separate the speakers are parametric
equalization to play only selected ranges of frequencies through
different speakers and lowpass filtering to play signals through the
subwoofer.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="ANALOG-TV-CLEANING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING">DEFEATING INTERLACING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING">DOLBY PRO LOGIC ENCODING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="ANALOG-TV-CLEANING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING" accesskey="n" rel="next">DEFEATING INTERLACING</a>, Previous: <a href="#DOLBY-PRO-LOGIC-ENCODING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DOLBY PRO LOGIC ENCODING</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="ANALOG-TV-CLEANING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.2 ANALOG TV CLEANING</h3>
+
<p>Unless you live in a rich nation like China or are a terrorist, you
probably record analog TV more than you record digital TV. The picture
quality on analog TV is horrible but you can do things in Cinelerra to
make it look more like it did in the studio.
-
- <p>First, when capturing the video, capture it in the highest resolution
-possible. For Europeans it's 720x576 and for Americans it's 720x480.
-Don't bother adjusting the brightness or contrast in the recording
+</p>
+<p>First, when capturing the video, capture it in the highest resolution
+possible. For Europeans it’s 720x576 and for Americans it’s 720x480.
+Don’t bother adjusting the brightness or contrast in the recording
monitor, although maxing out the color is useful. Capture it using
MJPEG or uncompressed Component Video if possible. If those are too
demanding, then capture it using JPEG. RGB should be a last resort.
-
- <p>Now on the timeline use <b>Settings->Format</b> to set a YUV colorspace.
-Drop a <b>Downsample</b> effect on the footage. Set it for
-
-<pre class="example"> Horizontal: 2
- Horizontal offset: 0
- Vertical: 2
- Vertical offset: 0
-
- red
- x green
- x blue
- alpha
-</pre>
- <p>Use the camera tool to shift the picture up or down a line to remove
+</p>
+<p>Now on the timeline use <b>Settings->Format</b> to set a YUV colorspace.
+Drop a <b>Downsample</b> effect on the footage. Set it for
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Horizontal: 2
+Horizontal offset: 0
+Vertical: 2
+Vertical offset: 0
+
+ red
+ x green
+ x blue
+ alpha
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Use the camera tool to shift the picture up or down a line to remove
the most color interference from the image. This is the difference
-we're looking for:
-
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
+we’re looking for:
+</p>
+<br>
-<img src="cleaning1.png" alt="cleaning1.png">
+<img src="cleaning1.png" alt="cleaning1">
- <p>If you have vertical blanking information or crawls which constantly
+<p>If you have vertical blanking information or crawls which constantly
change in each frame, block them out with the <b>Mask</b> tool. This
improves compression ratios.
-
- <p>This is about all you can do without destroying more data than you
+</p>
+<p>This is about all you can do without destroying more data than you
would naturally lose in compression. The more invasive cleaning
techniques involve deinterlacing.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DEFEATING-INTERLACING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM">MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING">ANALOG TV CLEANING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="DEFEATING-INTERLACING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM" accesskey="n" rel="next">MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a>, Previous: <a href="#ANALOG-TV-CLEANING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ANALOG TV CLEANING</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="DEFEATING-INTERLACING-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.3 DEFEATING INTERLACING</h3>
+
<p>Interlacing is done on most video sources because it costs too much to
-build progressive scanning cameras and progressive scanning CRT's.
+build progressive scanning cameras and progressive scanning CRT’s.
Many a consumer has been dissapointed to spend 5 paychecks on a
camcorder and discover what horrible jagged images it produces on a
computer monitor.
-
- <p>As for progressive scanning camcorders, forget it. Cost factors are
+</p>
+<p>As for progressive scanning camcorders, forget it. Cost factors are
probably going to keep progressive scanning cameras from ever equalling
the spatial resolution of interlaced cameras. Interlacing is here to
-stay. That's why they made deinterlacing effects in Cinelerra.
-
- <p>We don't believe there has ever been a perfect deinterlacing effect.
-They're either irreversible or don't work. Cinelerra cuts down the
+stay. That’s why they made deinterlacing effects in Cinelerra.
+</p>
+<p>We don’t believe there has ever been a perfect deinterlacing effect.
+They’re either irreversible or don’t work. Cinelerra cuts down the
middle by providing deinterlacing tools that are irreversible sometimes
-and don't work sometimes but are neither one or the other.
-
- <p><b>Line Doubling</b>
-
- <p>This one is done by the <b>Deinterlace</b> effect when set to <b>Odd
+and don’t work sometimes but are neither one or the other.
+</p>
+<p><b>Line Doubling</b>
+</p>
+<p>This one is done by the <b>Deinterlace</b> effect when set to <b>Odd
lines</b> or <b>Even lines</b>. When applied to a track it reduces the
vertical resolution by 1/2 and gives you progressive frames with
stairstepping. This is only useful when followed by a scale effect
which reduces the image to half its size.
-
- <p><b>Line averaging</b>
-
- <p>The <b>Deinterlace</b> effect when set to <b>Average even lines</b> or
+</p>
+<p><b>Line averaging</b>
+</p>
+<p>The <b>Deinterlace</b> effect when set to <b>Average even lines</b> or
<b>Average odd lines</b> does exactly what line doubling does except
instead of making straight copies of the lines it makes averages of the
lines. This is actually useful for all scaling.
-
- <p>There's an option for adaptive line averaging which selects which lines
+</p>
+<p>There’s an option for adaptive line averaging which selects which lines
to line average and which lines to leave interlaced based on the
-difference between the lines. It doesn't work.
-
- <p><b>Inverse Telecine</b>
-
- <p>This is the most effective deinterlacing tool when the footage is an
+difference between the lines. It doesn’t work.
+</p>
+<p><b>Inverse Telecine</b>
+</p>
+<p>This is the most effective deinterlacing tool when the footage is an
NTSC TV broadcast of a film. See <a href="#INVERSE-TELECINE">INVERSE TELECINE</a>.
-
- <p><b>Time base correction</b>
-
- <p>The first three tools either destroy footage irreversibly or don't work
-sometimes. <b>Time base correction</b> is last because it's the perfect
-deinterlacing tool. It leaves the footage intact. It doesn't reduce
-resolution, perceptually at least. It doesn't cause jittery timing.
-
- <p>The <b>Frames to Fields</b> effect converts each frame to two frames, so
+</p>
+
+<p><b>Time base correction</b>
+</p>
+<p>The first three tools either destroy footage irreversibly or don’t work
+sometimes. <b>Time base correction</b> is last because it’s the perfect
+deinterlacing tool. It leaves the footage intact. It doesn’t reduce
+resolution, perceptually at least. It doesn’t cause jittery timing.
+</p>
+<p>The <b>Frames to Fields</b> effect converts each frame to two frames, so
it must be used on a timeline whose project frame rate is twice the
-footage's frame rate. In the first frame it puts a line averaged copy
+footage’s frame rate. In the first frame it puts a line averaged copy
of the even lines. In the second frame it puts a line averaged copy of
the odd lines. When played back at full framerates it gives the
illusion of progressive video with no loss of detail.
-
- <p>Best of all, this effect can be reversed with the <b>Fields to frames</b>
+</p>
+<p>Best of all, this effect can be reversed with the <b>Fields to frames</b>
effect. That one combines two frames of footage back into the one
original interlaced frame of half the framerate.
-
- <p>Be aware that frames to fields inputs frames at half the framerate as
+</p>
+<p>Be aware that frames to fields inputs frames at half the framerate as
the project. Effects before frames to fields process at the reduced
framerate.
-
- <p>Unfortunately, the output of <b>Frames to Fields</b> can't be compressed
+</p>
+<p>Unfortunately, the output of <b>Frames to Fields</b> can’t be compressed
as efficiently as the original because it introduces vertical twitter
and a super high framerate.
-
- <p>Interlaced 29.97fps footage can be made to look like film by applying
+</p>
+<p>Interlaced 29.97fps footage can be made to look like film by applying
<b>Frames to Fields</b> and then reducing the project frame rate of the
resulting 59.94fps footage to 23.97fps. This produces no timing jitter
and the occasional odd field gives the illusion of more detail than
there would be if you just line averaged the original.
+</p>
- <p><b>HDTV exceptions</b>
-
- <p>1920x1080 HDTV is encoded a special way. If it's a broadcast of
-original HDTV film, an inverse telecine works fine. If it's a
+<p><b>HDTV exceptions</b>
+</p>
+<p>1920x1080 HDTV is encoded a special way. If it’s a broadcast of
+original HDTV film, an inverse telecine works fine. If it’s a
rebroadcast of a 720x480 source, you need to use a time base and line
doubling algorithm to deinterlace it, See <a href="#g_t1080-TO-480">1080 TO 480</a>.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE">CLEARING OUT HAZE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING">DEFEATING INTERLACING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE" accesskey="n" rel="next">CLEARING OUT HAZE</a>, Previous: <a href="#DEFEATING-INTERLACING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DEFEATING INTERLACING</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.4 MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</h3>
+
+
+
<p>Video sweetening is constantly getting better. Lately the best thing
you can do for dirt cheap consumer camcorder video is to turn it into
-progressive 24fps output. While you can't really do that, you can get
+progressive 24fps output. While you can’t really do that, you can get
pretty close for the money. Mind you, this procedure can degrade high
quality video just as easily as it improves low quality video. It
should only be used for low quality video.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
Step 1 - Set project framerate to twice the video framerate.
- <li>
+</li><li>
Step 2 - Apply a <b>Sharpen</b> effect. Set it to sharpness: 25, no
interlacing, and horizontal only.
- <li>
+</li><li>
Step 3 - Drop a <b>Frame to Fields</b> effect on the same track. Set
Average Empty Rows on and play through the video a few times to figure
out which field is first. If the wrong field is first, the motion is
shaky. Secondly, any editing in the doubled frame rate may now screw
-up the field order. We're still figuring out the easiest way to
+up the field order. We’re still figuring out the easiest way to
support warnings for field glitches but for now you need to go back to
the normal framerate to do editing or play test to make sure the fields
are right.
- <li>
+
+</li><li>
Step 4 - Render just the video to the highest quality file possible.
- <li>
+</li><li>
Step 5 - Import the video back to a new track. Set the project
framerate to 24. The new track should now display more filmish and
sharper images than the original footage.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
- <p>This entire procedure could be implemented in one nonrealtime effect,
-but the biggest problem with that is you'll most often want to keep the
+<p>This entire procedure could be implemented in one nonrealtime effect,
+but the biggest problem with that is you’ll most often want to keep the
field based output and the 24fps output for posterity. A nonrealtime
effect would require all that processing just for the 24fps copy.
Still debating that one.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CLEARING-OUT-HAZE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MAKING-A-DVD">MAKING A DVD</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM">MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="CLEARING-OUT-HAZE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MAKING-A-DVD" accesskey="n" rel="next">MAKING A DVD</a>, Previous: <a href="#MAKING-VIDEO-LOOK-LIKE-FILM" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MAKING VIDEO LOOK LIKE FILM</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CLEARING-OUT-HAZE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.5 CLEARING OUT HAZE</h3>
-<p>Let's face it, if you're employed you live in Silicon Valley. As such
+<p>Let’s face it, if you’re employed you live in Silicon Valley. As such
you probably photograph a lot of haze and never see blue sky ever.
Even if you can afford to briefly go somewhere where there is blue sky,
horizon shots usually can stand for more depth. This is what the
<b>gradient effect</b> is for.
-
- <p>Drop the gradient effect on hazy tracks. Set the following parameters:
-
-<pre class="example"> Angle: 0
- Inner radius: 0
- Outer radius: 40
- Inner color: blue 100% alpha
- Outer color: blue 0% alpha
-</pre>
- <p>It's important to set the 0% alpha color to blue even though it's 0%
+</p>
+<p>Drop the gradient effect on hazy tracks. Set the following parameters:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Angle: 0
+Inner radius: 0
+Outer radius: 40
+Inner color: blue 100% alpha
+Outer color: blue 0% alpha
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>It’s important to set the 0% alpha color to blue even though it’s 0%
alpha. The color of the outer alpha is still interpolated with the
inner color. This is a generally applicable setting for the gradient.
Some scenes may work better with orange or brown for an evening feel.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MAKING-A-DVD"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE">MAKING A RINGTONE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE">CLEARING OUT HAZE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="MAKING-A-DVD"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE" accesskey="n" rel="next">MAKING A RINGTONE</a>, Previous: <a href="#CLEARING-OUT-HAZE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CLEARING OUT HAZE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="MAKING-A-DVD-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.6 MAKING A DVD</h3>
<p><b>A single chapter DVD</b>
-
- <p>Make a single chapter DVD by rendering video to an MPEG video file.
+</p>
+<p>Make a single chapter DVD by rendering video to an MPEG video file.
The video should be 720x480, 29.97fps. The aspect ratio should be 16x9
or 4x3.
-
- <p>Use the YUV 4:2:0 color model and DVD preset. Set the bitrate to the
-desired bitrate. It's not clear exactly what other parameters the MPEG
-encoder uses in the DVD preset but we've enabled the following:
-
-<pre class="example"> Derivative: MPEG-2
- Fixed bitrate
- I frame distance: 15
- P frame distance: 0
- Sequence start codes in every GOP
-</pre>
- <p>Render the audio to an AC3 audio file. Any bitrate can be used.
-
- <p><b>Dvdrtools</b> must be downloaded to generate the actual DVD
+</p>
+<p>Use the YUV 4:2:0 color model and DVD preset. Set the bitrate to the
+desired bitrate. It’s not clear exactly what other parameters the MPEG
+encoder uses in the DVD preset but we’ve enabled the following:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Derivative: MPEG-2
+Fixed bitrate
+I frame distance: 15
+P frame distance: 0
+Sequence start codes in every GOP
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Render the audio to an AC3 audio file. Any bitrate can be used.
+</p>
+<p><b>Dvdrtools</b> must be downloaded to generate the actual DVD
filesystem. The actual usage of dvdrtools changes frequently but
currently it involves the mkisofs and ifogen programs. Mkisofs is
built automatically in dvdrtools but ifogen may have to be built
manually by entering the <b>video</b> directory and running <b>make
ifogen</b>. Mkisofs and ifogen must be put into /usr/bin manually.
-
- <p>Also, the <b>mplex</b> program from <b>mjpegtools</b> must be installed. The
+</p>
+<p>Also, the <b>mplex</b> program from <b>mjpegtools</b> must be installed. The
mjpegtools package is built in the hvirtual distribution and the mplex
utility may be extracted from there.
-
- <p>Given the files audio.ac3 and video.m2v, rendered by Cinelerra, the
+</p>
+<p>Given the files audio.ac3 and video.m2v, rendered by Cinelerra, the
following commands pack them into a dvd readable by commercial
appliances.
-
-<pre class="example"> mplex -M -f 8 -o final.mpg audio.ac3 video.m2v
- mkdir -p dvd/VIDEO_TS
- ifogen final.mpg -o dvd
- ifogen -T -o dvd
- mkisofs -dvd-video -udf -o dvd.iso dvd/
-</pre>
- <p>Chapters may be set with the following. The units are seconds. Version
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">mplex -M -f 8 -o final.mpg audio.ac3 video.m2v
+mkdir -p dvd/VIDEO_TS
+ifogen final.mpg -o dvd
+ifogen -T -o dvd
+mkisofs -dvd-video -udf -o dvd.iso dvd/
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Chapters may be set with the following. The units are seconds. Version
0.3.1 ignores the 1st chapter, so it has to be specified as 0.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">ifogen -o dvd --chapters=0,0021.788,0047.447,0077.043 final.mpg
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Replace the chapter times.
+</p>
+<p>dvd.iso can be burned directly to a DVD with the following:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">dvdrecord -ignsize -dao -v dev=/dev/hdc fs=67108864 dvd.iso
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The argument to dev= is the IDE device of the DVD drive. Burning DVD’s
+through SCSI is currently not supported.
+</p>
-<pre class="example"> ifogen -o dvd --chapters=0,0021.788,0047.447,0077.043 final.mpg
-</pre>
- <p>Replace the chapter times.
- <p>dvd.iso can be burned directly to a DVD with the following:
-<pre class="example"> dvdrecord -ignsize -dao -v dev=/dev/hdc fs=67108864 dvd.iso
-</pre>
- <p>The argument to dev= is the IDE device of the DVD drive. Burning DVD's
-through SCSI is currently not supported.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MAKING-A-RINGTONE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO">TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MAKING-A-DVD">MAKING A DVD</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="MAKING-A-RINGTONE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO" accesskey="n" rel="next">TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a>, Previous: <a href="#MAKING-A-DVD" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MAKING A DVD</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="MAKING-A-RINGTONE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.7 MAKING A RINGTONE</h3>
-<p>This is how we made ringtones for the low end Motorola V180's and it'll
+<p>This is how we made ringtones for the low end Motorola V180’s and it’ll
probably work with any new phone. Go to <b>File->Load files...</b> and
load a sound file with Insertion strategy: <b>Replace current
project</b>. Go to <b>Settings->Format</b> change <b>Channels</b> to 1 and
<b>Samplerate</b> to 16000 or 22050.
-
- <p>Either highlight a region of the timeline or set in/out points to use
+</p>
+<p>Either highlight a region of the timeline or set in/out points to use
for the ringtone. To improve sound quality on the cell phone, you need
the maximum amplitude in as many parts of the sound as possible. Right
click on track Audio 1 and select <b>Attach effect..</b>. Highlight the
<b>Compressor</b> effect and hit <b>Attach</b> in the attachment popup.
-
- <p>Make sure the insertion point or highlighted area is in the region with
+</p>
+<p>Make sure the insertion point or highlighted area is in the region with
the Compressor effect. Right click on track Audio 2 and select
<b>Attach effect..</b>. Highlight <b>Audio 1: Compressor</b> and hit
-<b>Attach</b>. Click the Audio1 Compressor's magnifying glass
-<img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify.png"> to bring up the compressor GUI.
-
- <p>Set the following parameters:
-
-<pre class="example"> Reaction secs: <b>-0.1</b>
- Decay secs: <b>0.1</b>
- Trigger Type: <b>Total</b>
- Trigger: <b>0</b>
- Smooth only: <b>No</b>
-</pre>
- <p>Click <b>Clear</b> to clear the graph. Click anywhere in the
+<b>Attach</b>. Click the Audio1 Compressor’s magnifying glass
+<img src="magnify.png" alt="magnify"> to bring up the compressor GUI.
+</p>
+<p>Set the following parameters:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Reaction secs: <b>-0.1</b>
+Decay secs: <b>0.1</b>
+Trigger Type: <b>Total</b>
+Trigger: <b>0</b>
+Smooth only: <b>No</b>
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<p>Click <b>Clear</b> to clear the graph. Click anywhere in the
grid area and drag a new point to 0 Output and -50 Input. The graph
should look like this.
+</p>
+<br>
+<img src="compress.png" alt="compress">
- <pre class="sp">
-
-</pre>
-<img src="compress.png" alt="compress.png">
-
- <p>Go to <b>File->Render</b>. Specify the name of an mp3 file to output to.
-Set the file format to <b>MPEG Audio</b>. Click the wrench <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench.png">
+<p>Go to <b>File->Render</b>. Specify the name of an mp3 file to output to.
+Set the file format to <b>MPEG Audio</b>. Click the wrench <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench">
for Audio and set <b>Layer</b> to <b>III</b> and <b>Kbits per second</b> to
<b>24</b> or <b>32</b>. Check <b>Render audio tracks</b> and uncheck <b>Render
video tracks</b>. Hit OK to render the file.
-
- <p>The resulting .mp3 file must be uploaded to a web server. Then, the
-phone's web browser must download the .mp3 file directly from the URL.
+</p>
+<p>The resulting .mp3 file must be uploaded to a web server. Then, the
+phone’s web browser must download the .mp3 file directly from the URL.
There also may be a size limit on the file.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO">PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE">MAKING A RINGTONE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO" accesskey="n" rel="next">PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a>, Previous: <a href="#MAKING-A-RINGTONE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MAKING A RINGTONE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.8 TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</h3>
<p>It may appear that time stretching audio is a matter of selecting a
going to <b>Audio->Render Effect</b>, and applying <b>Time Stretch</b>. In
actuality there are 3 audio effects for time stretching: <b>Time
Stretch</b>, <b>Resample</b>, and <b>Asset info dialog</b>.
-
- <p>Time Stretch applies a fast fourier transform to try to change the
+</p>
+<p>Time Stretch applies a fast fourier transform to try to change the
duration without changing the pitch, but this introduces windowing
-artifacts to the audio. It's only useful for large changes in time
+artifacts to the audio. It’s only useful for large changes in time
because obvious changes in duration make windowing artifacts less
obtrusive.
-
- <p>For smaller changes in duration, in the range of 5%, <b>Resample</b>
+</p>
+<p>For smaller changes in duration, in the range of 5%, <b>Resample</b>
should be used. This changes the pitch of the audio but small enough
-changes aren't noticable. Resample doesn't introduce any windowing
+changes aren’t noticable. Resample doesn’t introduce any windowing
artifacts, so this is most useful for slight duration changes where the
-listener isn't supposed to know what's going on.
-
- <p>Another way to change duration slightly is to go to the <b>Resources</b>
+listener isn’t supposed to know what’s going on.
+</p>
+<p>Another way to change duration slightly is to go to the <b>Resources</b>
window, highlight the <b>media</b> folder, right click on an audio file,
click on <b>Info</b>. Adjust the sample rate in the <b>Info</b> dialog to
adjust the duration. This method also requires left clicking on the
right boundary of the audio tracks and dragging left or right to
correspond to the length changes.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TEXT-TO-MOVIE">TEXT TO MOVIE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO">TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TEXT-TO-MOVIE" accesskey="n" rel="next">TEXT TO MOVIE</a>, Previous: <a href="#TIME-STRETCHING-AUDIO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TIME STRETCHING AUDIO</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.9 PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</h3>
<p>Like the time stretching methods, there are three pitch shifting
recordable audio tracks. Pitch shift uses a fast fourier transform to
try to change the pitch without changing the duration, but this
introduces windowing artifacts.
-
- <p>Because the windowing artifacts are less obtrusive in audio which is
+</p>
+<p>Because the windowing artifacts are less obtrusive in audio which is
obvously pitch shifted, Pitch shift is mainly useful for extreme pitch
changes. For mild pitch changes, use <b>Resample</b> from the
<b>Audio->Render Effect</b> interface. Resample can change the pitch
within 5% without a noticable change in duration.
-
- <p>Another way to change pitch slightly is to go to the <b>Resources</b>
+</p>
+<p>Another way to change pitch slightly is to go to the <b>Resources</b>
window, highlight the <b>media</b> folder, right click on an audio file,
click on <b>Info</b>. Adjust the sample rate in the <b>Info</b> dialog to
adjust the pitch. This method also requires left clicking on the right
boundary of the audio tracks and dragging left or right to correspond
to the length changes.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="TEXT-TO-MOVIE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO">PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#PITCH-SHIFTING-AUDIO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PITCH SHIFTING AUDIO</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="TEXT-TO-MOVIE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">17.10 TEXT TO MOVIE</h3>
+
+
<p>Text to movie was added when another one of those startups whose name
was an unmemorable combination of farting noises that the venture
capitalist heard, started charging money for a ridulously simple program
that converted scripts directly to movies. It was such a simple
program, we decided to add most of the functionality to Cinelerra.
-
- <p>The easiest way to make a movie is to copy <b>tests/text2movie</b> and
+</p>
+<p>The easiest way to make a movie is to copy <b>tests/text2movie</b> and
<b>tests/text2movie.xml</b> as a starting point. Load the
<b>text2movie.xml</b> file to see the movie.
-
- <p>The <b>text2movie</b> file acts like a normal asset, except changes to it
+</p>
+<p>The <b>text2movie</b> file acts like a normal asset, except changes to it
are immediately reflected on the timeline, without reloading. Also, the
length is infiinite. Edit the <b>text2movie</b> file to change the
script. If the length of the movie increases, drag the right edit
handle to extend the edit or use <b>edit->edit length</b>.
-
- <p>1 audio channel is created for every character. The frame rate, sample
+</p>
+<p>1 audio channel is created for every character. The frame rate, sample
rate, and frame size are fixed. Get it from the <b>asset window</b>.
Right click on the asset and go to <b>Asset info...</b> Camera angles are
fixed.
-
- <p>Since its only use was to show dialog between 2 people, that's the
+</p>
+<p>Since its only use was to show dialog between 2 people, that’s the
functionality we focused on. The character model and voice is selected
separately in the script, because that was how it was done with the fee
service. The models are defined in model files, in the Cinelerra
executable directory. Usually <b>/opt/cinelerra/models</b>.
-
- <p>There is a search path for models, starting with the directory the
+</p>
+<p>There is a search path for models, starting with the directory the
script is in. You can define new models for the script, without
affecting the entire system. The model files are the exact name that
appears in the script. They define the total size of the model and the
images used in the model.
-
- <p>The models are 2D png images, because all the animations are baked. No
+</p>
+<p>The models are 2D png images, because all the animations are baked. No
custom movement is currently supported, that would require a 3D
-renderer.
-
- <p>Some actions are implemented. Character2 can cut off character1 if
-character1's dialog ends in <b>...</b>
-
- <p>Inserting <b>[pause]</b> anywhere causes the character to pause. Useful
+renderer.
+</p>
+<p>Some actions are implemented. Character2 can cut off character1 if
+character1’s dialog ends in <b>...</b>
+</p>
+<p>Inserting <b>[pause]</b> anywhere causes the character to pause. Useful
for adjusting the timing of dialog.
-
- <p>Speech synthesis is pretty lousy. Punctuation and spelling needs to be
+</p>
+<p>Speech synthesis is pretty lousy. Punctuation and spelling needs to be
adjusted based on the sound. The dialog is rendered on-demand, so there
is a delay when each character starts to speak. Split dialog into
shorter blocks to reduce the delay.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="n" rel="next">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>, Previous: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SECRETS OF CINELERRA</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">18 SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</h2>
<p>Most effects in Cinelerra can be figured out just by using them and
tweeking. Here are brief descriptions of effects which you might not
utilize fully by mere experimentation.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#g_t1080-TO-480">1080 TO 480</a>: How to convert HDTV into SD
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#CHROMA-KEY">CHROMA KEY</a>: Create transparency based on color similarities.
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#COMPRESSOR">COMPRESSOR</a>: How to reduce the dynamic range of audio.
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#DECIMATE">DECIMATE</a>: How to reduce frame rates by eliminating similar frames.
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#DEINTERLACE">DEINTERLACE</a>: How to convert interlaced video to progressive video.
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY">DIFFERENCE KEY</a>: Create transparency based on color differences.
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES">FIELDS TO FRAMES</a>: How to recover interlaced video from bobbed video
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#FREEZE-FRAME">FREEZE FRAME</a>: How to stop action in the timeline.
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#HISTOGRAM">HISTOGRAM</a>: How to change the mapping of different brightness values.
-<li><a href="#INVERSE-TELECINE">INVERSE TELECINE</a>: How to convert pulled down frames to progressive frames.
-<li><a href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO">INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a>: How to create the illusion of higher framerates.
-<li><a href="#LENS">LENS</a>: Correcting spherical aberration
-<li><a href="#LINEARIZE">LINEARIZE</a>: Fix gamma in raw camera images
-<li><a href="#LIVE-AUDIO">LIVE AUDIO</a>: Pass audio from the soundcard directly to the timeline.
-<li><a href="#LIVE-VIDEO">LIVE VIDEO</a>: Pass video from the capture card directly to the timeline.
-<li><a href="#LOOP">LOOP</a>: How to loop regions of the timeline.
-<li><a href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>: Motion tracking with rotation.
-<li><a href="#MOTION-2-POINT">MOTION 2 POINT</a>: Motion and rotation tracking from translation only.
-<li><a href="#REFRAMERT">REFRAMERT</a>: Changing the number of frames in a sequence.
-<li><a href="#REFRAME">REFRAME</a>: Changing the number of frames in a sequence with rendering.
-<li><a href="#RESAMPLE">RESAMPLE</a>: Change the number of samples in a sequence with rendering.
-<li><a href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO">REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a>: How to play regions in reverse.
-<li><a href="#SWAP-FRAMES">SWAP FRAMES</a>: Fixing temporal field order
-<li><a href="#THRESHOLD">THRESHOLD</a>: How to get monochrome out of a region of the image.
-<li><a href="#TIME-AVERAGE">TIME AVERAGE</a>: How to stack images.
-<li><a href="#TITLER">TITLER</a>: How to add text to a track from inside Cinelerra.
-<li><a href="#VIDEO-SCOPE">VIDEO SCOPE</a>: How to view the dynamic range of intensity and hue.
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t1080-TO-480" accesskey="1">1080 TO 480</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to convert HDTV into SD
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#CHROMA-KEY" accesskey="2">CHROMA KEY</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Create transparency based on color similarities.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMPRESSOR" accesskey="3">COMPRESSOR</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to reduce the dynamic range of audio.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DECIMATE" accesskey="4">DECIMATE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to reduce frame rates by eliminating similar frames.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DEINTERLACE" accesskey="5">DEINTERLACE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to convert interlaced video to progressive video.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY" accesskey="6">DIFFERENCE KEY</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Create transparency based on color differences.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES" accesskey="7">FIELDS TO FRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to recover interlaced video from bobbed video
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#FREEZE-FRAME" accesskey="8">FREEZE FRAME</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to stop action in the timeline.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#HISTOGRAM" accesskey="9">HISTOGRAM</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to change the mapping of different brightness values.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INVERSE-TELECINE">INVERSE TELECINE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to convert pulled down frames to progressive frames.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO">INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to create the illusion of higher framerates.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LENS">LENS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Correcting spherical aberration
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LINEARIZE">LINEARIZE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fix gamma in raw camera images
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LIVE-AUDIO">LIVE AUDIO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Pass audio from the soundcard directly to the timeline.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LIVE-VIDEO">LIVE VIDEO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Pass video from the capture card directly to the timeline.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#LOOP">LOOP</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to loop regions of the timeline.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Motion tracking with rotation.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MOTION-2-POINT">MOTION 2 POINT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Motion and rotation tracking from translation only.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#REFRAMERT">REFRAMERT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Changing the number of frames in a sequence.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#REFRAME">REFRAME</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Changing the number of frames in a sequence with rendering.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#RESAMPLE">RESAMPLE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the number of samples in a sequence with rendering.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO">REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to play regions in reverse.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SWAP-FRAMES">SWAP FRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Fixing temporal field order
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THRESHOLD">THRESHOLD</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to get monochrome out of a region of the image.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TIME-AVERAGE">TIME AVERAGE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to stack images.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TITLER">TITLER</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to add text to a track from inside Cinelerra.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#VIDEO-SCOPE">VIDEO SCOPE</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to view the dynamic range of intensity and hue.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="g_t1080-TO-480"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#CHROMA-KEY">CHROMA KEY</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#CHROMA-KEY" accesskey="n" rel="next">CHROMA KEY</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="g_t1080-TO-480-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.1 1080 TO 480</h3>
+
<p>Most TV broadcasts are recieved with a 1920x1080 resolution but
-originate from a 720x480 source at the studio. It's a waste of space
+originate from a 720x480 source at the studio. It’s a waste of space
to compress the entire 1920x1080 if the only resolvable details are
-720x480. Unfortunately resizing 1920x1080 video to 720x480 isn't as
+720x480. Unfortunately resizing 1920x1080 video to 720x480 isn’t as
simple as shrinking it.
-
- <p>At the TV station the original 720x480 footage was first converted to
+</p>
+<p>At the TV station the original 720x480 footage was first converted to
fields of 720x240. Each field was then scaled up to 1920x540. The two
1920x540 fields were finally combined with interlacing to form the
1920x1080 image. This technique allows a consumer TV to display the
resampled image without extra circuitry to handle 720x480 interlacing
in a 1920x1080 image.
-
- <p>If you merely deinterlaced the 1920x1080 images, you would end up with
+</p>
+<p>If you merely deinterlaced the 1920x1080 images, you would end up with
resolution of 720x240. The <b>1080 to 480</b> effect properly extracts
two 1920x540 size fields from the image, resizes them separately, and
combines them again to restore a 1920x480 interlaced image. The
<b>scale</b> effect must then be applied to reduce the horizontal size to
960 or 720 depending on the original aspect ratio.
-
- <p>The tracks to which <b>1080 to 480</b> is applied need to be at 1920x1080
+</p>
+<p>The tracks to which <b>1080 to 480</b> is applied need to be at 1920x1080
resolution. The project settings in <b>settings->format</b> should be at
least 720x480 resolution.
-
- <p>The effect doesn't know if the first row in the 1920x1080 image belongs
+</p>
+<p>The effect doesn’t know if the first row in the 1920x1080 image belongs
to the first row of the 720x480 original. You have to specify what the
first row is in the effect configuration.
-
- <p>The output of this effect is a small image in the middle of the
+</p>
+<p>The output of this effect is a small image in the middle of the
original 1920x1080 frame. Use the projector to center the output image
in the playback.
-
- <p>Finally, once you have 720x480 interlaced video you can either apply
+</p>
+<p>Finally, once you have 720x480 interlaced video you can either apply
<b>frames to fields</b> of <b>inverse telecine</b> to further recover original
progressive frames.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="CHROMA-KEY"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COMPRESSOR">COMPRESSOR</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#g_t1080-TO-480">1080 TO 480</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="CHROMA-KEY"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COMPRESSOR" accesskey="n" rel="next">COMPRESSOR</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t1080-TO-480" accesskey="p" rel="prev">1080 TO 480</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="CHROMA-KEY-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.2 CHROMA KEY</h3>
+
<p>This effect erases pixels which match the selected color. They are
replaced with black if there is no alpha channel and transparency if
there is an alpha channel. The selection of color model is important
to determine the behavior.
-
- <p>Chroma key uses either the lightness or the hue to determine what is
+</p>
+<p>Chroma key uses either the lightness or the hue to determine what is
erased. <b>Use value</b> singles out only the lightness to determine
transparency. Select a center color to erase using the <b>Color</b>
button. Alternatively a color can be picked directly from the output
frame by first using the <b>color picker</b> in the compositor window and
then selecting the <b>Use color picker</b> button. This sets the chroma
key color to the current color picker color.
-
- <p>Be aware that the output of the chroma key is fed back to the
+</p>
+<p>Be aware that the output of the chroma key is fed back to the
compositor, so selecting a color again from the compositor will use the
output of the chroma key effect. The chroma key should be disabled
when selecting colors with the color picker.
+</p>
- <p>If the lightness or hue is within a certain threshold it's erased.
+<p>If the lightness or hue is within a certain threshold it’s erased.
Increasing the threshold determines the range of colors to be erased.
-It's not a simple on/off switch, however. As the color approaches the
+It’s not a simple on/off switch, however. As the color approaches the
edge of the threshold, it gradually gets erased if the slope is high or
is rapidly erased if the slope is low. The slope as defined here is
the number of extra values flanking the threshold required to go from
opaque to transparent.
-
- <p>Normally threshold is very low when using a high slope. The two
+</p>
+<p>Normally threshold is very low when using a high slope. The two
parameters tend to be exclusive because slope fills in extra threshold.
-
- <p>The slope tries to soften the edges of the chroma key but it doesn't
+</p>
+<p>The slope tries to soften the edges of the chroma key but it doesn’t
work well for compressed sources. A popular softening technique is to
use a maximum slope and chain a blur effect below the chroma key effect
to blur just the alpha.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="COMPRESSOR"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DECIMATE">DECIMATE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#CHROMA-KEY">CHROMA KEY</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="COMPRESSOR"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DECIMATE" accesskey="n" rel="next">DECIMATE</a>, Previous: <a href="#CHROMA-KEY" accesskey="p" rel="prev">CHROMA KEY</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="COMPRESSOR-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.3 COMPRESSOR</h3>
<p>Contrary to computer science experience, the audio compressor does not
compressor reduces the dynamic range of the audio. In Cinelerra the
compressor actually performs the function of an expander and
compressor.
-
- <p>The compressor works by calculating the maximum sound level within a
+</p>
+<p>The compressor works by calculating the maximum sound level within a
certain time period of the current position. The maximum sound level
is taken as the input sound level. For every input sound level there
is an output sound level specified by the user. The gain at the
current position is adjusted so the maximum sound level in the time
range is the user specified value.
-
- <p>The compressor has a graph which correlates every input sound level to
+</p>
+<p>The compressor has a graph which correlates every input sound level to
an output level. The horizontal direction is the input sound level in
dB. The vertical direction is the ouptut sound level in dB. The user
specifies output sound levels by creating points on the graph. Click
in the graph to create a point. If 2 points exist, drag one point
across another point to delete it. The most recent point selected has
its vales displayed in textboxes for more precise adjustment.
-
- <p>To make the compressor reduce the dynamic range of the audio, make all
+</p>
+<p>To make the compressor reduce the dynamic range of the audio, make all
the output values greater than the input values except 0 db. To make
the compressor expand the dynamic range of the audio, make all the
output values except 0 db less than the input values. The algorithm
overloaded effect put a gain effect before the compressor to reduce all
the levels and follow it with another gain effect to amplify all the
levels back over 0 db.
-
- <p><b>Reaction secs:</b> This determines where in relation to the current
+</p>
+<p><b>Reaction secs:</b> This determines where in relation to the current
position the maximum sound level is taken and how fast the gain is
-adjusted to reach that peak. It's notated in seconds. If it's
+adjusted to reach that peak. It’s notated in seconds. If it’s
negative the compressor reads ahead of the current position to get the
future peak. The gain is ramped to that peak over one reaction time.
This allows it to hit the desired output level exactly when the input
peak occurs at the current position.
-
- <p>If the reaction time is positive the compressor scans only the current
+</p>
+<p>If the reaction time is positive the compressor scans only the current
position for the gain and ramps gain over one reaction time to hit the
desired output level. It hits the output level exactly one reaction
time after detecting the input peak.
-
- <p><b>Decay secs:</b> If the peak is higher than the current level, the
+</p>
+<p><b>Decay secs:</b> If the peak is higher than the current level, the
compressor ramps the gain up to the peak value. Then if a future peak
is less than the current peak it ramps the gain down. The time taken
to ramp the gain down can be greater than the time taken to ramp the
gain up. This ramping down time is the decay seconds.
-
- <p><b>Trigger type:</b> The compressor is a multichannel effect. Several
+</p>
+<p><b>Trigger type:</b> The compressor is a multichannel effect. Several
tracks can share one compressor. How the signal from many tracks is
interpreted is determined by the trigger type.
-
- <p>The <b>Trigger</b> trigger type uses the value supplied in the <b>Trigger</b>
+</p>
+<p>The <b>Trigger</b> trigger type uses the value supplied in the <b>Trigger</b>
textbox as the number of the track to use as input for the compressor.
-This allows a track which isn't even heard to determine the loudness of
+This allows a track which isn’t even heard to determine the loudness of
the other tracks.
-
- <p>The <b>Maximum</b> trigger takes the loudest track and uses it as the
+</p>
+<p>The <b>Maximum</b> trigger takes the loudest track and uses it as the
input for the compressor.
-
- <p>The <b>Total</b> trigger type adds the signals from all the tracks and
+</p>
+<p>The <b>Total</b> trigger type adds the signals from all the tracks and
uses the total as the input for the compressor. This is the most
natural sounding compression and is ideal when multiple tracks are
averaged into single speakers.
+</p>
- <p><b>Trigger:</b> The compressor is a multichannel effect. Several tracks
+
+<p><b>Trigger:</b> The compressor is a multichannel effect. Several tracks
can share one compressor. Normally only one track is scanned for the
input peak. This track is specified by the <b>Trigger</b>. By sharing
several tracks and playing with the trigger value, you can make a sine
wave on one track follow the amplitude of a drum on another track for
example.
-
- <p><b>Smooth only:</b> For visualizing what the compressor is doing to the
+</p>
+<p><b>Smooth only:</b> For visualizing what the compressor is doing to the
soundlevel, this option causes it to replace the soundwave with just
the current peak value. It makes it very easy to see how <b>reaction
secs</b> affects the detected peak values.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DECIMATE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DEINTERLACE">DEINTERLACE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMPRESSOR">COMPRESSOR</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="DECIMATE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DEINTERLACE" accesskey="n" rel="next">DEINTERLACE</a>, Previous: <a href="#COMPRESSOR" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMPRESSOR</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="DECIMATE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.4 DECIMATE</h3>
<p>This effect drops frames from a track which are most similar in order
to reduce the frame rate. This is usually applied to a DVD to convert
the 29.97 fps video to the 23.97 fps film rate but this decimate effect
can take any input rate and convert it to any lower output rate.
-
- <p>The output rate of <b>decimate</b> is the project frame rate. The input
+</p>
+<p>The output rate of <b>decimate</b> is the project frame rate. The input
rate is set in the <b>decimate</b> user interface. To convert 29.97fps
progressive video to 23.97fps film, apply a decimate effect to the
track. Set the decimate input rate to 29.97 and the project rate to
23.97.
-
- <p>Be aware every effect layered before decimate processes video at the
+</p>
+<p>Be aware every effect layered before decimate processes video at the
decimate input rate and every effect layered after decimate processes
video at the project frame rate. Computationally intensive effects
should come below decimate.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DEINTERLACE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY">DIFFERENCE KEY</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DECIMATE">DECIMATE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="DEINTERLACE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY" accesskey="n" rel="next">DIFFERENCE KEY</a>, Previous: <a href="#DECIMATE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DECIMATE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="DEINTERLACE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.5 DEINTERLACE</h3>
<p>The deinterlace effect has evolved over the years to deinterlacing and
eliminate comb artifacts in interlaced video. It also has some line
swapping tools to fix improperly captured video or make the result of a
reverse effect display fields in the right order.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DIFFERENCE-KEY"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES">FIELDS TO FRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DEINTERLACE">DEINTERLACE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="DIFFERENCE-KEY"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">FIELDS TO FRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#DEINTERLACE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DEINTERLACE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="DIFFERENCE-KEY-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.6 DIFFERENCE KEY</h3>
<p>The differency key creates transparency in areas which are similar
apply a shared copy of it to the track with the background. The track
with the background should be muted and underneath the track with the
action and the colormodel should have an alpha channel.
-
- <p>Pixels which are different between the background and action track are
+</p>
+<p>Pixels which are different between the background and action track are
treated as opaque. Pixels which are similar are treated as
transparent. Change <b>threshold</b> in the differency key window to make
-more pixels which aren't the same color transparent. Change <b>slope</b>
+more pixels which aren’t the same color transparent. Change <b>slope</b>
to change the rate at which the transparency tapers off as pixels get
more different.
-
- <p>The slope as defined here is the number of extra values flanking the
+</p>
+<p>The slope as defined here is the number of extra values flanking the
threshold required to go from opaque to transparent. A high slope is
more useful with a low threshold because slope fills in extra
threshold.
-
- <p><b>Use value</b> causes the intensity of pixels to be compared instead of
+</p>
+<p><b>Use value</b> causes the intensity of pixels to be compared instead of
the color.
-
- <p>Applying a blur to the top track with just the alpha channel blurred
+</p>
+<p>Applying a blur to the top track with just the alpha channel blurred
can soften the transparency border.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="FIELDS-TO-FRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#FREEZE-FRAME">FREEZE FRAME</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY">DIFFERENCE KEY</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="FIELDS-TO-FRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#FREEZE-FRAME" accesskey="n" rel="next">FREEZE FRAME</a>, Previous: <a href="#DIFFERENCE-KEY" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DIFFERENCE KEY</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="FIELDS-TO-FRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.7 FIELDS TO FRAMES</h3>
<p>This effects reads frames at twice the project framerate, combining 2
input frames into a single interlaced output frame. Effects preceeding
<b>fields to frames</b> process frames at twice the project frame rate.
Each input frame is called a field.
-
- <p><b>Fields to frames</b> needs to know what field corresponds to what lines
+</p>
+<p><b>Fields to frames</b> needs to know what field corresponds to what lines
in the output frame. The easiest way to figure it out is to try both
options in the window. If the input fields are the result of a line
doubling process like <b>frames to fields</b>, the wrong setting results
in blurrier output. If the input fields are the result of a standards
-conversion process like <b>1080 to 480</b>, the wrong setting won't make
+conversion process like <b>1080 to 480</b>, the wrong setting won’t make
any difference.
-
- <p>The debobber which converts 720x480 interlaced into 1920x1080
+</p>
+<p>The debobber which converts 720x480 interlaced into 1920x1080
interlaced or 1280x720 progressive seems to degrade the vertical
-resolution to the point that it can't be recovered.
+resolution to the point that it can’t be recovered.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="FREEZE-FRAME"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#HISTOGRAM">HISTOGRAM</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES">FIELDS TO FRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="FREEZE-FRAME"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#HISTOGRAM" accesskey="n" rel="next">HISTOGRAM</a>, Previous: <a href="#FIELDS-TO-FRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">FIELDS TO FRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="FREEZE-FRAME-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.8 FREEZE FRAME</h3>
<p>In its simplest form, highlight a region of the track to freeze, drop
the freeze frame effect on the highlighted region, and the lowest
numbered frame in the affected area will play throughout the entire
-region.
-
- <p>Freezeframe has an <b>enabled</b> option which can be keyframed. Regions
+region.
+</p>
+<p>Freezeframe has an <b>enabled</b> option which can be keyframed. Regions
of a freeze frame effect which are enabled repeat the lowest numbered
frame since the last keyframe. This has unique possibilities.
-
- <p>If a freeze frame effect has a keyframe in the middle of it set to
+</p>
+<p>If a freeze frame effect has a keyframe in the middle of it set to
<b>enabled</b>, the frame in the middle is repeated in the entire effect.
-
- <p>If a freeze frame effect has several keyframes, each set to
+</p>
+<p>If a freeze frame effect has several keyframes, each set to
<b>enabled</b>, every time a keyframe is encountered the frame under it
becomes the frozen one.
-
- <p>If a freeze frame effect alternates between <b>enabled</b> and
+</p>
+<p>If a freeze frame effect alternates between <b>enabled</b> and
<b>disabled</b>, each time an <b>enabled</b> keyframe is encountered the
frame under it is replicated until the next <b>disabled</b> keyframe. The
disabled regions play through.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="HISTOGRAM"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#INVERSE-TELECINE">INVERSE TELECINE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#FREEZE-FRAME">FREEZE FRAME</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="HISTOGRAM"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#INVERSE-TELECINE" accesskey="n" rel="next">INVERSE TELECINE</a>, Previous: <a href="#FREEZE-FRAME" accesskey="p" rel="prev">FREEZE FRAME</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="HISTOGRAM-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.9 HISTOGRAM</h3>
-<p>This shows the number of occurances of each color on a histogram plot.
- <p>It is always performed in floating point RGB regardless of
+<p>This shows the number of occurances of each color on a histogram plot.
+</p>
+<p>It is always performed in floating point RGB regardless of
the project colorspace. The histogram has two sets of transfer
parameters: the input transfer and the output transfer.
-
- <p>4 histograms are possible in the histogram viewer. The red, green,
+</p>
+<p>4 histograms are possible in the histogram viewer. The red, green,
blue histograms show the input histograms for red, green, blue and
multiply them by an input transfer to get the output red, green, blue.
Then the output red, green, blue is scaled by an output transfer. The
value histogram. The value histogram thus changes depending on the
settings for red, green, blue. The value transfers are applied
uniformly to R, G, B after their color transfers are applied.
-
- <p>Select which transfer to view by selecting one of the channels on the
+</p>
+<p>Select which transfer to view by selecting one of the channels on the
top of the histogram.
+</p>
- <p>The input transfer is defined by a graph overlaid on the histogram.
+<p>The input transfer is defined by a graph overlaid on the histogram.
The horizontal direction corresponds to every possible input color.
The vertical direction corresponds to the output color for every input
color. Video entering the histogram is first plotted on the histogram
plot, then it is translated so output values now equal the output
values for each input value on the input graph.
-
- <p>The input graph is edited by adding and removing any number of points.
+</p>
+<p>The input graph is edited by adding and removing any number of points.
Click and drag anywhere in the input graph to create a point and move
it. Click on an existing point to make it active and move it. The
active point is always indicated by being filled in. The active
-point's input and output color are given in text boxes on top of the
+point’s input and output color are given in text boxes on top of the
window. The input and output color of the point can be changed through
these text boxes.
-
- <p>Points can be deleted by first selecting a point and then dragging it
+</p>
+<p>Points can be deleted by first selecting a point and then dragging it
to the other side of an adjacent point. They can also be deleted by
selecting them and hitting <b>delete</b>.
+</p>
- <p>After the input transfer, the image is processed by the output
+<p>After the input transfer, the image is processed by the output
transfer. The output transfer is simply a minimum and maximum to scale
the input colors to. Input values of 100% are scaled down to the
-output's maximum. Input values of 0% are scaled up to the output
+output’s maximum. Input values of 0% are scaled up to the output
minimum.
+</p>
- <p>Input values below 0 are always clamped to 0 and input values above
+<p>Input values below 0 are always clamped to 0 and input values above
100% are always clamped to 100%. Click and drag on the output
-gradient's triangles to change it. It also has textboxes to enter
+gradient’s triangles to change it. It also has textboxes to enter
values into.
-
- <p>Enable the <b>automatic</b> toggle to have the histogram calculate an
+</p>
+<p>Enable the <b>automatic</b> toggle to have the histogram calculate an
automatic input transfer for the red, green, blue but not the value.
It does this by scaling the middle 99% of the pixels to take 100% of
the histogram width. The number of pixels permitted to pass through is
set by the <b>Threshold</b> textbox. A threshold of 0.99 scales the input
so 99% of the pixels pass through. Smaller thresholds permit fewer
pixels to pass through and make the output look more contrasty.
-
- <p>Automatic input transfer is calculated for the R, G, and B channels but
+</p>
+<p>Automatic input transfer is calculated for the R, G, and B channels but
not the value.
+</p>
+
+<p><b>PLOT HISTOGRAM</b>
+</p>
+<p><b>SPLIT OUTPUT</b>
+</p>
+
- <p><b>PLOT HISTOGRAM</b>
- <p><b>SPLIT OUTPUT</b>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="INVERSE-TELECINE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO">INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#HISTOGRAM">HISTOGRAM</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="INVERSE-TELECINE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO" accesskey="n" rel="next">INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a>, Previous: <a href="#HISTOGRAM" accesskey="p" rel="prev">HISTOGRAM</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="INVERSE-TELECINE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.10 INVERSE TELECINE</h3>
<p>This is the most effective deinterlacing tool when the footage is a
even lines and interlacing the lines. The IVTC effect is primarily a
way to convert interlaced video to progressive video. It undoes three
patterns of interlacing.
-
-<pre class="example"> A AB BC CD D
- AB CD CD DE EF
- Automatic
-</pre>
- <p>The first two options are fixed patterns and affected by the <b>pattern
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> A AB BC CD D
+ AB CD CD DE EF
+ Automatic
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The first two options are fixed patterns and affected by the <b>pattern
offset</b> and <b>odd field first</b> parameters. The last option creates
several combinations of lines for each frame and picks the most
-progressive combination. It's a brute force algorithm.
-
- <p>This technique doesn't rely on a pattern like other techniques and is
+progressive combination. It’s a brute force algorithm.
+</p>
+<p>This technique doesn’t rely on a pattern like other techniques and is
less destructive but the timing is going to be jittery because of the
lack of a frame rate reduction. In order to smooth out the timing, you
need to follow inverse telecine with a decimate effect.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="INTERPOLATE-VIDEO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LENS">LENS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INVERSE-TELECINE">INVERSE TELECINE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="INTERPOLATE-VIDEO"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LENS" accesskey="n" rel="next">LENS</a>, Previous: <a href="#INVERSE-TELECINE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INVERSE TELECINE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="INTERPOLATE-VIDEO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.11 INTERPOLATE VIDEO</h3>
+
<p>The interpolate video effect tries to create the illusion of a higher
frame rate from source footage of very low framerates by averaging
frames over time. It averages two input frames for each output frame.
specifying the input frames. You can specify an input frame rate which
is lower than the project frame rate. This causes input frames to be
taken at even intervals,
-
- <p>You can also specify keyframe locations as the positions of the input
+</p>
+<p>You can also specify keyframe locations as the positions of the input
frames. In this mode the output frame rate is used as the input frame
rate and you just create keyframes wherever you want to specify an
input frame.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="LENS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LINEARIZE">LINEARIZE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO">INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LINEARIZE" accesskey="n" rel="next">LINEARIZE</a>, Previous: <a href="#INTERPOLATE-VIDEO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INTERPOLATE VIDEO</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="LENS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.12 LENS</h3>
<p>The lens affect stretches or shrinks to convert lens distorted images to
rectilinear images. The most common use is converting fish eye lenses
to rectilinear lenses. It is also useful for star tracking.
-
- <p><b>R, G, B, A Field of view:</b> These determine how much the image is
+</p>
+<p><b>R, G, B, A Field of view:</b> These determine how much the image is
stretched in each channel.
-
- <p><b>Lock:</b> This causes changes to 1 channel to affect all the channels.
+</p>
+<p><b>Lock:</b> This causes changes to 1 channel to affect all the channels.
This is normally the desired behavior.
-
- <p><b>Aspect Ratio:</b> This changes the amount of stretching done in the X
+</p>
+<p><b>Aspect Ratio:</b> This changes the amount of stretching done in the X
axis vs the Y axis. To crop less data from stretched images, this
allows more stretching to be done on 1 axis without creating black
borders in the other axis.
-
- <p><b>Radius:</b> This determines the size of the stretched region. While
+</p>
+<p><b>Radius:</b> This determines the size of the stretched region. While
adjusting the <b>field of view</b>, black borders may appear. Adjust the
<b>radius</b> to shrink or expand the output so black borders are out of
frame.
-
- <p><b>Center X, Y:</b> The center of the stretched region. This is only
+</p>
+<p><b>Center X, Y:</b> The center of the stretched region. This is only
useful if the image was previously translated by the software so the
center of the lens is now off center.
+</p>
+<p><b>Draw center:</b> This is a visual aid when adjusting the <b>Center X, Y</b>
+but doesn’t affect the results.
+</p>
+<p><b>Mode:</b> The type of stretching algorithm.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>Sphere shrink:</b> This is for making an image look like it’s mapped to a sphere.
+
+</li><li> <b>Sphere expand:</b> This is for unmapping an image mapped to a sphere and
+flattening it.
+
+</li><li> <b>Rectilinear Stretch:</b> This is for flattening a fish eye lens.
+
+</li><li> <b>Rectilinear Shrink:</b> This is for making something flat look like it
+was taken by a fish eye lens.
+
+
+</li></ul>
- <p><b>Draw center:</b> This is a visual aid when adjusting the <b>Center X, Y</b>
-but doesn't affect the results.
- <p><b>Mode:</b> The type of stretching algorithm.
- <ul>
-<li><b>Sphere shrink:</b> This is for making an image look like it's mapped to a sphere.
- <li><b>Sphere expand:</b> This is for unmapping an image mapped to a sphere and
-flattening it.
- <li><b>Rectilinear Stretch:</b> This is for flattening a fish eye lens.
- <li><b>Rectilinear Shrink:</b> This is for making something flat look like it
-was taken by a fish eye lens.
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LINEARIZE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LIVE-AUDIO">LIVE AUDIO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LENS">LENS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="LINEARIZE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LIVE-AUDIO" accesskey="n" rel="next">LIVE AUDIO</a>, Previous: <a href="#LENS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LENS</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LINEARIZE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.13 LINEARIZE</h3>
+
<p>Raw camera images store colors in a logarithmic scale. The blacks in
these images are nearly 0 and the whites are supposed to be infinity.
The graphics card and most video codecs store colors in a linear scale
but Cinelerra keeps raw camera images in their original logarithmic
scale when it renders them. This is necessary because the raw image
-parser can't always decode the proper gamma values for the images. It
+parser can’t always decode the proper gamma values for the images. It
also does its processing in 16 bit integers, which takes away a lot of
information.
-
- <p>The linearize effect converts the logarithmic colors to linear colors
+</p>
+<p>The linearize effect converts the logarithmic colors to linear colors
through a gamma value and a maximum value. The gamma value determines
how steep the output curve is and the maximum value is where 1.0 in the
output corresponds to maximum brightness in the input.
-
- <p>The linearize effect has 2 more parameters to simplify gamma
+</p>
+<p>The linearize effect has 2 more parameters to simplify gamma
correction. The <b>automatic</b> option causes it to calculate <b>max</b>
from the histogram of the image. Use this when making a preview of a
long list of images since it changes for every image.
-
- <p>The <b>use color picker</b> option uses the value currently in the color
+</p>
+<p>The <b>use color picker</b> option uses the value currently in the color
picker to set the <b>max</b> value. Note that every time you pick a color
from the compositor window, you need to hit <b>use color picker</b> to
apply the new value.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LIVE-AUDIO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LIVE-VIDEO">LIVE VIDEO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LINEARIZE">LINEARIZE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="LIVE-AUDIO"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LIVE-VIDEO" accesskey="n" rel="next">LIVE VIDEO</a>, Previous: <a href="#LINEARIZE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LINEARIZE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LIVE-AUDIO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.14 LIVE AUDIO</h3>
<p>This effect reads audio directly from the soundcard input. It replaces
-any audio on the track so it's normally applied to an empty track.
+any audio on the track so it’s normally applied to an empty track.
+</p>
- <p>To use Live Audio, highlight a horizontal region of an audio track or
+<p>To use Live Audio, highlight a horizontal region of an audio track or
define in and out points. Then drop the Live Audio effect into it.
Create extra tracks and attach shared copies of the first Live Audio
effect to the other tracks to have extra channels recorded.
-
- <p>Live Audio uses the sound driver selected in
+</p>
+<p>Live Audio uses the sound driver selected in
<b>Settings->Preferences->Playback->Audio Out</b> for recording, but
unlike recording it uses the <b>playback buffer size</b> as the recording
buffer size and it uses the <b>project sample rate</b> as the sampling
rate.
-
- <p>These settings are critical since some sound drivers can't record in
+</p>
+<p>These settings are critical since some sound drivers can’t record in
the same sized buffer they play back in. Live audio has been most
reliable when ALSA is the recording driver and the playback fragment
size is 2048.
-
- <p>Drop other effects after Live Audio to process soundcard input in
-realtime.
-
- <p>Now the bad news. With live audio there is no readahead so effects
+</p>
+<p>Drop other effects after Live Audio to process soundcard input in
+realtime.
+</p>
+<p>Now the bad news. With live audio there is no readahead so effects
like compressor will either delay if they have readahead enabled or
-playback will underrun.
-
- <p>Another problem is sometimes the recording clock on the soundcard is
+playback will underrun.
+</p>
+<p>Another problem is sometimes the recording clock on the soundcard is
slightly slower than the playback clock. The recording eventually
falls behind and playback sounds choppy.
+</p>
+<p>Finally, live audio doesn’t work in reverse.
+</p>
- <p>Finally, live audio doesn't work in reverse.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LIVE-VIDEO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#LOOP">LOOP</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LIVE-AUDIO">LIVE AUDIO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="LIVE-VIDEO"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#LOOP" accesskey="n" rel="next">LOOP</a>, Previous: <a href="#LIVE-AUDIO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LIVE AUDIO</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LIVE-VIDEO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.15 LIVE VIDEO</h3>
<p>This effect reads video directly from the capture card input. It
-replaces any video on the track so it's normally applied to an empty
+replaces any video on the track so it’s normally applied to an empty
track. The configuration for the capture card is taken from the
recording preferences. Go to <b>Settings->Preferences->Recording</b> to
set up the capture card.
-
- <p>Go to the <b>Video In</b> section where it says <b>Record driver</b>. It
+</p>
+<p>Go to the <b>Video In</b> section where it says <b>Record driver</b>. It
must be set to either <b>Video4Linux2</b> or <b>IEC 61883</b>. Other video
-drivers haven't been tested with Live Video and probably won't work.
-
- <p>For live video, the selection for <b>File Format</b> and <b>Video</b> needs
+drivers haven’t been tested with Live Video and probably won’t work.
+</p>
+<p>For live video, the selection for <b>File Format</b> and <b>Video</b> needs
to be set to a format the timeline can use. The file format must be
<b>Quicktime for Linux</b> and video recording must be enabled for it.
-Click on the wrench <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench.png"> to set the video compression.
-
- <p>The video compression depends on the recording driver. For the
+Click on the wrench <img src="wrench.png" alt="wrench"> to set the video compression.
+</p>
+<p>The video compression depends on the recording driver. For the
<b>Video4Linux2</b> recording driver, the compression must be <b>Motion
JPEG A</b>. For the <b>IEC 61883</b> driver, the compression must be
<b>DV</b>. This gets the driver to generate output in a colormodel that
the timeline can use.
-
- <p>Some cards provide color and channel settings. Live video takes the
+</p>
+<p>Some cards provide color and channel settings. Live video takes the
color settings from the values set in the <b>Video In</b> window. Go to
<b>File->Record</b> to bring up the recording interface and the Video In
window. Values set in the <b>Video in</b> window are used by <b>Live
Video</b>. Any channels the capture card supports need to be configured
in the <b>Video in</b> interface since the same channels are used by the
<b>Live Video</b> effect.
-
- <p>With the video recording configured, highlight a horizontal region of a
+</p>
+<p>With the video recording configured, highlight a horizontal region of a
video track or define in and out points. Then drop the Live Video
effect into it. Drop other effects after Live Video to process the
live video in realtime. For best results, you should use OpenGL and a
video card which supports GL shading language. Go to
<b>Settings->Preferences->Playback->Video Out</b> to enable the OpenGL
driver.
+</p>
+<p>Only one Live Video effect can exist at any time on the timeline. It
+can’t be shared by more than one track.
+</p>
+
- <p>Only one Live Video effect can exist at any time on the timeline. It
-can't be shared by more than one track.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="LOOP"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LIVE-VIDEO">LIVE VIDEO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="LOOP"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="n" rel="next">MOTION</a>, Previous: <a href="#LIVE-VIDEO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LIVE VIDEO</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="LOOP-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.16 LOOP</h3>
<p>Sections of audio or video can be looped by dropping a <b>loop</b> effect
loop effects can be rendered where the <b>settings->loop playback</b>
option can not be. The loop effects are also convenient for short
regions.
-
- <p>The loop effects have one option: the number of <b>frames</b> or
+</p>
+<p>The loop effects have one option: the number of <b>frames</b> or
<b>samples</b> to loop. This specifies the length of the region to loop
starting from either the beginning of the effect or the latest
keyframe. The region is replicated for the entire effect.
+</p>
+<p>Every time a keyframe is set in a loop effect, the keyframe becomes the
+beginning of the region to loop. Setting several keyframes in
+succession causes several regions to loop. Setting a single keyframe
+causes the region after the keyframe to be looped throughout the
+effect, no matter where the keyframe is. The end of an effect can be
+looped from the beginning by setting the keyframe near the end.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
- <p>Every time a keyframe is set in a loop effect, the keyframe becomes the
-beginning of the region to loop. Setting several keyframes in
-succession causes several regions to loop. Setting a single keyframe
-causes the region after the keyframe to be looped throughout the
-effect, no matter where the keyframe is. The end of an effect can be
-looped from the beginning by setting the keyframe near the end.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MOTION"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MOTION-2-POINT">MOTION 2 POINT</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#LOOP">LOOP</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="MOTION"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MOTION-2-POINT" accesskey="n" rel="next">MOTION 2 POINT</a>, Previous: <a href="#LOOP" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LOOP</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="MOTION-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.17 MOTION</h3>
<p>The motion tracker is almost a complete application in itself. The
It can track both simultaneously or one only. It can do 1/4 pixel
tracking or single pixel tracking. It can stabilize motion or cause
one track to follow the motion of another track.
-
- <p>Although the motion tracker is applied as a realtime effect, it usually
+</p>
+<p>Although the motion tracker is applied as a realtime effect, it usually
must be rendered to see useful results. The effect takes a long time
to precisely detect motion.
-
- <p>The motion tracker works by using one region of the frame as the region
+</p>
+<p>The motion tracker works by using one region of the frame as the region
to track. It compares this region between 2 frames to calculate the
motion. This region can be defined anywhere on the screen. Once the
motion between 2 frames has been calculated, a number of things can be
done with that motion vector. It can be scaled by a user value and
clamped to a maximum range. It can be thrown away or accumulated with
all the motion vectors leading up to the current position.
-
- <p>To save time the motion result can be saved for later reuse, recalled
+</p>
+<p>To save time the motion result can be saved for later reuse, recalled
from a previous calculation, or discarded.
-
- <p>The motion tracker has a notion of 2 tracks, the master layer and the
+</p>
+<p>The motion tracker has a notion of 2 tracks, the master layer and the
target layer. The master layer is where the comparison between 2
frames takes place. The target layer is where motion is applied either
to track or compensate for the motion in the master layer.
-
- <p>The intricacies of motion tracking are enough to sustain entire
+</p>
+<p>The intricacies of motion tracking are enough to sustain entire
companies and build careers around. The motion tracker in Cinelerra
-isn't as sophisticated as some world class motion trackers but it's
+isn’t as sophisticated as some world class motion trackers but it’s
enough to sweeten some camcorder footage.
-
- <p>Here is a brief description of the motion tracking parameters:
-
- <ul>
-<li><b>Track translation:</b> Enables translation operations.
-The motion tracker tracks X and Y motion in the master layer and
+</p>
+<p>Here is a brief description of the motion tracking parameters:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>Track translation:</b> Enables translation operations.
+The motion tracker tracks X and Y motion in the master layer and
adjusts X and Y motion in the target layer.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Translation block size:</b> For the translation operations, a block is
compared to a number of neighboring blocks to find the one with the
least difference. The size of the block to search for is given by this
parameter.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Translation search radius:</b> The size of the area to scan for the
translation block.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Translation search steps:</b> Ideally the search operation would
compare the translation block with every other pixel in the
translation search radius. To speed this operation up, a subset of
rescanned by the same number of search steps until the motion is known
to 1/4 pixel accuracy.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Block X, Y:</b> These coordinates determine the center of the
translation block based on percentages of the width and height of the
image. The center of the block should be part of the image which is
visible at all times.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Maximum absolute offset:</b> In <b>track previous frame</b> and <b>previous
frame same block</b> modes, the motion detected between every frame is
accumulated to form an absolute motion vector for the entire sequence.
The amount of motion detected by the motion tracker is unlimited if this
-is 100. If it's under 100 the amount of motion is limited to that
+is 100. If it’s under 100 the amount of motion is limited to that
percentage of the image size. The value must be smaller for larger
<b>translation block sizes</b> so there is enough area under the block to
sense motion with.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Settling speed</b> In <b>track previous frame</b> and <b>previous frame
same block</b> modes, the motion detected between every frame is
accumulated to form an absolute motion vector for the entire sequence.
settling speed is less than 100 the absolute vector is reduced slightly
before the next frame is added.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Track rotation:</b> Enables rotation operations. The motion tracker
tracks rotation in the master layer and adjusts rotation in the target
layer.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Rotation block size:</b> For rotation operations a single block is
compared to equally sized blocks, each rotated by a different amount.
This is the size of the rotation block.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Rotation search radius:</b> This is the maximum angle of rotation from
the starting frame the rotation scanner can detect. The rotation scan
is from this angle counterclockwise to this angle clockwise. Thus the
rotation search radius is half the total range scanned.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Rotation search steps:</b> Ideally every possible angle would be tested
to get the rotation. To speed up the rotation search, the rotation
search radius is divided into a finite number of angles and only those
narrowed and an equal number of angles is compared in the smaller
radius until the highest possible accuracy is achieved.
- <p>Normally you need one search step for every degree scanned. Since the
+<p>Normally you need one search step for every degree scanned. Since the
rotation scanner scans the rotation search radius in two directions,
you need two steps for every degree in the search radius to search the
complete range.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
<b>Draw vectors:</b> When translation is enabled, 2 boxes are drawn on the
frame. One box represents the translation block. Another box outside
the translation block represents the extent of the translation search
radius. In the center of these boxes is an arrow showing the
translation between the 2 master frames.
- <p>When rotation is enabled a single box the size of the rotation block is
+<p>When rotation is enabled a single box the size of the rotation block is
drawn rotated by the amount of rotation detected.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
<b>Track single frame:</b> When this option is used the motion between a
single starting frame and the frame currently under the insertion point
is calculated. The starting frame is specified in the <b>Frame number</b>
blank. The motion calculated this way is taken as the absolute motion
vector. The absolute motion vector for each frame replaces the
absolute motion vector for the previous frame. Settling speed has no
-effect on it since it doesn't contain any previous motion vectors.
+effect on it since it doesn’t contain any previous motion vectors.
Playback can start anywhere on the timeline since there is no
dependance on previous results.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Track previous frame:</b> Causes only the motion between the previous
frame and the current frame to be calculated. This is added to an
absolute motion vector to get the new motion from the start of the
the image. Playback must be started from the start of the motion
effect in order to accumulate all the necessary motion vectors.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Previous frame same block:</b> This is useful for stabilizing jerky
camcorder footage. In this mode the motion between the previous frame
and the current frame is calculated. Instead of adjusting the block
Frame does, the block position is unchanged between each frame. Thus a
new region is compared for each frame.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Master layer:</b> This determines the track which supplies the starting
-frame and ending frame for the motion calculation. If it's <b>Bottom</b>
+frame and ending frame for the motion calculation. If it’s <b>Bottom</b>
the bottom track of all the tracks sharing this effect is the master
layer. The top track of all the tracks is the target layer.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Calculation:</b> This determines whether to calculate the motion at all
-and whether to save it to disk. If it's <b>Don't Calculate</b> the motion
-calculation is skipped. If it's <b>Recalculate</b> the motion calculation
-is performed every time each frame is rendered. If it's <b>Save</b> the
+and whether to save it to disk. If it’s <b>Don’t Calculate</b> the motion
+calculation is skipped. If it’s <b>Recalculate</b> the motion calculation
+is performed every time each frame is rendered. If it’s <b>Save</b> the
motion calculation is always performed but a copy is also saved. If
-it's <b>Load</b>, the motion calculation is loaded from a previous save
+it’s <b>Load</b>, the motion calculation is loaded from a previous save
calculation. If there is no previous save calculation on disk, a new
motion calculation is performed.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Action:</b> Once the motion vector is known this determines whether to
move the target layer opposing the motion vector or following the
-motion vector. If it's <b>Do Nothing</b> the target layer is untouched.
-If it's <b>Track...</b> the target layer is moved by the same amount as
+motion vector. If it’s <b>Do Nothing</b> the target layer is untouched.
+If it’s <b>Track...</b> the target layer is moved by the same amount as
the master layer. This is useful for matching titles to objects in the
-frame. If it's <b>Stabilize...</b> the target layer is moved opposite to
+frame. If it’s <b>Stabilize...</b> the target layer is moved opposite to
the motion vector. This is useful for stabilizing an object in the
frame. The motion operations can be accurate to single pixels or
subpixels by changing the action setting.
- </ul>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING">SECRETS OF MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING">2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES">INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a>
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS">FILLING IN THE BLACK AREAS</a>
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING">2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>
-</div>
+</li></ul>
+
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="1">SECRETS OF MOTION TRACKING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="2">2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="3">USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="4">USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES" accesskey="5">INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS" accesskey="6">FILLING IN THE BLACK AREAS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="n" rel="next">2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a>, Up: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="u" rel="up">MOTION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.17.1 SECRETS OF MOTION TRACKING</h4>
<p>Since it is a very slow effect, there is a method to applying the
the track to do motion tracking on. Then drop the effect on a region
of video with some motion to track. Then rewind the insertion point to
the start of the region. Set <b>Action</b> -> <b>Do Nothing</b>. Set
-<b>Calculation</b> -> <b>Don't calculate</b>. Enable <b>Draw vectors</b>. Then
+<b>Calculation</b> -> <b>Don’t calculate</b>. Enable <b>Draw vectors</b>. Then
enable playback of the track to see the motion tracking areas.
-
- <p>Enable which of <b>translation motion</b> or <b>rotation motion</b> vectors
+</p>
+<p>Enable which of <b>translation motion</b> or <b>rotation motion</b> vectors
you want to track. By watching the compositor window and adjusting the
<b>Block x,y</b> settings, center the block on the part of the image you
want to track. Then set search radius, block size, and block
coordinates for translation and rotation.
-
- <p>Once this is configured, set the calculation to <b>Save coords</b> and do
+</p>
+<p>Once this is configured, set the calculation to <b>Save coords</b> and do
test runs through the sequence to see if the motion tracker works and
to save the motion vectors. Once this is done, disable playback for
the track, disable <b>Draw vectors</b>, set the motion action to perform
on the target layer and change the calculation to <b>Load coords</b>.
Finally enable playback for the track.
-
- <p>When using a single starting frame to calculate the motion of a
+</p>
+<p>When using a single starting frame to calculate the motion of a
sequence, the starting frame should be a single frame with the least
motion to any of the other frames. This is rarely frame 0. Usually
-it's a frame near the middle of the sequence. This way the search
+it’s a frame near the middle of the sequence. This way the search
radius need only reach halfway to the full extent of the motion in the
sequence.
-
- <p>If the motion tracker is used on a render farm, <b>Save coords</b> and
-<b>previous frame</b> mode won't work. The results of the save coords
+</p>
+<p>If the motion tracker is used on a render farm, <b>Save coords</b> and
+<b>previous frame</b> mode won’t work. The results of the save coords
operation are saved to the hard drives on the render nodes, not the
master node. Future rendering operations on these nodes will process
different frames and read the wrong coordinates from the node
filesystems. The fact that render nodes only visualize a portion of
the timeline also prevents <b>previous frame</b> from working since it
depends on calculating an absolute motion vector starting on frame 0.
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<hr>
<a name="g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING">SECRETS OF MOTION TRACKING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>, Previous: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SECRETS OF MOTION TRACKING</a>, Up: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="u" rel="up">MOTION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.17.2 2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</h4>
<p>The method described above is 2 pass motion tracking. One pass is used
the motion vectors to the footage. This is faster than a single pass
because errors in the motion vector calculation can be discovered
quickly.
-
- <p>This also allows the motion tracking to use a less demanding colormodel
+</p>
+<p>This also allows the motion tracking to use a less demanding colormodel
like RGB888 in the scanning step and a more demanding colormodel like
RGB Float in the action step. The scanning step takes much longer than
action.
-
- <p>This suffers the disadvantage of not being practical for extremely long
+</p>
+<p>This suffers the disadvantage of not being practical for extremely long
sequences where some error is acceptable and the picture quality is
lousy to begin with, like stabilizing camcorder footage.
-
- <p>The slower method is to calculate the motion vectors and apply them
+</p>
+<p>The slower method is to calculate the motion vectors and apply them
simultaneously. This method can use one track as the motion vector
calculation track and another track as the target track for motion
vector actions. This is useful for long sequences where some error is
acceptable.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING">2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t2-PASS-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">2 PASS MOTION TRACKING</a>, Up: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="u" rel="up">MOTION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.17.3 USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</h4>
<p>With extremely noisy or interlaced footage, applying a blur effect
before the motion tracking can improve accuracy. Either save the
motion vectors in a <b>tracking pass</b> and disable the blur for the
<b>action pass</b> or apply the blur just to the <b>master layer</b>.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES">INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#USING-BLUR-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">USING BLUR TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>, Up: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="u" rel="up">MOTION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.17.4 USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</h4>
<p>A histogram is almost always applied before motion tracking to clamp
out noise in the darker pixels. Either save the motion vectors in a
<b>tracking pass</b> and disable the histogram for the <b>action pass</b> or
apply the histogram just to the <b>master layer</b>.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS">FILLING IN THE BLACK AREAS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING">USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS" accesskey="n" rel="next">FILLING IN THE BLACK AREAS</a>, Previous: <a href="#USING-HISTOGRAM-TO-IMPROVE-MOTION-TRACKING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">USING HISTOGRAM TO IMPROVE MOTION TRACKING</a>, Up: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="u" rel="up">MOTION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.17.5 INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</h4>
<p>The motion tracker can simulate higher frame rates than the media frame
rate by interpolating the motion. Interpolation is enabled with the
<b>maximum absolute offset</b> and <b>settling speed</b> options.
-
- <p>First, go to <b>Settings->Format</b> in the main window and set the
+</p>
+<p>First, go to <b>Settings->Format</b> in the main window and set the
<b>video frame rate</b> to a number higher than the media frame rate.
-
- <p>In the <b>Motion</b> window, select a tracking option which accumulates
+</p>
+<p>In the <b>Motion</b> window, select a tracking option which accumulates
motion. This is either <b>Track previous frame</b> or <b>Previous frame
same block</b>. These cause the <b>maximum absolute offset</b> and
<b>settling speed</b> options to take effect.
-
- <p><b>maximum absolute offset</b> must be set to the maximum motion to be
+</p>
+<p><b>maximum absolute offset</b> must be set to the maximum motion to be
accumulated as a percentage of the video size. A value of 50 limits the
motion to 50% of the video size. 50 works well. The value must be
smaller for larger <b>translation block sizes</b> so there is enough area
under the block to sense motion with.
-
- <p><b>settling speed</b> must be set to the rate at which the accumulated
+</p>
+<p><b>settling speed</b> must be set to the rate at which the accumulated
motion resets to 0 over time. The reset happens whether or not any
motion was detected, so when the project frame rate is higher than the
media frame rate, the frames between media frames regress towards the
center. For interpolated motion, the <b>settling speed</b> value should be
small, so the movement is smooth. 3 works well.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES">INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#INTERPOLATING-MOTION-BETWEEN-FRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INTERPOLATING MOTION BETWEEN FRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="u" rel="up">MOTION</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="FILLING-IN-THE-BLACK-AREAS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.17.6 FILLING IN THE BLACK AREAS</h4>
<p>Stabilization always creates black borders in the track resolution. One
solution is to shrink the project resolution so the borders are always
cropped off the output. Another solution is to apply a <b>Time Average</b>
effect after stabilization.
+</p>
+<p>Configure <b>Time Average</b> the following way:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>Frame count:</b> 1
+</li><li> <b>Accumulate sequence again:</b> No
+</li><li> <b>Replace:</b> Yes
+</li><li> <b>Threshold:</b> 1
+</li><li> <b>Border:</b> 4
+</li></ul>
+
+<p>This makes new frames replace only the pixels in the previous frames
+where there is new data. The black areas in new frames don’t replace
+previous data so the previous data shows through and fills them in.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
- <p>Configure <b>Time Average</b> the following way:
- <ul>
-<li><b>Frame count:</b> 1
-<li><b>Accumulate sequence again:</b> No
-<li><b>Replace:</b> Yes
-<li><b>Threshold:</b> 1
-<li><b>Border:</b> 4
-</ul>
- <p>This makes new frames replace only the pixels in the previous frames
-where there is new data. The black areas in new frames don't replace
-previous data so the previous data shows through and fills them in.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="MOTION-2-POINT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#REFRAMERT">REFRAMERT</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MOTION">MOTION</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="MOTION-2-POINT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#REFRAMERT" accesskey="n" rel="next">REFRAMERT</a>, Previous: <a href="#MOTION" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MOTION</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="MOTION-2-POINT-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.18 MOTION 2 POINT</h3>
+
<p>The 2 point motion tracker is the same as using 2 of the translation
-motion trackers to track 2 points. It doesn't have a rotation tracker.
+motion trackers to track 2 points. It doesn’t have a rotation tracker.
Instead, it uses the angle between the 2 translation points to
determine rotation. The 2 points can be enabled separately.
-
- <p>If 1 point is enabled, only translation is tracked.
-
- <p>If 2 points are enabled, translation is tracked by point 1 and rotation
+</p>
+<p>If 1 point is enabled, only translation is tracked.
+</p>
+<p>If 2 points are enabled, translation is tracked by point 1 and rotation
is tracked by point 2. Stabilization is performed with point 1 as the center.
-
- <p>The other parameters for the 2 point tracker are the same as the single
+</p>
+<p>The other parameters for the 2 point tracker are the same as the single
point tracker. In addition, the 2 point tracker supports <b>TRANSLATION
SEARCH OFFSET</b>.
-
- <p><b>TRANSLATION SEARCH OFFSET</b> forces the motion search to look in a
+</p>
+<p><b>TRANSLATION SEARCH OFFSET</b> forces the motion search to look in a
region other than directly next to the translation block position. The
<b>translation search offset</b> is added to the new search result, giving
contiguous motion results throughout any changes in translation search area.
-
- <p>This is useful if the camera position changed in the middle of a
+</p>
+<p>This is useful if the camera position changed in the middle of a
sequence of images but the subject stayed the same. Offset the
translation search area when the camera position changes and the
detected motion stays contiguous through the entire sequence.
-
- <p>2 point tracking works best if the points don't change shape between
+</p>
+<p>2 point tracking works best if the points don’t change shape between
frames. It is more prone to rotation errors than single point motion
tracking if the points change shape. 2 point tracking is mainly used
for tracking stars.
+</p>
+<p>Use the smallest search blocks possible since larger blocks are harder
+to compare when they’re rotated.
+</p>
- <p>Use the smallest search blocks possible since larger blocks are harder
-to compare when they're rotated.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="REFRAMERT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#REFRAME">REFRAME</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#MOTION-2-POINT">MOTION 2 POINT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="REFRAMERT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#REFRAME" accesskey="n" rel="next">REFRAME</a>, Previous: <a href="#MOTION-2-POINT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">MOTION 2 POINT</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="REFRAMERT-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.19 REFRAMERT</h3>
+
<p>ReframeRT changes number of frames in a sequence of video directly from
the timeline. It has 2 modes, selected by the 2 toggles in the GUI.
-
- <p><b>Stretch</b> mode multiplies the current frame number of its output by
+</p>
+<p><b>Stretch</b> mode multiplies the current frame number of its output by
the scale factor to arrive at the frame to read from its input. If its
current output frame is #55 and the scale factor is 2, frame #110 is
read from its input. The stretch mode has the effect of changing the
length of output video by the inverse of the scale factor. If the
scale factor is greater than 1, the output will end before the end of
-the sequence on the timeline. If it's less than 1, the output will end
+the sequence on the timeline. If it’s less than 1, the output will end
after the end of the sequence on the timeline. The ReframeRT effect
must be lengthened to the necessary length to accomodate the scale
factor. Change the length of the effect by clicking on the endpoint of
the effect and dragging.
-
- <p>Although stretch mode changes the number of the frame read from its
-input, it doesn't change the frame rate of the input. Effects before
+</p>
+<p>Although stretch mode changes the number of the frame read from its
+input, it doesn’t change the frame rate of the input. Effects before
ReframeRT assume the same frame rate as ReframeRT.
-
- <p><b>Downsample</b> mode doesn't change the length of the output sequence.
+</p>
+<p><b>Downsample</b> mode doesn’t change the length of the output sequence.
It multiplies the frame rate of the output by the scale factor to
arrive at a frame rate rate to read the input. This has the effect of
replicating the input frames so that they only change at the scaled
-frame rate when sent to the output. It doesn't change the length of
+frame rate when sent to the output. It doesn’t change the length of
the sequence. If the scale factor is 0.5 and the output frame rate is
30 fps, only 15 frames will be shown per second and the input will be
read at 15 fps. Downsample is only useful for scalefactors below 1,
hence the name downsample.
-
- <p>Downsample mode changes the frame rate of the input as well as the
+</p>
+<p>Downsample mode changes the frame rate of the input as well as the
number of the frame to read, so effects before ReframeRT see the frame
rate * the scale factor as their frame rate. If the scale factor is 2
and the output frame rate is 30, the input frame rate will be 60 and
-the input frame number will by doubled. This won't normally do
+the input frame number will by doubled. This won’t normally do
anything but some input effects may behave differently at the higher
frame rate.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="REFRAME"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#RESAMPLE">RESAMPLE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#REFRAMERT">REFRAMERT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="REFRAME"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#RESAMPLE" accesskey="n" rel="next">RESAMPLE</a>, Previous: <a href="#REFRAMERT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">REFRAMERT</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="REFRAME-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.20 REFRAME</h3>
<p>This does exactly the same thing as <b>ReframeRT</b> in <b>Stretch</b> mode.
It multiplies the output frame number by the scale factor to arrive at
the input frame number and changes the length of the sequence. Unlike
ReframeRT, this must run from the <b>Video</b> menu and render its output.
-
- <p>Be aware <b>Reframe</b> doesn't write the scaled frame rate as the frame
+</p>
+<p>Be aware <b>Reframe</b> doesn’t write the scaled frame rate as the frame
rate of the rendered file. It produces a file of scaled length and
equal frame rate as the project. The new length is 1/scale factor as
big as the original sequence.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="RESAMPLE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO">REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#REFRAME">REFRAME</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="RESAMPLE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO" accesskey="n" rel="next">REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a>, Previous: <a href="#REFRAME" accesskey="p" rel="prev">REFRAME</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="RESAMPLE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.21 RESAMPLE</h3>
<p>This multiplies the number of each output sample by a scale factor to
-arrive at the number of the input sample. The output file's sample
+arrive at the number of the input sample. The output file’s sample
rate is set to the project sample rate but its length is changed to
reflect the scaled number of samples. It also filters the resampled
audio to remove aliasing.
-
- <p>If the scale factor is 2, every 2 input samples will be reduced to 1
+</p>
+<p>If the scale factor is 2, every 2 input samples will be reduced to 1
output sample and the output file will have half as many samples as the
-input sequence. If it's 0.5, every 0.5 input samples will be stretched
+input sequence. If it’s 0.5, every 0.5 input samples will be stretched
to 1 output sample and the output file will have twice as many samples
as the input sequence.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="REVERSE-VIDEO%2fAUDIO"></a>
-<a name="REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#SWAP-FRAMES">SWAP FRAMES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#RESAMPLE">RESAMPLE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#SWAP-FRAMES" accesskey="n" rel="next">SWAP FRAMES</a>, Previous: <a href="#RESAMPLE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">RESAMPLE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.22 REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</h3>
-<p>Media can be reversed on the timeline in realtime. This isn't to be
+<p>Media can be reversed on the timeline in realtime. This isn’t to be
confused with using the reverse playback on the transport. The reverse
effects reverse the region covered by the effect regardless of the
transport direction. Apply <b>reverse audio</b> to an audio track and
play it backwards. The sound plays forward.
-
- <p>The region to be reversed is first determined by what part of the track
+</p>
+<p>The region to be reversed is first determined by what part of the track
the effect is under and second by the locations of keyframes in the
effect. The reverse effects have an <b>enabled</b> option which allows
you to set keyframes. This allows may possibilities.
-
- <p>Every <b>enabled</b> keyframe is treated as the start of a new reversed
+</p>
+<p>Every <b>enabled</b> keyframe is treated as the start of a new reversed
region and the end of a previous reversed region. Several <b>enabled</b>
keyframes in succession yield several regions reversed independant of
each other. An <b>enabled</b> keyframe followed by a <b>disabled</b>
keyframe yields one reversed region followed by a forward region.
+</p>
+<p>Finally, be aware when reversing audio that the waveform on the
+timeline doesn’t reflect the actual reversed output.
+</p>
- <p>Finally, be aware when reversing audio that the waveform on the
-timeline doesn't reflect the actual reversed output.
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SWAP-FRAMES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#THRESHOLD">THRESHOLD</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO">REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="SWAP-FRAMES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#THRESHOLD" accesskey="n" rel="next">THRESHOLD</a>, Previous: <a href="#REVERSE-VIDEO_002fAUDIO" accesskey="p" rel="prev">REVERSE VIDEO/AUDIO</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="SWAP-FRAMES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.23 SWAP FRAMES</h3>
<p>This is normally used on interlaced video which has been converted to
becomes the next frame. Now the frame rate is double and is showing
fields of the original video sequentially. The fields may be out of
order, which is what <b>SWAP FRAMES</b> can correct.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THRESHOLD"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TIME-AVERAGE">TIME AVERAGE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SWAP-FRAMES">SWAP FRAMES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="THRESHOLD"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TIME-AVERAGE" accesskey="n" rel="next">TIME AVERAGE</a>, Previous: <a href="#SWAP-FRAMES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SWAP FRAMES</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THRESHOLD-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.24 THRESHOLD</h3>
<p>Threshold converts the image to pure luminance. Then luminance values
current frame. Click dragging inside the histogram creates a range to
convert to white. Shift-clicking extends one border of this range.
Values for the threshold range can also be specified in the text boxes.
-
- <p>This effect is basically a primitive luminance key. A second track
+</p>
+<p>This effect is basically a primitive luminance key. A second track
above the track with the threshold effect can be multiplied, resulting
in only the parts of the second track within the threshold being
displayed.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TIME-AVERAGE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TITLER">TITLER</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THRESHOLD">THRESHOLD</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="TIME-AVERAGE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TITLER" accesskey="n" rel="next">TITLER</a>, Previous: <a href="#THRESHOLD" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THRESHOLD</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TIME-AVERAGE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.25 TIME AVERAGE</h3>
<p>Time average is one effect which has many uses besides creating nifty
-trail patterns of moving objects. It's main use is reducing noise in
+trail patterns of moving objects. It’s main use is reducing noise in
still images. Merely point a video camera at a stationary subject for
30 frames, capture the frames, and average them using TIME AVERAGE and
-you'll have a super high quality print. In floating point colormodels, time
+you’ll have a super high quality print. In floating point colormodels, time
average can increase the dynamic range of lousy cameras.
-
- <p>Inside the time average effect is an accumulation buffer and a
+</p>
+<p>Inside the time average effect is an accumulation buffer and a
divisor. A number of frames are accumulated in the accumulation buffer
and divided by the divisor to get the average.
-
- <p>Because the time average can consume enourmous amounts of memory, it is
+</p>
+<p>Because the time average can consume enourmous amounts of memory, it is
best applied by first disabling playback for the track, dropping the
time average in it, configuring time average for the desired number of
frames, and re-enabling playback for the track.
-
- <p><b>Frames count:</b> This determines the number of frames to be accumulated
-in the accumulation buffer. For extremely large integrations it's
+</p>
+<p><b>Frames count:</b> This determines the number of frames to be accumulated
+in the accumulation buffer. For extremely large integrations it’s
easier to edit the EDL in a text editor and put in the number of frames.
-
- <p><b>Accumulate sequence again:</b> If an effect before the time average is
-adjusted the time average normally doesn't reread the accumulation
+</p>
+<p><b>Accumulate sequence again:</b> If an effect before the time average is
+adjusted the time average normally doesn’t reread the accumulation
buffer to get the change. This forces it to reread the accumulation
buffer when any other effects change.
+</p>
- <p><b>Average:</b> This causes the accumulation buffer to be divided before
+<p><b>Average:</b> This causes the accumulation buffer to be divided before
being output. The result is the average of all the frames.
-
- <p><b>Accumulate:</b> This outputs the accumulation buffer without dividing
+</p>
+<p><b>Accumulate:</b> This outputs the accumulation buffer without dividing
it. The result is the sum of all the frames.
-
- <p><b>Accumulate only:</b>
-
- <p>In order to accumulate only the specified number of frames, the time
+</p>
+<p><b>Accumulate only:</b>
+</p>
+<p>In order to accumulate only the specified number of frames, the time
average retains all the previous frames in memory and subtracts them out
as it plays forward. <b>Accumulate only:</b> causes the history buffer to
not be used in <b>averaging</b> and <b>accumulating</b>. Without the history
-buffer, frames are added endlessly without ever being subtracted. It's
+buffer, frames are added endlessly without ever being subtracted. It’s
the same as an infinitely long accumulation buffer. The only difference
is for <b>Average</b> mode, the output is still divided by the <b>Frame
count</b>. <b>Accumulate only</b> is used where the number of frames in the
accumulation would be too big to fit in memory.
-
- <p><b>Replace:</b> This causes the accumulation buffer to be replaced by only
-pixels which aren't transparent. This allows black borders from motion
+</p>
+<p><b>Replace:</b> This causes the accumulation buffer to be replaced by only
+pixels which aren’t transparent. This allows black borders from motion
tracking to be filled in.
-
- <p><b>Threshold:</b> The value a pixel must be before it replaces the previous
+</p>
+<p><b>Threshold:</b> The value a pixel must be before it replaces the previous
pixel. If alpha channels are enabled, the alpha is the value compared.
If there is no alpha channel, the brightness is the value compared.
-
- <p><b>Border:</b> The number of pixels on the border of the image to never
+</p>
+<p><b>Border:</b> The number of pixels on the border of the image to never
replace. This hides errors in the replacement operation from the
output, since errors occur at the transition between the replaced area
and the ignored area.
-
- <p><b>Greater:</b> Pixels are replaced if their value is greater than the
+</p>
+<p><b>Greater:</b> Pixels are replaced if their value is greater than the
previous pixel. Use this to create star trails in stacks of many night
sky photos or paint many copies of an object from its motion if it is
lighter than the background.
-
- <p><b>Less:</b> Pixels are replaced if their value is less than the previous
+</p>
+<p><b>Less:</b> Pixels are replaced if their value is less than the previous
pixel. Use this to paint copies of an object from its motion if it is
darker than the background.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TITLER"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#VIDEO-SCOPE">VIDEO SCOPE</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TIME-AVERAGE">TIME AVERAGE</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="TITLER"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#VIDEO-SCOPE" accesskey="n" rel="next">VIDEO SCOPE</a>, Previous: <a href="#TIME-AVERAGE" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TIME AVERAGE</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TITLER-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.26 TITLER</h3>
<p>While it is possible to add text to movies by importing still images
from The Gimp and compositing them, the Titler allows you to add text
-from within Cinelerra.
-
- <p>The titler has standard options for <b>font, size, and style</b>. The
+from within Cinelerra.
+</p>
+<p>The titler has standard options for <b>font, size, and style</b>. The
best font is a generic, normal font like Arial in a large size.
-
- <p>The titler also has options you'll only find in moving pictures. The
+</p>
+<p>The titler also has options you’ll only find in moving pictures. The
<b>Justify</b> operation justifies the text relative to the entire frame.
Once justified, the <b>X and Y</b> offset is applied. This allows text to
be justified while at the same time letting you push it within the
title safe region.
-
- <p>The <b>motion type</b> scrolls the text in any of the four directions.
+</p>
+<p>The <b>motion type</b> scrolls the text in any of the four directions.
When using this, the text may dissappear. Move the insertion point
along the timeline until the text is far enough along the animation to
reappear. The text scrolls on and scrolls off.
-
- <p>Setting <b>loop</b> causes the text to scroll completely off and repeat.
+</p>
+<p>Setting <b>loop</b> causes the text to scroll completely off and repeat.
Without <b>loop</b> the text scrolls off and never reappears.
-
- <p>The speed of the animation is determined by <b>speed</b> Set it higher to
+</p>
+<p>The speed of the animation is determined by <b>speed</b> Set it higher to
speed up the animation.
-
- <p><b>Drop shadow</b> draws a black copy of the text to the bottom right of
+</p>
+<p><b>Drop shadow</b> draws a black copy of the text to the bottom right of
the original text. Useful when drawing text over changing video to
keep the border always visible.
-
- <p>In addition to the scrolling, <b>Fade in/Fade out</b> are a second type of
+</p>
+<p>In addition to the scrolling, <b>Fade in/Fade out</b> are a second type of
animation. If the fade seconds are 0, no fading is done.
-
- <p><b>Outline</b> draws an outline on the characters if it's greater than 0.
+</p>
+<p><b>Outline</b> draws an outline on the characters if it’s greater than 0.
Set the outline size by changing the number. Set the outline color with
the <b>OUTLINE COLOR</b> button. If no outline is visible, make sure the
alpha in <b>OUTLINE COLOR</b> is nonzero. To get pure outline characters,
set <b>COLOR</b> alpha to 0.
-
- <p><b>COLOR</b> picks the color to draw the text in. Usually white is the
+</p>
+<p><b>COLOR</b> picks the color to draw the text in. Usually white is the
only practical color.
-
- <p><b>OUTLINE COLOR</b> picks the color to draw the text outline in.
-
- <p><b>Stamp timecode</b> replaces the text with the current position on the
+</p>
+<p><b>OUTLINE COLOR</b> picks the color to draw the text outline in.
+</p>
+<p><b>Stamp timecode</b> replaces the text with the current position on the
timeline in seconds and frames.
-
- <p><b>SECRETS OF THE TITLER</b>
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER">ADDING FONTS TO THE TITLER</a>: How to add fonts to the titler
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION">THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a>: How to keep text visible on output
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD">MAKING TITLES LOOK GOOD</a>: How to make your titles look good.
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+</p>
+<p><b>SECRETS OF THE TITLER</b>
+</p><table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER" accesskey="1">ADDING FONTS TO THE TITLER</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to add fonts to the titler
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION" accesskey="2">THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to keep text visible on output
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD" accesskey="3">MAKING TITLES LOOK GOOD</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to make your titles look good.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr>
<a name="ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION">THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TITLER">TITLER</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION" accesskey="n" rel="next">THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a>, Up: <a href="#TITLER" accesskey="u" rel="up">TITLER</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.26.1 ADDING FONTS TO THE TITLER</h4>
-<p>The X Window system originally didn't have a suitable font renderer for
-video. It also is restricted to the current bit depth. It doesn't
+<p>The X Window system originally didn’t have a suitable font renderer for
+video. It also is restricted to the current bit depth. It doesn’t
have a convenient way to know which fonts work with the suitable font
-renderer in the desired bit depth. The easiest way we've found to
+renderer in the desired bit depth. The easiest way we’ve found to
support fonts in the titler is to have a directory for them at
<b>/usr/lib/cinelerra/fonts</b>.
-
- <p>The titler supports mainly <b>TTF</b>, true type fonts. It supports
+</p>
+<p>The titler supports mainly <b>TTF</b>, true type fonts. It supports
others but TTF are the most reliable. To add true type fonts, copy the
<b>.TTF</b> files to the <b>/usr/lib/cinelerra/fonts</b> directory. In that
directory run <b>ttmkfdir && mv fonts.scale fonts.dir</b> and restart
Cinelerra. The new fonts should appear. The usage of ttmkfdir changes
frequently so this technique might not work.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-TITLE-SAFE-REGION"></a>
+<hr>
<a name="THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD">MAKING TITLES LOOK GOOD</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER">ADDING FONTS TO THE TITLER</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TITLER">TITLER</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD" accesskey="n" rel="next">MAKING TITLES LOOK GOOD</a>, Previous: <a href="#ADDING-FONTS-TO-THE-TITLER" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ADDING FONTS TO THE TITLER</a>, Up: <a href="#TITLER" accesskey="u" rel="up">TITLER</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.26.2 THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</h4>
<p>If the video is displayed on a consumer TV, the outer border is going
to be cropped by 5% on each side. Moreover, text which is too close to
the edge looks sloppy. Make sure when adding titles to have the
-<b>title-safe</b> <img src="titlesafe.png" alt="titlesafe.png"> tool active in the <b>compositor</b> window.
-The text shouldn't cross the inner rectangle.
+<b>title-safe</b> <img src="titlesafe.png" alt="titlesafe"> tool active in the <b>compositor</b> window.
+The text shouldn’t cross the inner rectangle.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION">THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#TITLER">TITLER</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#THE-TITLE_002dSAFE-REGION" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE TITLE-SAFE REGION</a>, Up: <a href="#TITLER" accesskey="u" rel="up">TITLER</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="MAKING-TITLES-LOOK-GOOD-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">18.26.3 MAKING TITLES LOOK GOOD</h4>
<p>No-one else is going to tell you this, but to make good looking titles,
ignore most of the features of the titler. The best settings are:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> Font: <b>Arial</b>
+</li><li> Italic: <b>off</b>
+</li><li> Motion: <b>No motion</b>
+</li><li> Bold: <b>on or off</b>
+</li><li> Fade in: <b>0</b>
+</li><li> Fade out: <b>0</b>
+</li><li> Color: <b>white</b>
+</li><li> Outline color: <b>black</b>
+</li><li> Drop Shadow or outline: <b>use either to improve contrast but not both</b>
+</li></ul>
- <ul>
-<li>Font: <b>Arial</b>
-<li>Italic: <b>off</b>
-<li>Motion: <b>No motion</b>
-<li>Bold: <b>on or off</b>
-<li>Fade in: <b>0</b>
-<li>Fade out: <b>0</b>
-<li>Color: <b>white</b>
-<li>Outline color: <b>black</b>
-<li>Drop Shadow or outline: <b>use either to improve contrast but not both</b>
-</ul>
- <p>Don't waste the audience's time with fading & crawls. Use crawls only
-if there's too much text to fit on the screen. The title should be
-legible enough to take the least amount of time to read. You're
+<p>Don’t waste the audience’s time with fading & crawls. Use crawls only
+if there’s too much text to fit on the screen. The title should be
+legible enough to take the least amount of time to read. You’re
supposed to show the story, not write it. If they wanted to read a
story, they would be reading a book instead of watching video.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="VIDEO-SCOPE"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TITLER">TITLER</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="VIDEO-SCOPE"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#TITLER" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TITLER</a>, Up: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="u" rel="up">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="VIDEO-SCOPE-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">18.27 VIDEO SCOPE</h3>
<p>The video scope plots two views of the image. One view plots the
intensity of each pixel against horizontal position. They call this
the WAVEFORM. Another view translates hue to angle and saturation to
radius for each pixel. They call this the VECTORSCOPE.
-
- <p>The vectorscope is actually very useful for determining if an image is
-saturated. When adjusting saturation, it's important to watch the
-vectorscope to make sure pixels don't extend past the 100 radius.
-
- <p>The waveform allows you to make sure image data extends from complete
+</p>
+<p>The vectorscope is actually very useful for determining if an image is
+saturated. When adjusting saturation, it’s important to watch the
+vectorscope to make sure pixels don’t extend past the 100 radius.
+</p>
+<p>The waveform allows you to make sure image data extends from complete
black to complete white while adjusting the brightness/contrast.
-
- <p>Some thought is being given to having a video scope for recording.
+</p>
+<p>Some thought is being given to having a video scope for recording.
Unfortunately, this would require a lot of variations of the video
scope for all the different video drivers.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="PLUGIN-AUTHORING"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS">KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="PLUGIN-AUTHORING"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS" accesskey="n" rel="next">KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS</a>, Previous: <a href="#SECRETS-OF-CINELERRA-EFFECTS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SECRETS OF CINELERRA EFFECTS</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="PLUGIN-AUTHORING-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">19 PLUGIN AUTHORING</h2>
<p>The plugin API in Cinelerra dates back to 1997, before the LADSPA and
-before VST became popular. It's fundamentally the same as it was in
+before VST became popular. It’s fundamentally the same as it was in
1997, with minor modifications to handle keyframes and GUI feedback.
The GUI is not abstracted from the programmer. This allows the
programmer to use whatever toolkit they want and allows more
flexibility in appearance but it costs more.
-
- <p>There are several types of plugins, each with a common method of
+</p>
+<p>There are several types of plugins, each with a common method of
implementation and specific changes for that particular type. The
easiest way to implement a plugin is to take the simplest existing one
-out of the group and rename the symbols.
-
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD">INTRODUCING THE PULL METHOD</a>: The current paradigm for plugin writing
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>: What all effects have to do.
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS">REALTIME PLUGINS</a>: What realtime effects have to do.
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS">NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a>: What rendered effects have to do.
-<li><a accesskey="5" href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS">AUDIO PLUGINS</a>: What audio effects have to do.
-<li><a accesskey="6" href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS">VIDEO PLUGINS</a>: What video effects have to do.
-<li><a accesskey="7" href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS">TRANSITION PLUGINS</a>: What transitions have to do.
-<li><a accesskey="8" href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK">PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a>: How to use currently playing data to draw the GUI.
-<li><a accesskey="9" href="#USING-OPENGL">USING OPENGL</a>: How to use hardware to speed up operations.
-<li><a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>: How plugins get information about the data to be processed.
-</ul>
-
-<div class="node">
+out of the group and rename the symbols.
+</p>
+
+
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD" accesskey="1">INTRODUCING THE PULL METHOD</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The current paradigm for plugin writing
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS" accesskey="2">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What all effects have to do.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS" accesskey="3">REALTIME PLUGINS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What realtime effects have to do.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS" accesskey="4">NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What rendered effects have to do.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS" accesskey="5">AUDIO PLUGINS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What audio effects have to do.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS" accesskey="6">VIDEO PLUGINS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What video effects have to do.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS" accesskey="7">TRANSITION PLUGINS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">What transitions have to do.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK" accesskey="8">PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to use currently playing data to draw the GUI.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-OPENGL" accesskey="9">USING OPENGL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How to use hardware to speed up operations.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">How plugins get information about the data to be processed.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+
+<hr>
<a name="INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS" accesskey="n" rel="next">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.1 INTRODUCING THE PULL METHOD</h3>
<p>Originally plugins were designed with the push method. The push method
is intuitive and simple. A source pushes data to a plugin, the plugin
does math operations on it, and the plugin pushes it to a destination.
For 6 years this was the way all realtime plugins were driven
-internally but it didn't allow you to reduce the rate of playback in
-realtime. While plugins can still be designed as if they're pushing
-data, this is not the way they're processed internally anymore.
-
- <p>The latest evolution in Cinelerra's plugin design is the pull method.
+internally but it didn’t allow you to reduce the rate of playback in
+realtime. While plugins can still be designed as if they’re pushing
+data, this is not the way they’re processed internally anymore.
+</p>
+<p>The latest evolution in Cinelerra’s plugin design is the pull method.
The rendering pipeline starts at the final output and the final steps
in the rendering pipeline are reading the data from disk. Every step
in the rendering chain involves requesting data from the previous
step. When the rendering pipleline eventually requests data from a
plugin chain, each plugin requests data from the plugin before it.
-
- <p>This is less intuitive than the push method but is much more powerful.
+</p>
+<p>This is less intuitive than the push method but is much more powerful.
Realtime plugins written using the pull method can change the rate data
is presented to the viewer and the direction of playback. The pull
method allows plugins to take in data at a higher rate than they send
it out.
-
- <p>To get the power of rate independance, the pull method requires plugins
+</p>
+<p>To get the power of rate independance, the pull method requires plugins
to know more about the data than they needed to under the push method.
Plugins need to know what rate the project is at, what rate their
output is supposed to be at and what rate their input is supposed to be
at. These different data rates have to be correlated for a plugin to
configure itself properly.
-
- <p>Keyframes for a plugin are stored relative to the project frame rate.
+</p>
+<p>Keyframes for a plugin are stored relative to the project frame rate.
Queries from a plugin for for the current playback position are given
-relative to the project frame rate. If the plugin's output was
+relative to the project frame rate. If the plugin’s output was
requested to be at twice the project frame rate, the positions need to
be converted to the project rate for keyframes to match up. Two
classes of data rates were created to handle this problem.
-
- <p>Rate conversions are done in terms of the <b>project rate</b> and the
+</p>
+<p>Rate conversions are done in terms of the <b>project rate</b> and the
<b>requested rate</b>. The project rate is identical for all plugins. It
is determined by the <b>settings->format</b> window. The requested rate
is determined by the downstream plugin requesting data from the current
plugin. The requested rate is arbitrary. Exactly how to use these
rates is described below.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS">REALTIME PLUGINS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD">INTRODUCING THE PULL METHOD</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS" accesskey="n" rel="next">REALTIME PLUGINS</a>, Previous: <a href="#INTRODUCING-THE-PULL-METHOD" accesskey="p" rel="prev">INTRODUCING THE PULL METHOD</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.2 COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</h3>
<p>All plugins inherit from a derivative of PluginClient. This
PluginClient, but users must still define methods for PluginClient.
The most commonly used methods are predefined in macros to reduce the
typing yet still allow flexibility.
-
- <p>The files they include depend on the plugin type. Audio plugins
+</p>
+<p>The files they include depend on the plugin type. Audio plugins
include <b>pluginaclient.h</b> and video plugins include
<b>pluginvclient.h</b>. They inherit <b>PluginAClient</b> and
<b>PluginVClient</b> respectively.
-
- <p>Cinelerra instantiates all plugins at least twice when they are used in
+</p>
+<p>Cinelerra instantiates all plugins at least twice when they are used in
a movie. Once instance is the GUI. The other instance is the signal
processor. User input, through a complicated sequence, is propogated
from the GUI instance to the signal processor instance. If the signal
processor wants to alter the GUI, it propogates data back to the GUI
instance. There are utility functions for doing all this.
-
- <p>All plugins define at least three objects:
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<p>All plugins define at least three objects:
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>Processing object</b> - Contains pointers to all the other objects and
performs the signal processing. This object contains a number of
queries to identify itself and is the object you register to register
the plugin.
- <li>
+
+</li><li>
<b>User interface object</b> - This is a subclass of
<b>PluginClientWindow</b>. It shows data on the screen and collects
parameters from the user.
- <p>The window has pointers to a number of widgets, a few initialization
-methods, and a back pointer to the plugin's processing object. The GUI
-uses Cinelerra's toolkit. The plugin abstraction layer handles creating
+<p>The window has pointers to a number of widgets, a few initialization
+methods, and a back pointer to the plugin’s processing object. The GUI
+uses Cinelerra’s toolkit. The plugin abstraction layer handles creating
a thread for the GUI.
+</p>
+
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>Configuration object</b> - This stores the user parameters and always
needs interpolation, copying, and comparison functions. Macros for the
plugin client automatically call configuration methods to interpolate
keyframes.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT">THE PROCESSING OBJECT</a>
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT">THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a>
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT">THE USER INTERFACE OBJECT</a>
-</ul>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT" accesskey="1">THE PROCESSING OBJECT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT" accesskey="2">THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT" accesskey="3">THE USER INTERFACE OBJECT</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT">THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT" accesskey="n" rel="next">THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a>, Up: <a href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.2.1 THE PROCESSING OBJECT</h4>
-<p>Load up a simple plugin like gain to see what this object looks like.
+<p>Load up a simple plugin like gain to see what this object looks like.
The processing object should inherit from the intended PluginClient
derivative. Its constructor should take a PluginServer argument.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">MyPlugin(PluginServer *server);
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> MyPlugin(PluginServer *server);
-</pre>
- <p>In the implementation, the plugin must contain a registration line with
+<p>In the implementation, the plugin must contain a registration line with
the name of the processing object like
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">REGISTER_PLUGIN(MyPlugin)
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> REGISTER_PLUGIN(MyPlugin)
-</pre>
- <p>Another function which is useful but not mandatory is
-<pre class="example"> int is_multichannel();
-</pre>
- <p>It should return 1 if one instance of the plugin handles multiple
+
+
+<p>Another function which is useful but not mandatory is
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int is_multichannel();
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>It should return 1 if one instance of the plugin handles multiple
tracks simultaneously or 0 if one instance of the plugin only handles
one track. The default is 0 if it is omitted.
-
- <p>Multichannel plugins in their processing function should refer to a
+</p>
+<p>Multichannel plugins in their processing function should refer to a
function called <b>PluginClient::get_total_buffers()</b> to determine the
number of channels.
+</p>
- <p>To simplify the implementation of realtime plugins, a macro for
+
+
+<p>To simplify the implementation of realtime plugins, a macro for
commonly used members has been created for the class header, taking the
configuration object and user interface thread object as arguments.
The macro definitions apply mainly to realtime plugins and are not
useful in nonrealtime plugins. Fortunately, nonrealtime plugins are
simpler.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">PLUGIN_CLASS_MEMBERS(config_name, thread_name)
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> PLUGIN_CLASS_MEMBERS(config_name, thread_name)
-</pre>
- <p>The commonly used members in PLUGIN_CLASS_MEMBERS are described below.
-
- <ul>
-<li>int load_configuration();
+<p>The commonly used members in PLUGIN_CLASS_MEMBERS are described below.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> int load_configuration();
- <p>Loads the configuration based on surrounding keyframes and current
-position. The class definition for load_configuration should contain
+<p>Loads the configuration based on surrounding keyframes and current
+position. The class definition for load_configuration should contain
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO(plugin_class, config_class)
+</pre></div>
- <pre class="example"> LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO(plugin_class, config_class)
-</pre>
- <p>to implement the default behavior for load_configuration. This stores
-whatever the current configuration is inside the plugin's configuration
+<p>to implement the default behavior for load_configuration. This stores
+whatever the current configuration is inside the plugin’s configuration
object and returns 1 if the new configuration differs from the previous
configuration. The return value of load_configuration is used by
another commonly used function, update_gui to determine if the GUI really needs to be updated.
-
- <p>The plugin's configuration object is always called <b>config</b> inside
+</p>
+<p>The plugin’s configuration object is always called <b>config</b> inside
PLUGIN_CLASS_MEMBERS.
+</p>
+</li><li> VFrame* new_picon();
- <li>VFrame* new_picon();
-
- <p>Creates a picon for display in the resource window. Use
+<p>Creates a picon for display in the resource window. Use
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">#include "picon_png.h"
+NEW_PICON_MACRO(plugin_class)
+</pre></div>
- <pre class="example"> #include "picon_png.h"
- NEW_PICON_MACRO(plugin_class)
-</pre>
- <p>to implement new_picon. In addition, the user should create a
+<p>to implement new_picon. In addition, the user should create a
<b>picon_png.h</b> header file from a PNG image using <b>pngtoh</b>.
<b>pngtoh</b> is compiled in the <b>guicast/ARCH</b> directory.
-
- <p>The source PNG image should be called picon.png and can be any format
+</p>
+<p>The source PNG image should be called picon.png and can be any format
supported by PNG.
+</p>
+</li><li> char* plugin_title();
- <li>char* plugin_title();
-
- <p>Returns a text string identifying the plugin in the resource window.
+<p>Returns a text string identifying the plugin in the resource window.
The string has to be unique.
+</p>
- <li>void update_gui();
+</li><li> void update_gui();
- <p>Should first load the configuration, test for a return of 1, and then
+<p>Should first load the configuration, test for a return of 1, and then
redraw the GUI with the new parameters. All the plugins using GuiCast
have a format like
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">void MyPlugin::update_gui()
+{
+ if(thread)
+ {
+ if(load_configuration())
+ {
+ thread->window->lock_window();
+// update widgets here
+ thread->window->unlock_window();
+ }
+ }
+}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>to handle concurrency and conditions of no GUI.
+</p>
+
+
+
+</li></ul>
- <pre class="example"> void MyPlugin::update_gui()
- {
- if(thread)
- {
- if(load_configuration())
- {
- thread->window->lock_window();
- // update widgets here
- thread->window->unlock_window();
- }
- }
- }
-</pre>
- <p>to handle concurrency and conditions of no GUI.
-
- </ul>
-
- <p>Important functions the processing object must define are the
+
+<p>Important functions the processing object must define are the
functions which load and save configuration data from keyframes. These
functions are called by the macros so all you need to worry about is
accessing the keyframe data.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">void save_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
+void read_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> void save_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
- void read_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
-</pre>
- <p>The read data functions are only used in realtime plugins. The read
+<p>The read data functions are only used in realtime plugins. The read
data functions translate the plugin configuration between the KeyFrame
argument and the configuration object for the plugin. The keyframes
are stored on the timeline and can change for every project.
-
- <p>Use an object called <b>FileXML</b> to do the translation and some
+</p>
+<p>Use an object called <b>FileXML</b> to do the translation and some
specific commands to get the data out of the KeyFrame argument. See
any existing plugin to see the usage of KeyFrame and FileXML.
+</p>
-<pre class="example"> int load_defaults();
- int save_defaults();
-</pre>
- <p>The load defaults functions are used in realtime and non-realtime
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int load_defaults();
+int save_defaults();
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The load defaults functions are used in realtime and non-realtime
plugins. The load defaults functions translate the plugin
-configuration between a BC_Hash object and the plugin's
+configuration between a BC_Hash object and the plugin’s
configuration. The BC_Hash object stores configurations in a discrete
-file on disk for each plugin but doesn't isolate different
+file on disk for each plugin but doesn’t isolate different
configurations for different projects.
-
- <p>The function overriding <b>load_defaults</b> also needs to call <b>defaults
+</p>
+<p>The function overriding <b>load_defaults</b> also needs to call <b>defaults
= new BC_Hash(path);</b> with the configuration path. See any existing
plugin to see the usage of BC_Hash. The function overriding
<b>save_defaults</b> does not create <b>defaults</b>.
-
- <p>Other standard members may be defined in the processing object,
+</p>
+<p>Other standard members may be defined in the processing object,
depending on the plugin type.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT">THE USER INTERFACE OBJECT</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT">THE PROCESSING OBJECT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT" accesskey="n" rel="next">THE USER INTERFACE OBJECT</a>, Previous: <a href="#THE-PROCESSING-OBJECT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE PROCESSING OBJECT</a>, Up: <a href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.2.2 THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</h4>
<p>The configuration object is critical for GUI updates, signal
processing, and default settings in realtime plugins. Be aware it is
not used in nonrealtime plugins. The configuration object inherits
-from nothing and has no dependancies. It's merely a class containing
-three functions and variables specific to the plugin's parameters.
-
- <p>Usually the configuration object starts with the name of the plugin
+from nothing and has no dependancies. It’s merely a class containing
+three functions and variables specific to the plugin’s parameters.
+</p>
+<p>Usually the configuration object starts with the name of the plugin
followed by Config.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">class MyPluginConfig
+{
+public:
+ MyPluginConfig();
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> class MyPluginConfig
- {
- public:
- MyPluginConfig();
-</pre>
- <p>Following the name of the configuration class, we put in three
+
+<p>Following the name of the configuration class, we put in three
required functions and the configuration variables.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> int equivalent(MyPluginConfig &that);
+ void copy_from(MyPluginConfig &that);
+ void interpolate(MyPluginConfig &prev,
+ MyPluginConfig &next,
+ int64_t prev_position,
+ int64_t next_position,
+ int64_t current_position);
+
+
+
+ float parameter1;
+ float parameter2;
+ int parameter3;
+};
+
+</pre></div>
+
-<pre class="example"> int equivalent(MyPluginConfig &that);
- void copy_from(MyPluginConfig &that);
- void interpolate(MyPluginConfig &prev,
- MyPluginConfig &next,
- int64_t prev_position,
- int64_t next_position,
- int64_t current_position);
-
-
-
- float parameter1;
- float parameter2;
- int parameter3;
- };
-
-</pre>
- <p>Now you must define the three functions. <b>Equivalent</b> is called by
+<p>Now you must define the three functions. <b>Equivalent</b> is called by
LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO to determine if the local configuration
parameters are identical to the configuration parameters in the
-arguement. If equivalent returns 0, the LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO
+arguement. If equivalent returns 0, the LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO
causes the GUI to redraw. If equivalent returns 1, the
-LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO doesn't redraw the GUI.
-
- <p>Then there's <b>copy_from</b> which transfers the configuration values
+LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO doesn’t redraw the GUI.
+</p>
+<p>Then there’s <b>copy_from</b> which transfers the configuration values
from the argument to the local variables. This is once again used in
-LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO to store configurations in temporaries. Once
+LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO to store configurations in temporaries. Once
LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO has replicated the configuration, it loads a
second configuration. Then it interpolates the two configurations to
get the current configuration. The interpolation function performs the
interpolation and stores the result in the local variables.
-
- <p>Normally the interpolate function calculates a previous and next
+</p>
+<p>Normally the interpolate function calculates a previous and next
fraction, using the arguments.
-
-<pre class="example"> void MyPluginConfig::interpolate(MyPluginConfig &prev,
- MyPluginConfig &next,
- int64_t prev_position,
- int64_t next_position,
- int64_t current_position)
- {
- double next_scale = (double)(current_position - prev_position) / (next_position - prev_position);
- double prev_scale = (double)(next_position - current_position) / (next_position - prev_position);
-</pre>
- <p>Then the fractions are applied to the previous and next configuration
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">void MyPluginConfig::interpolate(MyPluginConfig &prev,
+ MyPluginConfig &next,
+ int64_t prev_position,
+ int64_t next_position,
+ int64_t current_position)
+{
+ double next_scale = (double)(current_position - prev_position) / (next_position - prev_position);
+ double prev_scale = (double)(next_position - current_position) / (next_position - prev_position);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Then the fractions are applied to the previous and next configuration
variables to yield the current values.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+ this->parameter1 = (float)(prev.parameter1 * prev_scale + next.parameter1 * next_scale);
+ this->parameter2 = (float)(prev.parameter2 * prev_scale + next.parameter2 * next_scale);
+ this->parameter3 = (int)(prev.parameter3 * prev_scale + next.parameter3 * next_scale);
+}
-<pre class="example">
- this->parameter1 = (float)(prev.parameter1 * prev_scale + next.parameter1 * next_scale);
- this->parameter2 = (float)(prev.parameter2 * prev_scale + next.parameter2 * next_scale);
- this->parameter3 = (int)(prev.parameter3 * prev_scale + next.parameter3 * next_scale);
- }
-
-</pre>
- <p>Alternatively you can copy the values from the previous configuration
-argument if no interpolation is desired.
+</pre></div>
- <p>This usage of the configuration object is the same in audio and video
+<p>Alternatively you can copy the values from the previous configuration
+argument if no interpolation is desired.
+</p>
+<p>This usage of the configuration object is the same in audio and video
plugins. In video playback, the interpolation function is called for
every frame, yielding smooth interpolation. In audio playback, the
interpolation function is called only once for every console fragment
and once every time the insertion point moves. This is good enough for
updating the GUI while selecting regions on the timeline but it may not
be accurate enough for really smooth rendering of the effect.
-
- <p>For really smooth rendering of audio, you can still use
+</p>
+<p>For really smooth rendering of audio, you can still use
load_configuration when updating the GUI. For process_buffer; however,
ignore load_configuration and write your own interpolation routine
which loads all the keyframes in a console fragment and interpolates
every sample. This would be really slow and hard to debug, yielding
improvement which may not be audible. Then of course, every country
has its own wierdos.
-
- <p>An easier way to get smoother interpolation is to reduce the console
+</p>
+<p>An easier way to get smoother interpolation is to reduce the console
fragment to 1 sample. This would have to be rendered and played back
with the console fragment back over 2048 of course. The Linux sound
-drivers can't play fragments of 1 sample.
+drivers can’t play fragments of 1 sample.
+</p>
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT">THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#THE-CONFIGURATION-OBJECT" accesskey="p" rel="prev">THE CONFIGURATION OBJECT</a>, Up: <a href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS" accesskey="u" rel="up">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="THE-USER-INTERFACE-OBJECT-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.2.3 THE USER INTERFACE OBJECT</h4>
+
<p>The user interface object is derived from <b>PluginClientWindow</b>. The
user must call <b>NEW_WINDOW_MACRO</b> in the processing object to create
the <b>PluginClientWindow</b>. This system is used in realtime plugins but
not in nonrealtime plugins.
-
- <p>Nonrealtime plugins create and destroy their own GUI in their
-<b>get_parameters</b> function and there's no need for a
+</p>
+<p>Nonrealtime plugins create and destroy their own GUI in their
+<b>get_parameters</b> function and there’s no need for a
<b>PluginClientWindow</b> subclass.
-
- <p>Now the window class must be declared in the plugin header. It's
+</p>
+<p>Now the window class must be declared in the plugin header. It’s
easiest to implement the window by copying an existing plugin and
renaming the symbols. The following is an outline of what happens.
-The plugin header must declare the window's constructor using the
+The plugin header must declare the window’s constructor using the
appropriate arguments.
-
-<pre class="example">
- #include "guicast.h"
-
- MyWindow::MyWindow(MyPlugin *plugin)
- : PluginClientWindow(plugin,
- 440,
- 500,
- 440,
- 500,
- 0)
- {
-
-</pre>
- <p>This becomes a window on the screen with the size given by the arguments
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+#include "guicast.h"
+
+MyWindow::MyWindow(MyPlugin *plugin)
+ : PluginClientWindow(plugin,
+ 440,
+ 500,
+ 440,
+ 500,
+ 0)
+{
+
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>This becomes a window on the screen with the size given by the arguments
to <b>PluginClientWindow</b>.
-
- <p>It needs two methods
-
-<pre class="example"> void create_objects();
-</pre>
- <p>and a back pointer to the plugin
-
-<pre class="example"> MyPlugin *plugin;
-</pre>
- <p>The create_objects member puts widgets in the window according to
-GuiCast's syntax. A pointer to each widget which you want to
+</p>
+<p>It needs two methods
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> void create_objects();
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>and a back pointer to the plugin
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> MyPlugin *plugin;
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<p>The create_objects member puts widgets in the window according to
+GuiCast’s syntax. A pointer to each widget which you want to
synchronize to a configuration parameter is stored in the window class.
These are updated in the <b>update_gui</b> function you earlier defined for
the plugin. The widgets are usually derivatives of a GuiCast widget and
they override functions in GuiCast to handle events. Finally
-create_objects calls
-
-<pre class="example"> show_window();
-</pre>
- <p>to make the window appear all at once.
-
- <p>Every widget in the GUI needs to detect when its value changes. In
+create_objects calls
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example"> show_window();
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>to make the window appear all at once.
+</p>
+<p>Every widget in the GUI needs to detect when its value changes. In
GuiCast the <b>handle_event</b> method is called whenever the value
changes. In <b>handle_event</b>, the widget then needs to call
<b>plugin->send_configure_change()</b> to propogate the change to any
copies of the plugin which are processing data.
+</p>
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="REALTIME-PLUGINS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS">NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="REALTIME-PLUGINS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS" accesskey="n" rel="next">NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a>, Previous: <a href="#COMMON-PLUGIN-FUNCTIONS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">COMMON PLUGIN FUNCTIONS</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="REALTIME-PLUGINS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.3 REALTIME PLUGINS</h3>
<p>Realtime plugins should use PLUGIN_CLASS_MEMBERS to define the basic
set of members in their headers. All realtime plugins must define an
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int is_realtime()
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> int is_realtime()
-</pre>
- <p>member returning 1. This causes a number of methods to be called
+<p>member returning 1. This causes a number of methods to be called
during live playback and the plugin to be usable on the timeline.
-
- <p>Realtime plugins must override a member called
-
-<pre class="example"> process_buffer
-</pre>
- <p>This function takes different arguments depending on if the plugin
+</p>
+<p>Realtime plugins must override a member called
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">process_buffer
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>This function takes different arguments depending on if the plugin
handles video or audio. See an existing plugin to find out which usage
applies.
-
- <p>The main features of the process_buffer function are a buffer to store
+</p>
+<p>The main features of the process_buffer function are a buffer to store
the output, the starting position of the output, and the requested
-output rate. For audio, there's also a size argument for the number of
+output rate. For audio, there’s also a size argument for the number of
samples.
-
- <p>The starting position of the output buffer is the lowest numbered
+</p>
+<p>The starting position of the output buffer is the lowest numbered
sample on the timeline if playback is forward and the highest numbered
sample on the timeline if playback is reverse. The direction of
playback is determined by one of the plugin queries described below.
-
- <p>The position and size arguments are all relative to the frame rate and
+</p>
+<p>The position and size arguments are all relative to the frame rate and
sample rate passed to process_buffer. This is the requested data rate
and may not be the same as the project data rate.
-
- <p>The process_realtime function should start by calling
+</p>
+<p>The process_realtime function should start by calling
<b>load_configuration</b>. The LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO returns 1 if the
configuration changed.
-
- <p>After determining the plugin's configuration, input media has to be
+</p>
+<p>After determining the plugin’s configuration, input media has to be
loaded for processing. Call
-
-<pre class="example"> read_frame(VFrame *buffer,
- int channel,
- int64_t start_position,
- double frame_rate)
-</pre>
- <p>or
-
-<pre class="example"> read_samples(double *buffer,
- int channel,
- int sample_rate,
- int64_t start_position,
- int64_t len)
-</pre>
- <p>to request input data from the object which comes before this plugin.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">read_frame(VFrame *buffer,
+ int channel,
+ int64_t start_position,
+ double frame_rate)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">read_samples(double *buffer,
+ int channel,
+ int sample_rate,
+ int64_t start_position,
+ int64_t len)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>to request input data from the object which comes before this plugin.
The read function needs a buffer to store the input data in. This can
either be a temporary you create in the plugin or the output buffer
-supplied to process_buffer if you don't need a temporary.
-
- <p>It also needs a set of position arguments to determine when you want to
+supplied to process_buffer if you don’t need a temporary.
+</p>
+<p>It also needs a set of position arguments to determine when you want to
read the data from. The start position, rate, and len passed to a read
function need not be the same as the values recieved by the
process_buffer function. This way plugins can read data at a different
rate than they output data.
-
- <p>The channel argument is only meaningful if this is a multichannel
+</p>
+<p>The channel argument is only meaningful if this is a multichannel
plugin. They need to read data for each track in the
get_total_buffers() value and process all the tracks. Single channel
plugins should pass 0 for channel.
+</p>
- <p>Additional members are implemented to maintain configuration in
+<p>Additional members are implemented to maintain configuration in
realtime plugins. Some of these are also needed in nonrealtime
plugins.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> void read_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
- <ul>
-<li>void read_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
-
- <p>Loads data from a keyframe into the plugin's configuration. Inside the
-keyframe is an XML string. It's most easily parsed by creating a
+<p>Loads data from a keyframe into the plugin’s configuration. Inside the
+keyframe is an XML string. It’s most easily parsed by creating a
<b>FileXML</b> object. See an existing plugin to see how the read_data
function is implemented.
-
- <p>Read data loads data out of the XML object and stores values in the
-plugin's configuration object. Since configuration objects vary from
-plugin to plugin, these functions can't be automated.
-
- <li>void save_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
-
- <p>Saves data from the plugin's configuration to a keyframe. Inside the
-keyframe you'll put an XML string which is normally created by a
+</p>
+<p>Read data loads data out of the XML object and stores values in the
+plugin’s configuration object. Since configuration objects vary from
+plugin to plugin, these functions can’t be automated.
+</p>
+</li><li> void save_data(KeyFrame *keyframe);
+
+<p>Saves data from the plugin’s configuration to a keyframe. Inside the
+keyframe you’ll put an XML string which is normally created by a
FileXML object. See an existing plugin to see how the save_data
function is implemented.
-
- <p>Save data saves data from the plugin's configuration object into the
+</p>
+<p>Save data saves data from the plugin’s configuration object into the
XML object.
+</p>
+</li><li> int load_defaults();
- <li>int load_defaults();
-
- <p>Another way the plugin gets parameters is from a defaults file. The
+<p>Another way the plugin gets parameters is from a defaults file. The
load and save defaults routines use a BC_Hash object to parse the
defaults file. The defaults object is created in <b>load_defaults</b> and
-destroyed in the plugin's destructor. See an existing plugin to see
+destroyed in the plugin’s destructor. See an existing plugin to see
how the BC_Hash object is used.
+</p>
+</li><li> int save_defaults();
+
+<p>Saves the configuration in the defaults object.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
- <li>int save_defaults();
- <p>Saves the configuration in the defaults object.
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="NONREALTIME-PLUGINS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS">AUDIO PLUGINS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS">REALTIME PLUGINS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="NONREALTIME-PLUGINS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS" accesskey="n" rel="next">AUDIO PLUGINS</a>, Previous: <a href="#REALTIME-PLUGINS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">REALTIME PLUGINS</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="NONREALTIME-PLUGINS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.4 NONREALTIME PLUGINS</h3>
<p>Some references for non-realtime plugins are <b>Normalize</b> for audio
and <b>Reframe</b> for video.
-
- <p>Like realtime plugins, <b>load_defaults</b> and <b>save_defaults</b> must be
+</p>
+<p>Like realtime plugins, <b>load_defaults</b> and <b>save_defaults</b> must be
implemented. In nonrealtime plugins, these are not just used for
default parameters but to transfer values from the user interface to
-the signal processor. There doesn't need to be a configuration class
+the signal processor. There doesn’t need to be a configuration class
in nonrealtime plugins.
-
- <p>Unlike realtime plugins, the LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO can't be used in
+</p>
+<p>Unlike realtime plugins, the LOAD_CONFIGURATION_MACRO can’t be used in
the plugin header. Instead, the following methods must be defined.
-
- <p>The nonrealtime plugin should contain a pointer to a defaults object.
-
-<pre class="example">
- BC_Hash *defaults;
-
-</pre>
- <p>It should also have a pointer to a MainProgressBar.
-
-<pre class="example">
- MainProgressBar *progress;
-</pre>
- <p>The progress pointer allows nonrealtime plugins to display their
-progress in Cinelerra's main window.
-
- <p>The constructor for a nonrealtime plugin can't use
+</p>
+<p>The nonrealtime plugin should contain a pointer to a defaults object.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+BC_Hash *defaults;
+
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>It should also have a pointer to a MainProgressBar.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+MainProgressBar *progress;
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The progress pointer allows nonrealtime plugins to display their
+progress in Cinelerra’s main window.
+</p>
+<p>The constructor for a nonrealtime plugin can’t use
PLUGIN_CONSTRUCTOR_MACRO but must call <b>load_defaults</b> directly.
-
- <p>The destructor, likewise, must call <b>save_defaults</b> and <b>delete
+</p>
+<p>The destructor, likewise, must call <b>save_defaults</b> and <b>delete
defaults</b> directly instead of PLUGIN_DESTRUCTOR_MACRO.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> VFrame* new_picon();
- <ul>
-<li>VFrame* new_picon();
-
- <p>char* plugin_title();
-
- <p>The usage of these is the same as realtime plugins.
-
- <li>int is_realtime();
-
- <p>This function must return 0 to indicate a nonrealtime plugin.
+<p>char* plugin_title();
+</p>
+<p>The usage of these is the same as realtime plugins.
+</p>
+</li><li> int is_realtime();
- <li>
+<p>This function must return 0 to indicate a nonrealtime plugin.
+</p>
+</li><li>
int get_parameters();
- <p>Here, the user should create a GUI, wait for the user to hit an OK
+<p>Here, the user should create a GUI, wait for the user to hit an OK
button or a cancel button, and store the parameters in plugin
variables. This routine must return 0 for success and 1 for failure.
This way the user can cancel the effect from the GUI.
-
- <p>Unlike the realtime plugin, this GUI need not run asynchronously of the
+</p>
+<p>Unlike the realtime plugin, this GUI need not run asynchronously of the
plugin. It should block the get_parameters function until the user
selects OK or Cancel.
+</p>
+</li><li> int load_defaults();
- <li>int load_defaults();
-
- <p>This should set the <b>defaults</b> variable to a new <b>Defaults</b> object
+<p>This should set the <b>defaults</b> variable to a new <b>Defaults</b> object
and load parameters from the defaults object into plugin variables.
+</p>
+</li><li> int save_defaults();
- <li>int save_defaults();
-
- <p>This should save plugin variables to the defaults object. It should not
+<p>This should save plugin variables to the defaults object. It should not
create the defaults object.
+</p>
- <li>int start_loop();
+</li><li> int start_loop();
- <p>If <b>get_parameters</b> returned 0 for success, this is called once to
+<p>If <b>get_parameters</b> returned 0 for success, this is called once to
give the plugin a chance to initialize processing. The plugin should
instantiate the progress object with a line like
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+progress = start_progress("MyPlugin progress...",
+ PluginClient::get_total_len());
- <pre class="example">
- progress = start_progress("MyPlugin progress...",
- PluginClient::get_total_len());
-
-</pre>
- <p>The usage of <b>start_progress</b> depends on whether the plugin is
-multichannel or single channel. If it's multichannel you always call
-start_progress. If it's single channel, you first need to know whether
-the progress bar has already started in another instance of the plugin.
-
- <p>If <b>PluginClient::interactive</b> is 1, you need to start the progress
-bar. If it's 0, the progress bar has already been started.
+</pre></div>
- <p>The PluginClient defines <b>get_total_len()</b> and <b>get_source_start()</b>
+<p>The usage of <b>start_progress</b> depends on whether the plugin is
+multichannel or single channel. If it’s multichannel you always call
+start_progress. If it’s single channel, you first need to know whether
+the progress bar has already started in another instance of the plugin.
+</p>
+<p>If <b>PluginClient::interactive</b> is 1, you need to start the progress
+bar. If it’s 0, the progress bar has already been started.
+</p>
+<p>The PluginClient defines <b>get_total_len()</b> and <b>get_source_start()</b>
to describe the timeline range to be processed. The units are either
samples or frames and in the project rate.
+</p>
+</li><li> int process_loop
- <li>int process_loop
-
- <p>This is called repeatedly until the timeline range is processed. It
+<p>This is called repeatedly until the timeline range is processed. It
has either a samples or frames buffer for output and a reference to
write_length to store the number of samples processed. If this is an
audio plugin, the user needs to call <b>get_buffer_size()</b> to know how
many samples the output buffer can hold.
-
- <p>The plugin must use <b>read_samples</b> or <b>read_frame</b> to read the
+</p>
+<p>The plugin must use <b>read_samples</b> or <b>read_frame</b> to read the
input. These functions are a bit different for a non realtime plugin
than they are for a realtime plugin.
-
- <p>They take a buffer and a position relative to the start of the
-timeline, in the timeline's rate. Then you must process it and put the
+</p>
+<p>They take a buffer and a position relative to the start of the
+timeline, in the timeline’s rate. Then you must process it and put the
output in the buffer argument to process_loop. write_length should
-contain the number of samples generated if it's audio.
-
- <p>Finally, process_loop must test <b>PluginClient::interactive</b> and
-update the progress bar if it's 1.
-
- <pre class="example"> progress->update(total_written);
-</pre>
- <p>returns 1 or 0 if the progress bar was cancelled. If it's 1,
+contain the number of samples generated if it’s audio.
+</p>
+<p>Finally, process_loop must test <b>PluginClient::interactive</b> and
+update the progress bar if it’s 1.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">progress->update(total_written);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>returns 1 or 0 if the progress bar was cancelled. If it’s 1,
process_loop should return 1 to indicate a cancellation. In addition
to progress bar cancellation, <b>process_loop</b> should return 1 when the
entire timeline range is processed.
+</p>
+</li><li> int stop_loop();
- <li>int stop_loop();
-
- <p>This is called after process_loop processes its last buffer.
-
- <p>If PluginClient::is_interactive is 1, this should call
+<p>This is called after process_loop processes its last buffer.
+</p>
+<p>If PluginClient::is_interactive is 1, this should call
<b>stop_progress</b> in the progress bar pointer and delete the pointer.
Then it should delete any objects it created for processing in
<b>start_loop</b>.
+</p>
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AUDIO-PLUGINS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS">VIDEO PLUGINS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS">NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="AUDIO-PLUGINS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS" accesskey="n" rel="next">VIDEO PLUGINS</a>, Previous: <a href="#NONREALTIME-PLUGINS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">NONREALTIME PLUGINS</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="AUDIO-PLUGINS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.5 AUDIO PLUGINS</h3>
<p>The simplest audio plugin is Gain. The processing object should
include <b>pluginaclient.h</b> and inherit from <b>PluginAClient</b>. Realtime audio plugins need to
-define
-
-<pre class="example"> int process_buffer(int64_t size,
- double **buffer,
- int64_t start_position,
- int sample_rate);
-</pre>
- <p>if it's multichannel or
-
-<pre class="example"> int process_buffer(int64_t size,
- double *buffer,
- int64_t start_position,
- int sample_rate);
-</pre>
- <p>if it's single channel. These should return 0 on success and 1 on
+define
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_buffer(int64_t size,
+ double **buffer,
+ int64_t start_position,
+ int sample_rate);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>if it’s multichannel or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_buffer(int64_t size,
+ double *buffer,
+ int64_t start_position,
+ int sample_rate);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>if it’s single channel. These should return 0 on success and 1 on
failure. In the future, the return value may abort failed rendering.
-
- <p>The processing function needs to request input samples with
-
-<pre class="example"> int read_samples(double *buffer,
- int channel,
- int sample_rate,
- int64_t start_position,
- int64_t len);
-</pre>
- <p>It always returns 0. The user may specify any desired sample rate and
+</p>
+<p>The processing function needs to request input samples with
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int read_samples(double *buffer,
+ int channel,
+ int sample_rate,
+ int64_t start_position,
+ int64_t len);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>It always returns 0. The user may specify any desired sample rate and
start position.
-
- <p>Nonrealtime audio plugins need to define
-
-<pre class="example"> int process_loop(double *buffer, int64_t &write_length);
-</pre>
- <p>for single channel or
-
-<pre class="example"> int process_loop(double **buffers, int64_t &write_length);
-</pre>
- <p>for multi channel. Non realtime plugins use a different set of
+</p>
+<p>Nonrealtime audio plugins need to define
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_loop(double *buffer, int64_t &write_length);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>for single channel or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_loop(double **buffers, int64_t &write_length);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>for multi channel. Non realtime plugins use a different set of
read_samples functions to request input data. These are fixed to the
project sample rate.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="VIDEO-PLUGINS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS">TRANSITION PLUGINS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS">AUDIO PLUGINS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="VIDEO-PLUGINS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS" accesskey="n" rel="next">TRANSITION PLUGINS</a>, Previous: <a href="#AUDIO-PLUGINS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">AUDIO PLUGINS</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="VIDEO-PLUGINS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.6 VIDEO PLUGINS</h3>
-<p>The simplest video plugin is Flip. The processing object should
-include <b>pluginvclient.h</b> and inherit from <b>PluginVClient</b>.
-Realtime video plugins need to define
-
-<pre class="example"> int process_buffer(VFrame **frame,
- int64_t start_position,
- double frame_rate);
-</pre>
- <p>if it's multichannel or
-
-<pre class="example"> int process_buffer(VFrame *frame,
- int64_t start_position,
- double frame_rate);
-</pre>
- <p>if it's single channel.
- <p>The nonrealtime video plugins need to define
-<pre class="example"> int process_loop(VFrame *buffer);
-</pre>
- <p>for single channel or
-<pre class="example"> int process_loop(VFrame **buffers);
-</pre>
- <p>for multi channel. The amount of frames generated in a single
+<p>The simplest video plugin is Flip. The processing object should
+include <b>pluginvclient.h</b> and inherit from <b>PluginVClient</b>.
+Realtime video plugins need to define
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_buffer(VFrame **frame,
+ int64_t start_position,
+ double frame_rate);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>if it’s multichannel or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_buffer(VFrame *frame,
+ int64_t start_position,
+ double frame_rate);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>if it’s single channel.
+</p>
+<p>The nonrealtime video plugins need to define
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_loop(VFrame *buffer);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>for single channel or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_loop(VFrame **buffers);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>for multi channel. The amount of frames generated in a single
process_loop is always assumed to be 1, hence the lack of a
write_length argument. Returning 0 causes the rendering to continue.
Returning 1 causes the rendering to abort.
-
- <p>A set of read_frame functions exist for requesting input frames in
+</p>
+<p>A set of read_frame functions exist for requesting input frames in
non-realtime video plugins. These are fixed to the project frame rate.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
+<hr>
<a name="TRANSITION-PLUGINS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK">PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS">VIDEO PLUGINS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK" accesskey="n" rel="next">PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a>, Previous: <a href="#VIDEO-PLUGINS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">VIDEO PLUGINS</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="TRANSITION-PLUGINS-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.7 TRANSITION PLUGINS</h3>
+
+
+
<p>The simplest video transition is <b>wipe</b> and the simplest audio
transition is <b>crossfade</b>. These use a subset of the default class
members of realtime plugins, but so far no analogue to
PLUGIN_CLASS_MEMBERS has been done for transitions.
-
- <p>The processing object for audio transitions still inherits from
+</p>
+<p>The processing object for audio transitions still inherits from
PluginAClient and for video transitions it still inherits from
PluginVClient.
-
- <p>Transitions may or may not have a GUI. If they have a GUI, they must
+</p>
+<p>Transitions may or may not have a GUI. If they have a GUI, they must
also manage a thread like realtime plugins. Do this with the same
PLUGIN_THREAD_OBJECT and PLUGIN_THREAD_HEADER macros as realtime
-plugins. Since there is only one keyframe in a transition, you don't
+plugins. Since there is only one keyframe in a transition, you don’t
need to worry about updating the GUI from the processing object like
you do in a realtime plugin.
-
- <p>If the transition has a GUI, you can use PLUGIN_CONSTRUCTOR_MACRO and
-PLUGIN_DESTRUCTOR_MACRO to initialize the processing object. You'll
+</p>
+<p>If the transition has a GUI, you can use PLUGIN_CONSTRUCTOR_MACRO and
+PLUGIN_DESTRUCTOR_MACRO to initialize the processing object. You’ll
also need a BC_Hash object and a Thread object for these macros.
-
- <p>Since the GUI is optional, overwrite a function called <b>uses_gui()</b>
+</p>
+<p>Since the GUI is optional, overwrite a function called <b>uses_gui()</b>
to signifiy whether or not the transition has a GUI. Return 1 if it
-does and 0 if it doesn't.
-
- <p>Transitions need a <b>load_defaults</b> and <b>save_defaults</b> function so
-the first time they're dropped on the timeline they'll have useful
+does and 0 if it doesn’t.
+</p>
+<p>Transitions need a <b>load_defaults</b> and <b>save_defaults</b> function so
+the first time they’re dropped on the timeline they’ll have useful
settings.
-
- <p>A <b>read_data</b> and <b>save_data</b> function takes over after insertion
+</p>
+<p>A <b>read_data</b> and <b>save_data</b> function takes over after insertion
to access data specific to each instance of the transition.
-
- <p>The most important difference between transitions and realtime plugins
+</p>
+<p>The most important difference between transitions and realtime plugins
is the addition of an <b>is_transition</b> method to the processing
object. <b>is_transition</b> should return 1 to signify the plugin is a
transition.
-
- <p>Transitions process data in a <b>process_realtime</b> function.
-
-<pre class="example"> int process_realtime(VFrame *input,
- VFrame *output);
-</pre>
- <pre class="example"> int process_realtime(int64_t size,
- double *input_ptr,
- double *output_ptr);
-</pre>
- <p>The input argument to process_realtime is the data for the next edit.
+</p>
+<p>Transitions process data in a <b>process_realtime</b> function.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_realtime(VFrame *input,
+ VFrame *output);
+</pre></div>
+
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">int process_realtime(int64_t size,
+ double *input_ptr,
+ double *output_ptr);
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The input argument to process_realtime is the data for the next edit.
The output argument to process_realtime is the data for the previous
edit.
-
- <p>Routines exist for determining where you are relative to the
-transition's start and end.
-
- <ul>
-<li><b>PluginClient::get_source_position()</b> - returns the current
+</p>
+<p>Routines exist for determining where you are relative to the
+transition’s start and end.
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li> <b>PluginClient::get_source_position()</b> - returns the current
position since the start of the transition of the lowest sample in the
buffers.
- <li><b>PluginClient::get_total_len()</b> - returns the integer length of
+</li><li> <b>PluginClient::get_total_len()</b> - returns the integer length of
the transition. The units are either samples or frames, in the data
rate requested by the first plugin.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
- <p>Users should divide the source position by total length to get the
+<p>Users should divide the source position by total length to get the
fraction of the transition the current <b>process_realtime</b> function is
at.
-
- <p>Transitions run in the data rate requested by the first plugin in the
+</p>
+<p>Transitions run in the data rate requested by the first plugin in the
track. This may be different than the project data rate. Since
process_realtime lacks a rate argument, use <b>get_framerate()</b> or
<b>get_samplerate</b> to get the requested rate.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="PLUGIN-GUI'S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK"></a>
-<a name="PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-OPENGL">USING OPENGL</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS">TRANSITION PLUGINS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-</div>
-<h3 class="section">19.8 PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</h3>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES" accesskey="n" rel="next">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>, Previous: <a href="#TRANSITION-PLUGINS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TRANSITION PLUGINS</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">19.8 PLUGIN GUI’S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</h3>
<p>Effects like <b>Histogram</b> and <b>VideoScope</b> need to update the GUI
during playback to display information about the signal. This is
the GUI it should call <b>send_render_gui</b>. This should only be called
in process_buffer. Send_render_gui goes through a search and
eventually calls <b>render_gui</b> in the GUI instance of the plugin.
+</p>
+<p>Render_gui should have a sequence like
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">void MyPlugin::render_gui(void *data)
+{
+ if(thread)
+ {
+ thread->window->lock_window();
+
+// update GUI here
+
+ thread->window->unlock_window();
+ }
+}
+
+</pre></div>
- <p>Render_gui should have a sequence like
-
-<pre class="example"> void MyPlugin::render_gui(void *data)
- {
- if(thread)
- {
- thread->window->lock_window();
-
- // update GUI here
-
- thread->window->unlock_window();
- }
- }
-
-</pre>
- <p>Send_render_gui and render_gui use one argument, a void pointer to
+
+<p>Send_render_gui and render_gui use one argument, a void pointer to
transfer information from the processing object to the GUI. The user
should typecast this pointer into something useful.
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="PLUGIN-QUERIES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#USING-OPENGL">USING OPENGL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-</div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="PLUGIN-QUERIES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-OPENGL" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING OPENGL</a>, Previous: <a href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="PLUGIN-QUERIES-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.9 PLUGIN QUERIES</h3>
+
<p>There are several useful queries in PluginClient which can be accessed
from the processing object. Some of them have different meaning in
realtime and non-realtime mode. They all give information about the
operating system or the project which can be used to improve the
quality of the processing.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#SYSTEM-QUERIES" accesskey="1">SYSTEM QUERIES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Utilities for determining the system resources.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#TIMING-QUERIES" accesskey="2">TIMING QUERIES</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Utilities for performing time-dependant processing.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#SYSTEM-QUERIES">SYSTEM QUERIES</a>: Utilities for determining the system resources.
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#TIMING-QUERIES">TIMING QUERIES</a>: Utilities for performing time-dependant processing.
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="SYSTEM-QUERIES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#TIMING-QUERIES">TIMING QUERIES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="SYSTEM-QUERIES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#TIMING-QUERIES" accesskey="n" rel="next">TIMING QUERIES</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN QUERIES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="SYSTEM-QUERIES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.9.1 SYSTEM QUERIES</h4>
- <ul>
-<li>
+
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>get_interpolation_type()</b> returns the type of interpolation the user
wants for all scaling operations. This is a macro from
overlayframe.inc. It can be applied to any call to the
<b>OverlayFrame</b> object.
- <li>
-<b>get_project_smp()</b> Gives the number of CPU's on the system minus 1.
-If it's a uniprocessor it's 0. If it's a dual processor, it's 1. This
+</li><li>
+<b>get_project_smp()</b> Gives the number of CPU’s on the system minus 1.
+If it’s a uniprocessor it’s 0. If it’s a dual processor, it’s 1. This
number should be used to gain parallelism.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>get_total_buffers()</b> Gives the number of tracks a multichannel
plugin needs to process.
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="TIMING-QUERIES"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#SYSTEM-QUERIES">SYSTEM QUERIES</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>
+</li></ul>
+
+
+
-</div>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="TIMING-QUERIES"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#SYSTEM-QUERIES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">SYSTEM QUERIES</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN QUERIES</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="TIMING-QUERIES-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.9.2 TIMING QUERIES</h4>
+
<p>There are two rates for media a realtime plugin has to be aware of: the
project rate and the requested rate. Functions are provided for
getting the project and requested rate. In addition, doing time
dependant effects requires using several functions which tell where you
are in the effect.
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>get_project_framerate()</b> Gives the frames per second of the video as
defined by the project settings.
- <li>
+
+</li><li>
<b>get_project_samplerate()</b> Gives the samples per second of the audio as
defined by the project settings.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>get_framerate()</b> Gives the frames per second requested by the plugin
after this one. This is the requested frame rate and is the same as
the frame_rate argument to process_buffer.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>get_samplerate()</b> Gives the samples per second requested by the plugin
after this one. This is the requested sample rate and is the same as
the sample_rate argument to process_buffer.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>get_total_len()</b> Gives the number of samples or frames in the
range covered by the effect, relative to the requested data rate.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>get_source_start()</b> For realtime plugins it gives the lowest sample
or frame in the effect range in the requested data rate. For
-nonrealtime plugins it's the start of the range of the timeline to
+nonrealtime plugins it’s the start of the range of the timeline to
process.
- <li>
-<b>get_source_position()</b> For realtime plugins it's the lowest numbered
+</li><li>
+<b>get_source_position()</b> For realtime plugins it’s the lowest numbered
sample in the requested region to process if playing forward and the
highest numbered sample in the region if playing backward. For video
-it's the start of the frame if playing forward and the end of the frame
+it’s the start of the frame if playing forward and the end of the frame
if playing in reverse. The position is relative to the start of the
EDL and in the requested data rate.
- <p>For transitions this is always the lowest numbered sample of the region
+<p>For transitions this is always the lowest numbered sample of the region
to process relative to the start of the transition.
-
- <li>
+</p>
+</li><li>
<b>get_direction()</b> Gives the direction of the current playback
operation. This is a macro defined in transportque.inc. This is
useful for calling read functions since the read functions position
themselves at the start or end of the region to read, depending on the
playback operation.
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>local_to_edl()</b>
- <li>
+</li><li>
<b>edl_to_local()</b>
- <p>These convert between the requested data rate and the project data
+<p>These convert between the requested data rate and the project data
rate. They are used to convert keyframe positions into numbers which
can be interpolated at the requested data rate. The conversion is
automatically based on frame rate or sample rate depending on the type
of plugin.
+</p>
+</li><li> <b>get_prev_keyframe(int64_t position, int is_local)</b>
- <li><b>get_prev_keyframe(int64_t position, int is_local)</b>
+</li><li> <b>get_next_keyframe(int64_t position, int is_local)</b>
- <li><b>get_next_keyframe(int64_t position, int is_local)</b>
-
- <p>These give the nearest keyframe before or after the position given.
+<p>These give the nearest keyframe before or after the position given.
The macro defined version of load_configuration automatically retrieves
the right keyframes but you may want to do this on your own.
-
- <p>The position argument can be either in the project rate or the
-requested rate. Set is_local to 1 if it's in the requested rate and 0
-if it's in the project rate.
-
- <p>In each keyframe, another position value tells the keyframe's position
+</p>
+<p>The position argument can be either in the project rate or the
+requested rate. Set is_local to 1 if it’s in the requested rate and 0
+if it’s in the project rate.
+</p>
+<p>In each keyframe, another position value tells the keyframe’s position
relative to the start of the timeline and in the project rate.
-
- <p>The only way to get smooth interpolation between keyframes is to
+</p>
+<p>The only way to get smooth interpolation between keyframes is to
convert the positions in the keyframe objects to the requested rate.
Do this by using edl_to_local on the keyframe positions.
+</p>
+</li></ul>
+
- </ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="USING-OPENGL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PLUGIN-GUI_0027S-WHICH-UPDATE-DURING-PLAYBACK">PLUGIN GUI'S WHICH UPDATE DURING PLAYBACK</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="USING-OPENGL"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES" accesskey="n" rel="next">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>, Previous: <a href="#PLUGIN-QUERIES" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PLUGIN QUERIES</a>, Up: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="u" rel="up">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="USING-OPENGL-1"></a>
<h3 class="section">19.10 USING OPENGL</h3>
+
+
<p>Realtime video plugins support OpenGL. Using OpenGL to do plugin
routines can speed up playback greatly since it does most of the work
in hardware. Unfortunately, every OpenGL routine needs a software
counterpart for rendering, doubling the amount of software to
maintain. Fortunately, having an OpenGL routine means the software
-version doesn't need to be as optimized as it did when software was the
+version doesn’t need to be as optimized as it did when software was the
only way.
-
- <p>As always, the best way to design a first OpenGL plugin is to copy an
+</p>
+<p>As always, the best way to design a first OpenGL plugin is to copy an
existing one and alter it. The <b>Brightness</b> plugin is a simple
OpenGL plugin to copy. There are 3 main points in OpenGL rendering and
1 point for optimizing OpenGL rendering.
+</p>
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#GETTING-OPENGL-DATA" accesskey="1">GETTING OPENGL DATA</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Getting video data in a form usable by OpenGL
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL" accesskey="2">DRAWING USING OPENGL</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">The method of drawing video in OpenGL
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#USING-SHADERS" accesskey="3">USING SHADERS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Routines to simplify shader usage
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#AGGREGATING-PLUGINS" accesskey="4">AGGREGATING PLUGINS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Combining OpenGL routines from different plugins into one.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
-<ul class="menu">
-<li><a accesskey="1" href="#GETTING-OPENGL-DATA">GETTING OPENGL DATA</a>: Getting video data in a form usable by OpenGL
-<li><a accesskey="2" href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL">DRAWING USING OPENGL</a>: The method of drawing video in OpenGL
-<li><a accesskey="3" href="#USING-SHADERS">USING SHADERS</a>: Routines to simplify shader usage
-<li><a accesskey="4" href="#AGGREGATING-PLUGINS">AGGREGATING PLUGINS</a>: Combining OpenGL routines from different plugins into one.
-</ul>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="GETTING-OPENGL-DATA"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL">DRAWING USING OPENGL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-OPENGL">USING OPENGL</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="GETTING-OPENGL-DATA"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL" accesskey="n" rel="next">DRAWING USING OPENGL</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-OPENGL" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING OPENGL</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="GETTING-OPENGL-DATA-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.10.1 GETTING OPENGL DATA</h4>
<p>The first problem is getting OpenGL-enabled plugins to interact with
software-only plugins. To solve this, all the information required to
do OpenGL playback is stored in the VFrame object which is passed to
<b>process_buffer</b>. To support 3D, the VFrame contains a PBuffer and a
-texture, in addition to VFrame's original rows.
-
- <p>In OpenGL mode, VFrame has 3 states corresponding to the location of
+texture, in addition to VFrame’s original rows.
+</p>
+<p>In OpenGL mode, VFrame has 3 states corresponding to the location of
its video data. The opengl state is recovered by calling
<b>get_opengl_state</b> and is set by calling <b>set_opengl_state</b>. The
states are:
-
- <ul>
-<li>
+</p>
+<ul>
+<li>
<b>VFrame::RAM</b> - This means the video data is stored in the
traditional row pointers. It must be loaded into a texture before
being drawn using OpenGL routines.
- <li><b>VFrame::TEXTURE</b> - The video data is stored in texture
-memory. It's ready to be drawn using OpenGL routines.
+</li><li> <b>VFrame::TEXTURE</b> - The video data is stored in texture
+memory. It’s ready to be drawn using OpenGL routines.
- <li><b>VFrame::SCREEN</b> - The video data is stored in a frame buffer
+</li><li> <b>VFrame::SCREEN</b> - The video data is stored in a frame buffer
in the graphics card. For plugins, the frame buffer is always a
-PBuffer. The image on the frame buffer can't be replicated again
+PBuffer. The image on the frame buffer can’t be replicated again
unless it is read back into the texture and the opengl state is reset
to TEXTURE. The frame buffer is limited to 8 bits per channel. If an
OpenGL effect is used in a floating point project, it only retains 8
bits.
- </ul>
+</li></ul>
- <p>In the plugin's <b>process_buffer</b> routine, there is normally a call to
+<p>In the plugin’s <b>process_buffer</b> routine, there is normally a call to
<b>read_frame</b> to get data from the previous plugin in the chain.
-<b>read_frame</b> takes a new parameter called <b>use_opengl</b>.
-
- <p>The plugin passes 1 to <b>use_opengl</b> if it intends to handle the data
+<b>read_frame</b> takes a new parameter called <b>use_opengl</b>.
+</p>
+<p>The plugin passes 1 to <b>use_opengl</b> if it intends to handle the data
using OpenGL. It passes 0 to <b>use_opengl</b> if it can only handle the
data using software. The value of <b>use_opengl</b> is passed up the
chain to ensure a plugin which only does software only gets the data in
the row pointers. If <b>use_opengl</b> is 0, the opengl state in VFrame
is RAM.
-
- <p>The plugin must not only know if it is software-only but if its output
+</p>
+<p>The plugin must not only know if it is software-only but if its output
must be software only. Call <b>get_use_opengl</b> to determine if the
output can be handled by OpenGL. If <b>get_use_opengl</b> returns 0, the
plugin must pass 0 for <b>use_opengl</b> in <b>read_frame</b> and do its
processing in software. If <b>get_use_opengl</b> is 1, the plugin can
decide based on its implementation whether to use OpenGL.
+</p>
- <p>The main problem with OpenGL is that all the gl... calls need to be run
+<p>The main problem with OpenGL is that all the gl... calls need to be run
from the same thread. To work around this, the plugin interface has
-routines for running OpenGL in a common thread.
+routines for running OpenGL in a common thread.
+</p>
- <p><b>run_opengl</b> transfers control to the common OpenGL thread. This is
+<p><b>run_opengl</b> transfers control to the common OpenGL thread. This is
normally called by the plugin in <b>process_buffer</b> after it calls
<b>read_frame</b> and only if <b>get_use_opengl</b> is 1.
-
- <p>Through a series of indirections, <b>run_opengl</b> eventually transfers
+</p>
+<p>Through a series of indirections, <b>run_opengl</b> eventually transfers
control to a virtual function called <b>handle_opengl</b>.
<b>handle_opengl</b> must be overridden with a function to perform all the
OpenGL routines. The contents of <b>handle_opengl</b> must be enclosed in
<b>#ifdef HAVE_GL</b> ... <b>#endif</b> to allow it to be compiled on systems
with no graphics support, like render nodes. The return value of
<b>handle_opengl</b> is passed back from <b>run_opengl</b>.
-
- <p><b>read_frame</b> can't be called from inside <b>handle_opengl</b>. This
+</p>
+<p><b>read_frame</b> can’t be called from inside <b>handle_opengl</b>. This
would create a recursive lockup because it would cause other objects to
call <b>run_opengl</b>.
-
- <p>Once inside <b>handle_opengl</b>, the plugin has full usage of all the
+</p>
+<p>Once inside <b>handle_opengl</b>, the plugin has full usage of all the
OpenGL features. VFrame provides some functions to automate common
OpenGL sequences.
-
- <p>The VFrame argument to <b>process_buffer</b> is always available through
+</p>
+<p>The VFrame argument to <b>process_buffer</b> is always available through
the <b>get_output(int layer)</b> function. If the plugin is multichannel,
the layer argument retrieves a specific layer of the output buffers.
The PBuffer of the output buffer is where the OpenGL output must go if
any processing is done.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="DRAWING-USING-OPENGL"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#USING-SHADERS">USING SHADERS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#GETTING-OPENGL-DATA">GETTING OPENGL DATA</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-OPENGL">USING OPENGL</a>
+<hr>
+<a name="DRAWING-USING-OPENGL"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#USING-SHADERS" accesskey="n" rel="next">USING SHADERS</a>, Previous: <a href="#GETTING-OPENGL-DATA" accesskey="p" rel="prev">GETTING OPENGL DATA</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-OPENGL" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING OPENGL</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
</div>
-
+<a name="DRAWING-USING-OPENGL-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.10.2 DRAWING USING OPENGL</h4>
+
<p>The sequence of commands to draw on the output PBuffer stars with
getting the video in a memory area where it can be recalled for
drawing:
-
-<pre class="example"> get_output()->to_texture();
- get_output()->enable_opengl();
-</pre>
- <p><b>to_texture</b> transfers the OpenGL data from wherever it is to the
-output's texture memory and sets the output state to TEXTURE.
-
- <p><b>enable_opengl</b> makes the OpenGL context relative to the output's
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">get_output()->to_texture();
+get_output()->enable_opengl();
+</pre></div>
+
+<p><b>to_texture</b> transfers the OpenGL data from wherever it is to the
+output’s texture memory and sets the output state to TEXTURE.
+</p>
+<p><b>enable_opengl</b> makes the OpenGL context relative to the output’s
PBuffer.
-
- <p>The next step is to draw the texture with some processing on the
+</p>
+<p>The next step is to draw the texture with some processing on the
PBuffer. The normal sequence of commands to draw a texture is:
-
-<pre class="example"> get_output()->init_screen();
- get_output()->bind_texture(0);
- get_output()->draw_texture();
-</pre>
- <p><b>VFrame::init_screen</b> sets the OpenGL frustum and parameters to known
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">get_output()->init_screen();
+get_output()->bind_texture(0);
+get_output()->draw_texture();
+</pre></div>
+
+<p><b>VFrame::init_screen</b> sets the OpenGL frustum and parameters to known
values.
-
- <p><b>VFrame::bind_texture(int texture_unit)</b> binds the texture to the given
+</p>
+<p><b>VFrame::bind_texture(int texture_unit)</b> binds the texture to the given
texture unit and enables it.
-
- <p><b>VFrame::draw_texture()</b> calls the vertex functions to draw the
+</p>
+<p><b>VFrame::draw_texture()</b> calls the vertex functions to draw the
texture normalized to the size of the PBuffer. Copy this if you want
custom vertices.
-
- <p>The last step in the handle_opengl routine, after the texture has been
-drawn on the PBuffer, is to set the output's opengl state to SCREEN
+</p>
+<p>The last step in the handle_opengl routine, after the texture has been
+drawn on the PBuffer, is to set the output’s opengl state to SCREEN
with a call to <b>VFrame::set_opengl_state</b>. The plugin should not
read back the frame buffer into a texture or row pointers if it has no
further processing. Plugins should only leave the output in the
texture or RAM if its location results from normal processing. They
should set the opengl state to RAM or TEXTURE if they do.
-
- <p><b>Colormodels in OpenGL</b>
-
- <p>The colormodel exposed to OpenGL routines is always floating point since
+</p>
+<p><b>Colormodels in OpenGL</b>
+</p>
+<p>The colormodel exposed to OpenGL routines is always floating point since
that is what OpenGL uses, but it may be YUV or RGB depending on the
-project settings. If it's YUV, the U & V are offset by 0.5 just like in
+project settings. If it’s YUV, the U & V are offset by 0.5 just like in
software. Passing YUV colormodels to plugins was necessary for speed.
The other option was to convert YUV to RGB in the first step that needed
OpenGL. Every effect and rendering step would have needed a YUV to RGB
routine. With the YUV retained, only the final compositing step needs a
YUV to RGB routine.
-
- <p>The OpenGL mode differentiates between alpha & flat colormodels even
+</p>
+<p>The OpenGL mode differentiates between alpha & flat colormodels even
though OpenGL always has an alpha channel. For RGB colormodels, you
must multiply the alpha component by the RGB & set the alpha component
to 1 whenever the colormodel has no alpha to ensure consistency with the
software mode.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Rout = Rin * Ain
+Gout = Gin * Ain
+Bout = Bin * Ain
+Aout = 1
+</pre></div>
+
-<pre class="example"> Rout = Rin * Ain
- Gout = Gin * Ain
- Bout = Bin * Ain
- Aout = 1
-</pre>
- <p>For YUV colormodels, you must multiply the alpha using the following
+<p>For YUV colormodels, you must multiply the alpha using the following
formula.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Yout = Yin * Ain
+Uout = Uin * Ain + 0.5 * (1 - Ain)
+Vout = Vin * Ain + 0.5 * (1 - Ain)
+Aout = 1
+</pre></div>
-<pre class="example"> Yout = Yin * Ain
- Uout = Uin * Ain + 0.5 * (1 - Ain)
- Vout = Vin * Ain + 0.5 * (1 - Ain)
- Aout = 1
-</pre>
- <div class="node">
-<a name="USING-SHADERS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#AGGREGATING-PLUGINS">AGGREGATING PLUGINS</a>,
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL">DRAWING USING OPENGL</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-OPENGL">USING OPENGL</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="USING-SHADERS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#AGGREGATING-PLUGINS" accesskey="n" rel="next">AGGREGATING PLUGINS</a>, Previous: <a href="#DRAWING-USING-OPENGL" accesskey="p" rel="prev">DRAWING USING OPENGL</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-OPENGL" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING OPENGL</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="USING-SHADERS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.10.3 USING SHADERS</h4>
<p>Very few effects can do anything useful with just a straight drawing of
-the texture on the PBuffer. It's also not easy to figure out exactly
+the texture on the PBuffer. It’s also not easy to figure out exactly
what math is being used by the different OpenGL blending macros.
-Normally you'll use shaders. The shader is a C program which runs on
+Normally you’ll use shaders. The shader is a C program which runs on
the graphics card. Since the graphics card is optimized for graphics,
it can be much faster than running it on the CPU.
-
- <p>Shaders are written in OpenGL Shading Language. The shader source code
+</p>
+<p>Shaders are written in OpenGL Shading Language. The shader source code
is contained in a string. The normal sequence for using a shader comes
after a call to <b>enable_opengl</b>.
-
-<pre class="example"> char *shader_source = "...";
- unsigned char shader_id = VFrame::make_shader(0, shader_source, 0);
- glUseProgram(shader_id);
- // Set uniform variables using glUniform commands
-</pre>
- <p>The compilation and linking step for shaders is encapsulated by the
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">char *shader_source = "...";
+unsigned char shader_id = VFrame::make_shader(0, shader_source, 0);
+glUseProgram(shader_id);
+// Set uniform variables using glUniform commands
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The compilation and linking step for shaders is encapsulated by the
VFrame::make_shader command. It returns a shader_id which can be
passed to OpenGL functions. The first and last arguments must always
by 0. And arbitrary number of source strings may be put between the
-0's. The source strings are concatenated by make_shader into one huge
+0’s. The source strings are concatenated by make_shader into one huge
shader source. If multiple main functions are in the sources, the main
functions are renamed and run in order.
-
- <p>There are a number of useful macros for shaders in playback3d.h. All
+</p>
+<p>There are a number of useful macros for shaders in playback3d.h. All
the shaders so far have been fragment shaders. After the shader is
initialized, draw the texture starting from <b>init_screen</b>. The
shader program must be disabled with another call to
<b>glUseProgram(0)</b> and 0 as the argument.
-
- <p>The shader_id and source code is stored in memory as long as Cinelerra
+</p>
+<p>The shader_id and source code is stored in memory as long as Cinelerra
runs. Future calls to make_shader with the same source code run much
faster.
+</p>
-<div class="node">
-<a name="AGGREGATING-PLUGINS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#USING-SHADERS">USING SHADERS</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#USING-OPENGL">USING OPENGL</a>
-</div>
+<hr>
+<a name="AGGREGATING-PLUGINS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#USING-SHADERS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">USING SHADERS</a>, Up: <a href="#USING-OPENGL" accesskey="u" rel="up">USING OPENGL</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="AGGREGATING-PLUGINS-1"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">19.10.4 AGGREGATING PLUGINS</h4>
<p>Further speed improvements may be obtained by combining OpenGL routines
working. Aggregation is useful for OpenGL because each plugin must
copy the video from a texture to a PBuffer. In software there was no
copy operation.
-
- <p>In aggregation, one plugin processes everything from the other plugins
+</p>
+<p>In aggregation, one plugin processes everything from the other plugins
and the other plugins fall through. The fall through plugins must copy
their parameters to the output buffer so they can be detected by the
processing plugin.
-
- <p>The VFrame used as the output buffer contains a parameter table for
-parameter passing between plugins and it's accessed with
+</p>
+<p>The VFrame used as the output buffer contains a parameter table for
+parameter passing between plugins and it’s accessed with
<b>get_output()->get_params()</b>. Parameters are set and retrieved in
the table with calls to <b>update</b> and <b>get</b> just like with defaults.
-
- <p>The fall through plugins must determine if the processor plugin is
+</p>
+<p>The fall through plugins must determine if the processor plugin is
attached with calls to <b>next_effect_is</b> and <b>prev_effect_is</b>.
These take the name of the processor plugin as a string argument and
return 1 if the next or previous plugin is the processor plugin. If
either returns 1, the fall through plugin must still call <b>read_frame</b> to
propogate the data but return after that.
-
- <p>The processor plugin must call <b>next_effect_is</b> and
-<b>prev_effect_is</b> to determine if it's aggregated with a fall through
+</p>
+<p>The processor plugin must call <b>next_effect_is</b> and
+<b>prev_effect_is</b> to determine if it’s aggregated with a fall through
plugin. If it is, it must perform the operations of the fall through
plugin in its OpenGL routine. The parameters for the the fall through
plugin should be available by <b>get_output()->get_params()</b> if the
fall through plugin set them.
+</p>
+
-<div class="node">
-<a name="KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS"></a>
-<p><hr>
-Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>,
-Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
-</div>
+
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#PLUGIN-AUTHORING" accesskey="p" rel="prev">PLUGIN AUTHORING</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">TOP</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="KEYBOARD-SHORTCUTS-1"></a>
<h2 class="chapter">20 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS</h2>
<p>Alex Ferrer started summarizing most of the keyboard shortcuts. Most
of the keys work without any modifier like shift or ctrl. Most windows
can be closed with a <b>Ctrl-w</b>. Most operations can be cancelled with
<b>ESC</b> and accepted with <b>Enter</b>.
-
+</p>
+<a name="PROGRAM-WINDOW"></a>
<h3 class="section">20.1 PROGRAM WINDOW</h3>
+
+<a name="Editing-Media"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">20.1.1 Editing Media</h4>
-<pre class="example"> z Undo
- Shift Z Re-Do
- x Cut
- c Copy
- v Paste
- Del Clear
- Shift Spc Paste Silence
- m Mute region
- a Select all
- shift + click When done over an edit causes the highlighted selection to extend to the cursor position.
- When done over the boundary of an effect causes the trim operation to apply to one effect.
-</pre>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">z Undo
+Shift Z Re-Do
+x Cut
+c Copy
+v Paste
+Del Clear
+Shift Spc Paste Silence
+m Mute region
+a Select all
+shift + click When done over an edit causes the highlighted selection to extend to the cursor position.
+ When done over the boundary of an effect causes the trim operation to apply to one effect.
+</pre></div>
+
+<a name="Editing-Labels-_0026-In_002fOut-Points"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">20.1.2 Editing Labels & In/Out Points</h4>
-<pre class="example"> [ Toggle In point
- ] Toggle Out point
- l Toggle label at current position
- Ctrl <- Go to Previous Label
- Ctrl -> Go to Next Label
-</pre>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">[ Toggle In point
+] Toggle Out point
+l Toggle label at current position
+Ctrl <- Go to Previous Label
+Ctrl -> Go to Next Label
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<a name="Navigation"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">20.1.3 Navigation</h4>
-<pre class="example"> Right arrow Move right*
- Left arrow Move left*
- Up arrow Zoom out*
- Down arrow Zoom in*
- Ctrl Up Expand waveform amplitude
- Ctrl Dn Shrink waveform amplitude
- Alt Up Expand curve amplitude
- Alt Dn Shrink curve amplitude
- f Fit time displayed to selection
- Alt f Fit curve amplitude to highlighted section of curves
- Alt Left Move left one edit
- Alt Right Move right one edit
- Page Up Move up*
- Page Dn Move down*
- Ctrl Page Up Expand track height
- Ctrl Page Dn Shrink track height
- Home Go to beginning of timeline*
- End Go to end of timeline*
-
-</pre>
- <p>* You may have to click on the timeline to deactivate any text boxes or
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">Right arrow Move right*
+Left arrow Move left*
+Up arrow Zoom out*
+Down arrow Zoom in*
+Ctrl Up Expand waveform amplitude
+Ctrl Dn Shrink waveform amplitude
+Alt Up Expand curve amplitude
+Alt Dn Shrink curve amplitude
+f Fit time displayed to selection
+Alt f Fit curve amplitude to highlighted section of curves
+Alt Left Move left one edit
+Alt Right Move right one edit
+Page Up Move up*
+Page Dn Move down*
+Ctrl Page Up Expand track height
+Ctrl Page Dn Shrink track height
+Home Go to beginning of timeline*
+End Go to end of timeline*
+
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>* You may have to click on the timeline to deactivate any text boxes or
tumblers before these work.
+</p>
+
+
+<a name="File-operations"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">20.1.4 File operations</h4>
-<pre class="example"> n New project
- o Load Files
- s Save Project
- r Record
- Shift R Render
- q Quit
- Shift P Preferences
- Shift B Batch Render
- Shift F Set Format
-</pre>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">n New project
+o Load Files
+s Save Project
+r Record
+Shift R Render
+q Quit
+Shift P Preferences
+Shift B Batch Render
+Shift F Set Format
+</pre></div>
+
+<a name="Key-Frame-Editing"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">20.1.5 Key Frame Editing</h4>
-<pre class="example">
- Shift X Cut keyframes
- Shift C Copy keyframes
- Shift V Paste keyframes
- Shift Del Clear keyframes
- Alt c Copy default keyframe
- Alt v Paste default keyframe
-
-</pre>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+Shift X Cut keyframes
+Shift C Copy keyframes
+Shift V Paste keyframes
+Shift Del Clear keyframes
+Alt c Copy default keyframe
+Alt v Paste default keyframe
+
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<a name="Track-Manipulation"></a>
<h4 class="subsection">20.1.6 Track Manipulation</h4>
-<pre class="example">
- t Add Audio Track
- u Insert default Audio Transition
- Shift T Add Video Track
- Shift U Insert Default Video Transition
- d Delete last Track
- Shift L Loop playback
- Tab Toggle single track arming status
- Shift-Tab Toggle every other track's arming status
-
-</pre>
-<h4 class="subsection">20.1.7 What's drawn on the timeline</h4>
-
-<pre class="example">
- 1 Show titles
- 2 Show transitions
- 3 Fade keyframes
- 4 Mute keyframes
- 5 Mode keyframes
- 6 Pan keyframes
- 7 Camera keyframes
- 8 Projector keyframes
- 9 Plugin keyframes
- 0 Mask keyframes
- - Camera Zoom
- = Projector Zoom
-
-</pre>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+t Add Audio Track
+u Insert default Audio Transition
+Shift T Add Video Track
+Shift U Insert Default Video Transition
+d Delete last Track
+Shift L Loop playback
+Tab Toggle single track arming status
+Shift-Tab Toggle every other track's arming status
+
+</pre></div>
+
+<a name="What_0027s-drawn-on-the-timeline"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection">20.1.7 What’s drawn on the timeline</h4>
+
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+1 Show titles
+2 Show transitions
+3 Fade keyframes
+4 Mute keyframes
+5 Mode keyframes
+6 Pan keyframes
+7 Camera keyframes
+8 Projector keyframes
+9 Plugin keyframes
+0 Mask keyframes
+- Camera Zoom
+= Projector Zoom
+
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<a name="VIEWER-_0026-COMPOSITOR-WINDOWS"></a>
<h3 class="section">20.2 VIEWER & COMPOSITOR WINDOWS</h3>
-<pre class="example">
- x Cut
- c Copy
- v Paste
- v Splice
- b Overwrite
- [ Toggle In point
- ] Toggle Out point
- l Toggle label at current position
- Ctrl <- Go to Previous Label
- Ctrl -> Go to Next Label
- Home Go to beginning
- End Go to end
- z Undo
- Shift Z Re-Do
- + Zoom in
- - Zoom out
-
-</pre>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+x Cut
+c Copy
+v Paste
+v Splice
+b Overwrite
+[ Toggle In point
+] Toggle Out point
+l Toggle label at current position
+Ctrl <- Go to Previous Label
+Ctrl -> Go to Next Label
+Home Go to beginning
+End Go to end
+z Undo
+Shift Z Re-Do
++ Zoom in
+- Zoom out
+
+</pre></div>
+
+
+
+<a name="PLAYBACK-TRANSPORT"></a>
<h3 class="section">20.3 PLAYBACK TRANSPORT</h3>
<p>Transport controls work in any window which has a playback transport. They are
accessed through the number pad with num lock disabled.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">4 Frame back 5 Reverse Slow 6 Reverse + Reverse Fast
+1 Frame Forward 2 Forward Slow 3 Play Enter Fast Forward
+0 Stop
-<pre class="example"> 4 Frame back 5 Reverse Slow 6 Reverse + Reverse Fast
- 1 Frame Forward 2 Forward Slow 3 Play Enter Fast Forward
- 0 Stop
-
-</pre>
- <p>[ Space bar ] is normal Play, Hitting any key twice is Pause.
+</pre></div>
- <p>Hitting any transport control with CTRL down causes only the region
-between the in/out points to be played, if in/out points are defined.
+<p>[ Space bar ] is normal Play, Hitting any key twice is Pause.
+</p>
+<p>Hitting any transport control with CTRL down causes only the region
+between the in/out points to be played, if in/out points are defined.
+</p>
+<a name="RECORD-WINDOW"></a>
<h3 class="section">20.4 RECORD WINDOW</h3>
-<pre class="example">
- Space Start and pause recording of the current batch
- l Toggle label at current position.
-
-</pre>
-</body></html>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">
+Space Start and pause recording of the current batch
+l Toggle label at current position.
+
+</pre></div>
+
+<hr>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>